diff options
198 files changed, 15910 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/11218-0.txt b/11218-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..592d59c --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2486 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 11218 *** + +[Transcriber's Note: Descriptions of illustrations which have no +captions and of page references are found in {curly brackets}.] + +[Illustration: That's where Daddy is! + +(From the painting by J. Snowman.)] + + + + + +THE ROYAL SCHOOL SERIES + + +Highroads of Geography + + +_Illustrated by Masterpieces of the following artists:--J.M.W. Turner, +F. Goodall, E.A. Hornel, Talbot Kelly, W. Simpson, Edgar H. Fisher, J.F. +Lewis, T.H. Liddell, Cyrus Cuneo, &c._ + + + +Introductory Book--Round the World with Father + + +1916 + + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +1. Good-bye to Father, + +2. A Letter from France, + +3. In Paris, + +4. On the Way to Egypt, + +5. A Letter from Egypt, + +6. Children of Egypt, + +7. Through the Canal, + +8. Amongst the Arabs.--I., + +9. Amongst the Arabs.--II., + +10. A Letter from India, + +11. In the Streets, + +12. Our Indian Cousin, + +13. In the Garden, + +14. Indian Boys and Girls, + +15. Elephants and Tigers, + +16. A Letter from Burma.--I., + +17. A Letter from Burma.--II., + +18. A Letter from Ceylon, + +19. A Letter from China, + +20. Chinese Boys and Girls, + +21. Hair, Fingers, and Toes, + +22. A Letter from Japan, + +23. Jap Children, + +24. A Letter from Canada, + +25. Children of Canada, + +26. The Red Men, + +27. The Eskimos. + +28. Father's Last Letter, + +29. Home Again, + +EXERCISES, + + + + + +INTRODUCTORY BOOK. + + +I. GOOD-BYE TO FATHER. + + +1. Father kissed us and said, "Good-bye, dears. Be good children, and +help mother as much as you can. The year will soon pass away. What a +merry time we will have when I come back again!" + +2. Father kissed mother, and then stepped into the train. The guard blew +his whistle, and the train began to move. We waved good-bye until it was +out of sight. + +[Illustration: {Children waving good-bye to their father as the train +pulls away}] + +3. Then we all began to cry--even Tom, who thinks himself such a man. It +was _so_ lonely without father. + +4. Tom was the first to dry his eyes. He turned to me and said, "Stop +that crying. You are the eldest, and you ought to know better." + +5. He made mother take his arm, just as father used to do. Then he began +to whistle, to show that he did not care a bit. All the way home he +tried to make jokes. + +6. As soon as we had taken off our coats and hats, Tom called us into +the sitting-room. "Look here," he said: "we're going to have no glum +faces in this house. We must be bright and cheerful, or mother will +fret. You know father wouldn't like that." + +[Illustration: {Children in the sitting-room}] + +7. We said that we would do our best. So off we went to help mother to +make the beds and to dust the rooms. While we were doing this we quite +forgot to be sad. + +8. After tea we went into father's room and looked at the globe. "I'm +going to follow father right round the world," said Tom. "Please show me +which way he is going." Mother did so. + +9. "By this time next week," she said, "we shall have the first of many +long letters from father. I am sure we shall enjoy reading them. He will +tell us about the far-off lands which he is going to see." + +10. "That will be grand," I said. "I hope he will tell us _lots_ +about the children. I want to know what they look like, what they wear, +and what games they play." + +11. Tom said he would rather not hear about children. He wanted to hear +about savages and tigers and shipwrecks, and things like that. + +[Illustration: {Postman delivering a letter}] + +12. A week later the postman brought us father's first letter. How eager +we were to hear it! Mother had to read it for us two or three times. + +13. Every week for many weeks the postman brought us letters from +father. When he handed us a letter he used to say, "I'm glad to see that +your daddy is all right so far." + +14. This book is made up of father's letters from abroad. I hope you +will enjoy them as much as we did. + + * * * * * + +2. A LETTER FROM FRANCE. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am writing this letter in a large seaport of the +south of France. To-morrow I shall go on board the big ship which is to +take me to Egypt. + +2. Let me tell you about my travels so far. The train in which I left +our town took me to London. Next day another train took me to a small +town on the seashore. + +3. About twenty miles of sea lie between this town and France. At once I +went on board the small steamer which was to take me across. The sea was +smooth and the sun was shining. + +[Illustration: The White Cliffs of Dover. + +(From the picture by J. M. W. Turner, R.A.)] + +4. I stood on the deck looking at the white cliffs of dear old England. +When I could see them no longer I found that we were not far from +France. + +5. In about an hour we reached a French town which in olden days +belonged to us. The steamer sailed right up to the railway station. + +6. I had something to eat, and then took my place in the train. Soon we +were speeding towards Paris, the chief town of France. + +7. I looked out of the window most of the time. We ran through many +meadows and cornfields. Here and there I saw rows of poplar trees +between the fields. + +8. Now and then we crossed rivers with barges on them. On and on we +went, past farmhouses and little villages, each with its church. The +French villages look brighter than ours. I think this is because the +houses are painted in gay colours. + +9. I saw many men, women, and children working in the fields. All of +them wore wooden shoes. Most of the men and boys were dressed in blue +blouses. + +[Illustration: {People working in a field}] + +10. There was a little French boy in my carriage. He wore a black blouse +with a belt. His stockings were short, and did not come up to his +knickerbockers. He was rather pale, and his legs were very thin. + +11. The boy was about Tom's age. He sat still, and held his father's +hand all the way. I don't think Tom would have done this; he thinks +himself too much of a man. + +12. After a time we crossed a broad river, and came to the dull, dark +station of a large city. As we left it, I saw the tall spire of one of +the grandest churches in all the world. + +13. On we went, past farms and villages and small towns, until at last +we reached Paris. + + * * * * * + +3. IN PARIS. + + +[Illustration: In the Gardens. + +(From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I.)] + +1. Paris is a very grand and beautiful city. The French people say that +France is a great garden. They also say that the finest flowers in this +garden make up the nosegay which we call Paris. + +2. A great river runs through Paris. All day long you can see little +steamboats darting to and fro on the river, like swallows. Near to the +river are some beautiful gardens. + +[Illustration: {View of Paris}] + +3. I sat in these gardens, at a little table under the trees. As I sat +there a man walked up the path. At once I heard a great chirping and a +flutter of wings. + +[Illustration: {A man with birds}] + +4. All the birds in the garden flocked to him. They seemed to know him +as an old friend. Some perched on his shoulders and some on his hat. One +bold little fellow tried to get into his pocket. It was a pretty sight +to see him feeding the birds. + +5. In the gardens there were many nurses carrying babies. These nurses +were very gay indeed. They wore gray cloaks and white caps, with broad +silk ribbons hanging down their backs. + +6. Some of the older children were playing ball, but they did not play +very well. Until a few years ago French boys had few outdoor games. Now +they are learning to play tennis and football. + +7. French boys are always clean and neatly dressed, however poor they +may be. They think more about lessons than our boys do. Their school +hours are much longer than ours. + +8. French girls have not so much freedom as our girls. A grown-up person +takes them to school and brings them home again. Their mothers do not +allow them to go for walks by themselves. I wonder how Kate and May +would like this. + +9. Some day I must take you to see Paris. You would love to ramble +through its streets. Many of them are planted with trees. Under these +trees you may see men and women sitting at little tables. They eat and +drink while a band plays merry tunes. + +[Illustration: {People at a table, being waited on}] + +10. You would be sure to notice that the French people have very good +manners. When a Frenchman enters or leaves a shop he raises his hat and +bows. A Frenchman is always polite, and he always tries to please you. + +11. I cannot now write anything more about Paris. I should like to tell +you about its beautiful buildings and its fine shops, but I have no more +time to spare. + +12. I hope you are all doing your best to make mother happy. I am very +well; I hope you are well too.--Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +4. ON THE WAY TO EGYPT. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am writing this letter on board the big ship +which is taking me to Egypt. Let me tell you what I have seen and done +since I left Paris. + +2. It is a long day's ride from Paris to the seaport from which my ship +set sail. Let me tell you about the journey. A few hours after leaving +Paris the train began to run through vineyards. + +3. At this time of the year a vineyard is a pretty sight. The broad +leaves of the vine are tinted with crimson and gold. Beneath them are +the purple or golden grapes. + +4. As I passed through France the grapes were ripe, and were being +gathered. I could see women and children going up and down between the +rows of vines. They plucked the ripe fruit and put it into baskets. When +the baskets were filled they were emptied into a big tub. + +[Illustration: THE GRAPE HARVEST. + +(From the picture by P.M. Dupuy in the Salon of 1909. Bought by the +State.)] + +5. When the tub was filled it was taken to a building near at hand. In +this building there is a press which squeezes the juice out of the +grapes. The grape juice is then made into wine. + +6. As evening drew on we came to a large town where two big rivers meet. +It is a busy town, and has many smoky chimneys. Much silk and velvet are +made in this town. + +7. I think you know that silk is made by the silkworm. This worm feeds +on the leaves of the mulberry tree. In the south of France there are +thousands of mulberry trees. There are also many orange and olive trees. + +8. The weather is much warmer in the south of France than it is in +England. In the early spring all sorts of pretty flowers are grown on +the hillsides. They are sent to England, and are sold in the shops when +our gardens are bare. + +9. Now I must hurry on. For some hours we ran by the side of a swift +river; with mountains on both sides of us. Then we reached the big +seaport, and there I found my ship waiting for me. + +10. It is a huge ship, with hundreds of cabins, a large dining-room, +drawing-room and smoking-room. It is really a floating hotel. + +11. Most of the people on board are going to India. All day long they +sit in chairs on the deck reading. Some of us play games, and at night +we have dances and concerts. + +[Illustration: GAMES ON BOARD FATHER'S SHIP. + +(From the picture by W.L. Wylie. By kind permission of the P. and O. +Co.)] + +12. We have now been four days at sea. To-morrow we shall reach a town +by the side of a great canal. This town and canal are in Egypt. + +13. I hope you are still good and happy.--Best love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +5. A LETTER FROM EGYPT. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--With this letter I am sending you a beautiful +picture. Look at it carefully, and you will see what Egypt is like. + +2. The water which you see in the picture is part of the great river +Nile. If there were no Nile to water the land, Egypt would be nothing +but a desert. + +3. Once a year, as a rule, the Nile rises and overflows its banks. The +waters spread out over the country and cover it with rich mud. In this +mud much cotton, sugar, grain, and rice are grown. + +[Illustration: The Nile in Flood. + +(From the picture by F. Goodall, R. A., in the Guildhall Gallery. By +permission of the Corporation of London.)] + +4. Egypt now belongs to the British. They have turned part of the Nile +into a huge lake, in which the water is stored. + +5. The water is let out of the lake when it is needed. It runs into +canals, and then into drains, which cross the fields and water them. + +6. A sail along the Nile is very pleasant. There are lovely tints of +green on the water. As the boat glides on, many villages are passed. +Each of these has its snow-white temple. + +7. All along the river bank there are palm trees. They wave their crowns +of green leaves high in the air. The fields are gay with colour. Above +all is the bright blue sky. + +8. Look at the picture again. At a short distance from the water you see +a village. It has a wall round it, and outside the wall is a ditch. In +October the ditch is full of water; in spring it is dry. + +9. In and near this ditch the children and the dogs of the villages play +together. You can see two boys in the picture. One of them is standing +by his mother. The other boy is riding on a buffalo. + +10. In the middle of the village there is an open space. Sometimes this +space is covered with bright green grass. Round it are rows of palm +trees. The house of the chief stands on one side of this green. + +11. Every village has its well, and every well has its water-wheel for +drawing up the water. By the side of the well the old men of the village +sit smoking and chatting. The women come to the well to fill their +pitchers with water. + +12. All the houses are built of Nile mud. This mud is dug out of the +banks of the river. It is mixed with a little chopped straw to hold it +together. Then it is put into moulds. After a time it is turned out of +the moulds, and is left to dry in the sun. + +[Illustration: The Chief City of Egypt. + +(From the picture by Talbot Kelly, R.I.)] + + * * * * * + +6. CHILDREN OF EGYPT. + + +[Illustration: {An Egyptian woman}] + +1. In the picture you see two of the women of Egypt. One of them is +standing at the edge of the river. She is filling her pitcher with +water. The other woman is carrying a lamb in her arms. + +2. The people of Egypt have changed but little since the days of Moses. +The men have brown faces, white teeth, and bright black eyes. Most of +them wear beards and shave their heads. + +3. The women wear long dark cloaks. If they are well-to-do they cover +their faces with a veil. They think it wrong to let their faces be seen +by any men except their husbands. + +4. I think Kate would like to hear something about the children. Those +who have rich fathers wear beautiful clothes, and have a very happy +time. Poor children wear few clothes, and are nearly always covered with +dust. + +5. Many of the boys go to school, and are taught just as you are. They +read the same kind of books that you read. + +6. The children of Egypt always obey their parents, and are never rude +to them. I think they have very good manners. + +7. All the people of Egypt love singing. Their voices are soft and +sweet. The boatmen on the Nile sing as they row. The fruit-sellers sing +as they cry their wares in the streets. + +8. Many of the boys in the chief city of Egypt are donkey drivers. In +Egypt donkeys are far more used for riding than horses. The donkeys are +beautiful little animals, and they trot along very quickly. + +[Illustration: {A boy with two donkeys}] + +9. Each donkey has a boy to run after it with a stick, and to shout at +it to make it go. The donkey boys are very jolly little fellows. They +always smile, however far they have to run. + +10. Most donkey boys wear a white or blue gown, and have a red cap, or +fez, on the head. If a donkey boy sees an Englishman coming, he runs to +him and says, "My donkey is called John Bull." If he sees an American +coming, he says that his donkey's name is Yankee Doodle. + +11. Sometimes the donkey boy will ask the rider,-- + +"Very good donkey?" + +If the rider says "Yes," he will then ask,-- + +"Very good donkey boy?" + +"Yes." + +12. "Very good saddle too?" + +"Yes." + +"_Then me have very good present!_" + +13. Now let me tell you something that will surprise you. The people of +Egypt in the old, old days thought that their cats were gods. + +14. They prayed to them and built temples to them. When the family cat +died, all the people in the house shaved their eyebrows to show how +sorry they were.--Best love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +7. THROUGH THE CANAL. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I have just sailed through a very wonderful canal. +It joins two great seas together, and is now part of the way to India. + +2. By means of this canal we can sail from England to India in three +weeks. Before it was made the voyage took three months or more. + +3. The canal was made more than forty years ago by a Frenchman. He dug a +great ditch, and joined together a number of lakes. By doing so he made +a waterway from sea to sea. This waterway is about a hundred miles long. + +4. I joined my ship at the town which stands at the north end of the +canal. There is nothing to see in the town except the lighthouse and the +shops. On the sea wall there is a statue of the Frenchman who made the +canal. + +5. As we lay off the town we could see many little boats darting to and +fro. The boatmen were dressed in all the colours of the rainbow--red, +blue, green, and orange. In one boat there were men and women playing +and singing songs. + +6. By the side of our ship men were swimming in the water. I threw a +piece of silver into the water. One of the men dived, and caught it +before it reached the bottom. + +[Illustration: {Side of a ship, with men swimming below}] + +7. On the other side of the ship there were great barges full of coal. +Hundreds of men and women carried this coal to the ship in little +baskets upon their heads. They walked up and down a plank, and all the +time they made an awful noise which they called singing. + +8. When all the coal was on board, the ship began to steam slowly along +the narrow canal. No ship is allowed to sail more than four miles an +hour, lest the "wash" should break down the banks. + +9. Soon we passed out of the narrow canal into one of the lakes. Our +road was marked by buoys. Away to right and to left of us stretched the +sandy desert. + +10. In the afternoon we passed a station, where I saw a number of camels +laden with boxes of goods. They were going to travel across the sands +for many days. + +11. The sun went down in a sky of purple and gold. Then a large electric +light shone forth from our bows. It threw a broad band of white light on +the water and on the banks of the canal. Where the light touched the +sands it seemed to turn them into silver. + +12. In less than twenty-four hours we reached the town at the south end +of the canal. A boat came out from the shore, and this letter is going +back with it.--Love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +8. AMONGST THE ARABS.--I. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am now sailing along the Red Sea. The weather is +very hot. All over the ship electric fans are hard at work. In spite of +them I cannot keep cool. + +2. Away on the left, or port, side of the ship I see high hills. They +are red in colour, and seem to be baked by the hot sun. Even through my +spy-glass I cannot see a speck of green on them. All is red and bare. + +3. Beyond the hills lies the land of Arabia. It is a hot, dry land, in +which years sometimes pass without a shower of rain. There is hardly +ever a cloud in the sky, and there is no dew at night. + +4. Much of the land is covered with sand. Little or nothing will grow. +You know that we call a sandy waste of this kind a _desert_. + +[Illustration: {Desert oasis}] + +5. Here and there in the desert a few springs are found. The water of +these springs causes grass and trees to grow well. Around each spring is +what looks like an island of green in the midst of a red sea of sand. A +green spot in a desert is called an _oasis_. + +6. The Arabs live upon these green spots. Some of them dwell in +villages, and some wander from oasis to oasis. Those who live in +villages build their houses of sun-dried bricks; those who wander from +place to place live in tents. + +[Illustration: Arabs of the Desert.] + +7. The Arabs are fine, fierce-looking men. They own flocks of sheep, +herds of goats, camels and horses. + +8. An Arab's tent is woven out of camel's hair. So are the ropes of the +tent. The poles are made of palm wood. + +9. Inside the tent there are leather buckets for drawing water. There +are also skin bags for carrying it across the desert. There are no +chairs or tables or beds in the tents. The Arabs squat upon the ground +and sleep on rugs. + +[Illustration: {Arab tent}] + +10. In front of an Arab tent you are almost sure to see a woman grinding +corn between two large stones. There is a hole in the top stone, and +into this she pours the grain. + +11. She turns the top stone round and round, and the grain is ground +into flour, which oozes out at the edges. With this flour she makes +cakes. + + * * * * * + +9. AMONGST THE ARABS.--II. + + +1. Date palms grow on every oasis. The date palm is a beautiful tree. It +is very tall, and has a crown of leaves at the top. + +2. The fruit grows in great golden clusters. Sometimes a cluster of +dates weighs twenty-five pounds. + +3. The date palm is beloved by the Arabs, because it is so useful to +them. They eat or sell the dates, and they use the wood for their tents +or houses. From the sap they make wine. Out of the leaf-stalks they +weave baskets. + +4. Some of the Arabs are traders. They carry their goods from oasis to +oasis on the backs of camels. A large number of laden camels form a +caravan. + +[Illustration: {Caravan of camels}] + +5. A camel is not pretty to look at, but the Arab could not do without +it. I think you can easily understand why the camel is called the "ship +of the desert." It carries its master or its load across the sea of sand +from one green island to another. + +[Illustration: The Halt in the Desert. + +(From the picture by J.F. Lewis, R.A., in the South Kensington +Museum.)] + +6. The hoofs of the camel are broad, and this prevents them from sinking +into the sand. The camel can go for a long time without food or water. + +7. The camel is very useful to the Arab, both when it is alive and when +it is dead. It gives him milk to drink, and its hair is useful for +making clothes, tents, and ropes. + +8. I think I told you that when I was sailing along the canal I saw a +caravan. It was then beginning to cross the desert. Very likely, weeks +or months will pass away before its journey comes to an end. + +9. There are no roads across the desert, so it is very easy for a +caravan to lose its way. Then the men and camels wander on until all +their food and water are finished. At last they fall to the ground, and +die of hunger and thirst. + +10. Dreadful sand-storms often arise. The storm beats down upon the +caravan, and sometimes chokes both men and camels. A journey across the +desert is full of dangers. + +11. Before I close this letter, let me tell you a little story. One day +an Arab belonging to a caravan overslept himself at an oasis. When he +awoke, the caravan had started on its journey again, and was many miles +away. + +12. The Arab followed the caravan, in the hope of catching it up. On and +on he walked, but nothing could he see of it. Then darkness came on, and +he lay on the sand and slept until morning. + +13. When the sun rose he began his journey again. Hours passed, but +still there was no sign of the caravan. At last he was quite overcome by +hunger and thirst. He fell to the ground, and was too weak to rise +again. + +14. Looking around, he saw something black lying on the sand, not far +away. He crawled to it, and found that it was a small bag which had +fallen from the back of a camel. + +15. The poor Arab was filled with joy. He hoped that the bag would +contain food of some sort. With trembling fingers he tore it open. Alas! +it was full of gold and jewels. + +16. "Woe is me!" cried the poor fellow; "had it been dates my life would +have been saved." + +[Illustration: {An Arab dying of thirst in the desert}] + +17. This little story shows you that on the desert dates may sometimes +be worth much more than gold and jewels. I hope you are well and +happy.--Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +10. A LETTER FROM INDIA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Hurrah! I am on shore again, after nine long days +at sea. Yesterday I reached Bombay, the chief seaport of India. + +2. Soon after I landed a friend came to see me at my hotel. He drove me +round Bombay, and showed me all the sights. I wish you had been with me +to see them. + +3. Here in Bombay I seem to be in a new world altogether. It is a world +of wonderful light and colour. The bright hot sun floods the streets and +dazzles my eyes. Everywhere I see bright colour--in the sky, the trees, +the flowers, and the dresses of the people. + +4. The streets are always full of people. They are dark brown in colour; +their hair is black, their eyes are bright, and their teeth are as white +as pearls. Most of the people are bare-legged and bare-footed. + +[Illustration: {Busy Bombay street scene}] + +5. The men wear white clothes, with turbans and sashes of yellow, green, +or blue. Yesterday was a feast-day. In the morning I saw thousands of +the people bathing in the sea. Afterwards they roamed about the streets +in their best clothes. One crowd that I saw looked like a great tulip +garden in full bloom. + +6. The women wear a garment of red, blue, or some other bright colour. +This garment covers them from the neck to the knee. Almost every woman +wears rings of silver on her arms and ankles. Some of them have great +rings in their noses, as well as rings in their ears and on their toes. + +7. You would be amused to see the people carrying their burdens on their +heads. Yesterday I saw a dozen men carrying a grand piano on their +heads. + +8. From childhood the women carry jars of water or baskets of earth in +this way. They hold themselves very upright and walk like queens. + +[Illustration: {Woman carrying a basket on her head}] + +9. Bombay is a very busy city. The streets are thronged with carriages, +motor cars, bullock carts, and electric trams. As the people walk in the +middle of the road, it is not easy for a carriage to make its way +through the streets. + +10. The drivers ring bells, or shout to warn the people: "Hi, you woman +with the baby on your hip, get out of the way!--Hi, you man with the box +on your head, get out of the way!" + +11. I think you would like to see the bullock carts. They are very +small, and are drawn by two bullocks with humps on their shoulders. The +driver sits on the shaft and steers them with a stick. These carts carry +cotton to the mills or to the docks. + +[Illustration: {A bullock cart}] + +12. In some of the carriages and motor cars you may see rich men wearing +fine silk robes. Many of these rich men now dress as we do, except that +they wear turbans instead of hats. + + * * * * * + +11. IN THE STREETS. + + +1. I should like you to see the shops of Bombay. Most of them are quite +unlike our British shops. They have no doors and no windows, but are +open to the street. + +2. Our shopkeepers try to make a fine show of their goods. The Indian +shopkeeper does nothing of the sort. He simply piles his goods round his +shop and squats in the midst of them. There he sits waiting for people +to come and buy. + +[Illustration: {An Indian shopkeeper}] + +3. In our shops there is a fixed price for the goods. In India nothing +has a fixed price. You must bargain with the shopkeeper if you wish to +buy anything. Very likely he will ask you three times the price which he +hopes to get. + +4. Our penny is divided into four parts; each of these parts is called a +farthing. The Indian penny is divided into twelve parts; each of these +parts is called a "pie." An Indian boy or girl can buy rice or sweets +with one pie. + +5. There are thousands of beggars in India. They go to and fro in front +of the shops begging. The shopkeepers are very kind to them, and never +send them away without a present. + +6. Very good order is kept in the streets. At every street corner stands +a native policeman, dressed in blue, with a flat yellow cap on his head +and a club by his side. Some of the policemen ride horses, and carry +guns and lances. + +[Illustration: {An Indian policeman}] + +7. The parks of Bombay are large open spaces covered with grass. Round +them are rows of palm trees. In these parks you may see men and boys +playing all sorts of games. + +8. Indians are very fond of cricket, which they play very well. Not many +years ago an Indian prince was one of the best players in England. + +9. Polo is also played in the parks of Bombay. It is an Indian game, but +Britons now play it too. Polo is just hockey on horseback. + +10. The players ride ponies which are very quick and nimble. Each player +carries a mallet with a very long handle. With this mallet he strikes a +wooden ball and tries to drive it between the goal posts. + +11. Last night I stopped to watch some Indian boys playing marbles. When +Tom plays the game, he places the marble between his thumb and +forefinger and shoots it out with his thumb. + +12. The Indian boy does not shoot the marble in this way at all. He +presses back the second finger of one hand with the forefinger of the +other. Then he lets go and strikes the marble with the finger that was +bent back. Some of the boys are very clever at this game. + +13. Bombay has some very fine buildings. On the top of most of them you +see the Union Jack, the flag of Britain. Not only Bombay but all India +belongs to Britain. I hope you are all well.--Best love. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +12. OUR INDIAN COUSIN. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am now in the north of India, not far from the +great river Ganges. It is a long railway journey from Bombay to this +place. I have been in the train two days and two nights. + +2. I am now beginning to understand what a vast land India is. Do you +know that it would make sixteen lands as large as our own? One in every +five of all the people on earth lives in India. + +3. Perhaps you can guess why I have made this long journey from Bombay. +My brother, your uncle, is the chief man in this part of the country. He +and I have been parted for many years. I am now living in his house. + +4. Let me tell you about little Hugh, your cousin. He was born in India +seven years ago, and he has never been to England. He hopes to come +"home" to see you all in a few months' time. + +5. Hugh's home is a big house, all on the ground floor. It has no +upstairs. The rooms are very large and lofty. This is because the +weather is very hot for the greater part of the year. If the rooms were +not large and high, they would be too hot to live in. + +[Illustration: {Hugh's house}] + +6. In every room there is a beam of wood with a short curtain hanging +from it. This is the punkah. The beam is hung from the roof by ropes. In +the hot weather a boy sits outside and pulls the punkah to and fro with +a rope. In this way he makes a little breeze, which keeps the room cool. + +7. The roof of the house juts out all round and is held up by pillars. +We sit outside, under the roof, whenever we can. During the heat of the +day we must stay indoors. + +8. The garden round the house is very large. There are many tall palm +trees in it. Some of the other trees bear most beautiful blossoms of +crimson, yellow, and blue. All along the front of the house are many +flowerpots, in which roses and other English flowers are growing. + +9. A few days ago little Hugh came to me and asked if he might show me +what he called "the compound." I said "Yes." So he took my hand and led +me away. + +10. First he showed me the gardener. He is a short, dark man, and he +squats down to do his work. He is a very good gardener, and he is proud +of his flowers. Every morning he comes to the house with a flower for +Hugh's father and mother and uncle. + +[Illustration: {Gardener at work}] + +11. Next, Hugh took me to see the well. It is behind the house. The +mouth of the well is on the top of a mound. To reach it you must walk up +a sloping road. Above the mouth of the well there is a wheel. + +12. A rope runs over this wheel. At one end of the rope there is a large +leather bag. The other end of the rope is fastened to the necks of a +pair of bullocks. + +[Illustration: The Village Well. + +(From the picture by W. Simpson, R.I.)] + + * * * * * + +13. IN THE GARDEN. + + +1. The bullocks walk backwards up the sloping road. This lowers the +leather bag into the well, where it is filled with water. Then the +bullocks walk down the sloping road. This pulls the bag up to the mouth +of the well. + +2. A man empties the water out of the bag into a tank by the side of the +well. The water runs out of this tank into the garden, where it spreads +out into many little streams. It is this water which makes the trees, +the plants, and the grass grow so well in the garden. + +[Illustration: {Oxen drawing water from a well}] + +3. If the garden were not watered in this way, it would soon be brown +and bare. For many months at a time no rain falls in India. Then dust a +foot deep lies on the roads, and the ground cracks with the heat. + +4. When the dry season is over the rain begins to fall. It comes down in +torrents for days together. In some places more rain falls in a single +day than we have in a whole year. + +5. During the "rains" the rivers become full to the brim, and the whole +land is fresh and green. Sometimes the "rains" do not come at all. Then +the crops wither away, and the people starve. + +6. In our country we are never sure of the weather. It changes so often +that we talk about it a great deal. In India nobody talks about the +weather. During seven months of the year every day is fine. + +7. In our country we almost always have plenty of water for our crops, +and for drinking and washing. Plenty of fresh water is a great blessing +to a land. In many parts of India water is very scarce. + +8. I told you that the great river Ganges is not far away from little +Hugh's home. This grand river begins in the mountains of North India. I +wish you could see these mountains. They are the highest on earth. They +rise up from the plains like a huge wall, and their tops are always +covered with fields of ice and snow. + +9. These ice-fields slowly move down the mountain sides. Then they melt, +and this gives rise to the Ganges and to the other great rivers of North +India. + +10. Millions of the Indian people love the Ganges, and they have good +reason to do so. It gives water and food to more than twice as many +people as dwell in the British Islands. + +11. Many Indians think that every drop of water in the river is holy. +They believe that if they bathe in its waters their souls will be washed +clean from sin. + +[Illustration: {Town on the Ganges}] + +12. There is a town by the side of the Ganges which the Indians say is +the holiest place on earth. It is full of temples. Millions of Indians +visit these temples every year. + +13. All along the river bank there are stone steps leading down to the +water. Standing in the stream are men and women and children who have +come from all parts of India. They wash themselves in the stream, and +pour the holy water over their heads as they pray. + +14. People who are very ill are carried to this place, that they may die +by the side of "Mother Ganges." They die happy if they can see her or +hear the sound of her waters during their last moments. + +15. When they die their bodies are taken to the steps. There they are +washed in the river water, and are placed on piles of wood. Friends set +fire to the wood, and soon the bodies are burnt to ashes. These ashes +are thrown into the stream, which bears them to the distant ocean. + + * * * * * + +14. INDIAN BOYS AND GIRLS. + + +1. I am very fond of going about the streets with your uncle. The Indian +children always amuse me. + +2. When Indians grow up they are rather grave and sad. The children, +however, are always bright and merry. Indian fathers and mothers are +very fond of their boys. They care very little for their girls. + +3. Boys soon become men in India. They begin work at an early age, and +they are married when they are about sixteen. Girls are married a few +years younger. + +4. Almost every boy follows the trade of his father. A farmer's son +becomes a farmer, a weaver's son becomes a weaver, and so on. + +5. Many of the boys go to school, but not many of the girls. They, poor +things, begin to work in the house or in the field almost as soon as +they can walk. Much of the hard rough work in India is done by poor +women and girls. + +6. A rich father keeps his girls shut up in the back part of his house. +Their faces are never seen by any man except those of their own family. +If they go out of the house, they cover themselves from head to foot +with a thick veil. Sometimes they are carried from place to place in a +closely shut box on poles. + +7. Are you not sorry for these poor rich girls? I am. They can never +play merry games with boy friends, or go for long walks in the country. + +8. They know nothing of the beautiful world in which they live. Their +rooms are fine, their dresses are grand, and their jewels are lovely; +but they are only poor prisoners after all. + +9. Yesterday I went with your uncle to see a village school. There were +only twenty boys in it. The roof was off the schoolhouse, so the classes +were held in the open air. + +[Illustration: {A village schoolhouse}] + +10. The boys sat on forms, just as you do. The teacher wrote on a +blackboard, and taught the children to do sums with a ball frame. Each +boy had a reading-book. It was not printed in English, but in the tongue +spoken in that part of the country. + +11. Some of the boys wrote in copy-books, but most of them wrote on thin +boards, which they used instead of slates. Instead of a pencil they used +a pen made of a reed. + +12. Chalk was ground up and wetted in a little cup. The boys dipped +their reed pens into the cup, just as you dip your steel pen into the +ink. The letters and figures which they wrote were very different from +ours. + +13. Some of the boys read their books very well, and worked hard sums. +They sang "God save the King" for me in their own tongue. + +14. In the towns there are large and good schools. Some of the scholars +are very clever indeed. I think Indian boys are much fonder of their +lessons than our boys. + + * * * * * + +15. ELEPHANTS AND TIGERS. + + +1. In his last letter Tom asked me to tell him something about elephants +and tigers. I will try to do so. + +2. Yesterday your uncle and I went out to shoot pigeons. An Indian +chief, or rajah, lent us an elephant to carry us to the shooting ground. + +[Illustration: AN INDIAN RAJAH.] + +3. A driver sat on the neck of the huge animal. Instead of a whip he had +a goad of sharp steel. I did not see him prick the elephant with this +goad. He guided the animal with voice and hand. + +4. On the elephant's back there was a large pad upon which we were to +sit. I could see no ladder, so I wondered how I was to climb up. Just +then the elephant knelt down on his hind legs. + +5. Your uncle showed me how to get up. "Here," he said, "is a ladder of +two steps. The first step is the elephant's foot, the second is the loop +of his tail." + +6. He held the end of the elephant's tail in his hand and bent it to +make a loop. When I put my foot on it he lifted the tail, and in this +way helped me on to the elephant's back. + +7. When your uncle had climbed up, the elephant jogged off at a good +pace. He went along rough, narrow paths, over ditches and the beds of +streams. Never once did he make a false step. + +8. An elephant costs a great deal of money. Only princes and rich men +can afford to keep them. Sometimes a great prince has as many as a +hundred elephants in his stables. + +9. When a prince rides through a city in state his elephants wear rich +cloths, which are studded with gems. Sometimes the elephants' heads are +painted and their tusks are covered with gold. + +10. In the drawing-room of your uncle's house there is a beautiful tiger +skin. The tiger that used to wear this skin was shot by your uncle about +three years ago. + +[Illustration: {Tiger skin rug}] + +11. It was a man-eating tiger--that is, an old tiger that could no +longer run fast enough to catch deer. This man-eater used to hide near a +village. He would creep up silently behind men and women, and stun them +with a blow of his paw. Then he would drag them away and eat them. + +12. The people of the village came to your uncle and begged him to kill +the man-eater. He agreed to do so. Near to the tiger's drinking-place a +little hut was built in a tree. One night your uncle sat in this hut +with his gun on his knee, waiting for the tiger to come. + +13. Slowly the hours went by, and your uncle felt sure that the tiger +had gone to another place to drink. Just as he was thinking of going +home to bed the huge animal crept into the moonlight. + +14. Nearer and nearer he came. Then your uncle lifted his gun, took a +steady aim, and shot the tiger through the heart. + +[Illustration: {Tiger being shot}] + +15. In the morning there was great joy among the people of the village +because their fierce foe was dead. They hung garlands of flowers round +your uncle's neck, and sang his praises in many songs. + +[Illustration: A Tiger Shoot. + +(From the picture by Edgar H. Fisher, in the Royal Academy, 1911.)] + +16. Now I must close this very long letter.--Best love to you all. +FATHER. + + * * * * * + +16. A LETTER FROM BURMA.--I. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Since I last wrote to you I have visited several +of the large cities of India. A week ago I was in the largest city of +all. + +2. On Christmas morning I sailed down the mouth of the Ganges into the +open sea, on my way to the country of Burma. + +3. Now I am in the chief town of Burma, and you will expect me to tell +you something about the land and its people. From what I have seen, I +think Burma is a prettier country than India. + +4. In the chief town there seem to be people from many lands. I saw +Chinamen, with their pigtails hanging down their backs. I also saw +Indians from across the sea, and white men from our own country. Of +course, there were also many Burmese, as the people of Burma are called. + +5. Kate and May will like to hear something about the Burmese girls and +women. They are not at all sad like the Indians, but are very bright and +gay. As I write these lines I see a party of Burmese girls passing my +window, I can hear them laughing. + +6. They are very dainty in their dress. One girl wears a skirt of pink +silk and a blouse of light green. She has bracelets on her arms, +ear-rings in her ears, a string of coral round her neck, and flowers in +her hair. + +[Illustration: {Burmese woman carrying an umbrella}] + +7. In one hand she carries a bamboo sunshade; in the other she holds a +big paper cigar! She is very fond of smoking, and you never see her +without a cigar. On her feet she wears sandals. + +8. The men are gentle and rather lazy. The women have far more "go" in +them than the men. Many of them keep shops, and are very good traders. +The wife is the chief person in every home. + +9. The men also wear skirts, and sometimes their jackets are very gay. +They wrap a handkerchief of pink, or of some other bright colour, round +their head. + +[Illustration: {A Burmese man}] + +10. The Burmese worship Buddha, a prince who lived more than two +thousand years ago. He was a very noble man, and he gave up all the +pleasant things of life that nothing might turn his thoughts from +goodness. + +11. Amongst other things he taught men to be kind to animals. All +animals are well treated in Burma. + +12. All over the land you see temples to Buddha. These temples grow +narrower and narrower the higher they rise. They all end in a spire +above which there is a kind of umbrella. It is made of metal, and all +round its edge are silver or golden bells, which make pretty music as +they are blown to and fro by the wind. + +13. By the side of many of these temples you may see a great image of +Buddha. Most of the images are made of brass. The Burmese pray before +these images, and offer flowers and candles and rice to them. + +[Illustration: {Statue of Buddha}] + + * * * * * + +17. A LETTER FROM BURMA.--II. + + +1. Wherever you go in Burma you see monks. They have shaven heads, and +they wear yellow robes. Every morning they go out to beg. Boys in yellow +robes go with them, and carry large bowls in their hands. + +2. The people come out of their houses and put food into the bowls. The +monks do not thank them. They say that he who gives is more blessed than +he who takes. + +3. The monks live in houses built of teak wood. In every village you can +see a monk's house standing in a grove of palm trees. In these houses +the monks keep school. + +4. Every Burmese boy lives for some time in one of the monks' houses. +Here he learns to read and write, and is taught to be a good man. + +5. I went to see the most beautiful of all the monks' houses. It is in a +city far up in the country. The building is of dark-brown teak wood, and +has many roofs, one above the other. It is covered with carving, and +here and there it is gilded. + +6. Many boys in yellow robes were playing beneath the trees. They were +the scholars of the school. One of the boys told me that he was never +going to leave the place. When he was old enough he meant to be a monk. + +[Illustration: {Burmese boy in robes}] + +7. In the city I saw the palace of the king from whom we took Burma. It +stands inside a large space, with high walls all round it. Outside the +wall is a broad ditch full of water. When I saw the ditch it was +overgrown with water-plants covered with pink blossoms. + +8. Many buildings, something like the monks' houses, form the king's +palace. Some of the buildings are very richly carved, and are covered +with gold leaf. Inside one of them I saw great teak pillars, also +covered with gold. + +9. The chief building ends in a very lofty spire, with a beautiful metal +umbrella above it. The Burmese used to believe that this spire was in +the very middle of the earth. + +10. Another fine building is a high lookout tower. From the top of it +there is a grand view. On one side I saw a hill covered with temples. At +the foot of the hill there were four hundred and fifty of these temples. +There must be thousands of them in and near the city. + +11. As I drove to my hotel last night I saw a number of boys playing +Burmese football. They do not take sides, nor do they try to kick goals. +The football is made of basket-work. + +12. The boys stand round in a ring, and the game is to keep the ball +from touching the ground. The boys pass the ball from one to the other +by knocking it up with their heads, arms, hands, legs, or toes. Some of +the boys are very clever at this game. + +[Illustration: {Boys playing Burmese football}] + +13. Burma has many beautiful rivers and some fine mountains. By the side +of the rivers much rice is grown. Away in the north there are grand +forests filled with wild animals. Tigers are often shot within twenty +miles of the old king's palace. + +14. Now I have filled my paper, and I must bring this letter to an end. +I hope you are all well and happy. I am leaving Burma tomorrow.--Best +love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +18. A LETTER FROM CEYLON. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--A week ago I landed in the beautiful island of +Ceylon. It lies to the south of India. Get mother to show it to you on +the globe. + +2. I am still under the British flag, the Union Jack. I can see it +waving from the top of a big building. The people of Ceylon are proud to +call themselves British. + +3. I have just been for a ride through the streets of the chief town. I +rode in a rickshaw--that is, a kind of large baby-carriage drawn by a +man. My rickshaw had rubber on its wheels, so we went along very +smoothly and quickly. + +[Illustration: {Rickshaw with passenger}] + +4. Some of the carts are drawn by little bullocks that trot along as +fast as a pony. I often meet carts with a high cover of thatch. These +carts carry the tea, which grows on the hills, down to the ships in the +harbour. + +5. Some of the men of Ceylon wear tortoise-shell combs in their hair. +They are very proud of these combs, and some of them are very handsome. + +[Illustration: {Ceylon family--a man, a woman, and two babies}] + +6. The children of Ceylon seem very happy. They are pretty and clean, +and always obey their parents. Many of them learn to speak and read +English. They love dancing and singing, and they never quarrel. + +[Illustration: Ceylon Girls Playing the Tom-Tom. + +(From the picture by E.A. Hornel. By permission of the Corporation of +Manchester.)] + +7. By the next ship home I am sending mother a chest of tea. The tea +grew on the hills of Ceylon. I made a journey to these hills by train. +On the way we passed through thick forests, and by the side of beautiful +rivers. + +8. Ceylon is very rich in plants and trees. The cocoanut palm grows +almost everywhere. On one of the rivers I saw a raft of cocoanuts. A man +swam behind it and pushed it along. + +[Illustration: {Cocoanut palm tree}] + +9. With this letter I send you a picture of a tea-garden. Notice the men +and women plucking the leaf. Many of them come from the south of India. +Look at the white planter. He comes, as you know, from our own country. + +[Illustration: IN A CEYLON TEA PLANTATION.] + +10. In the middle of Ceylon there are many high mountains. The highest +is called Adam's Peak. It stands like a great wedge high above the other +hills. + +11. The people of Ceylon believe that it is a holy mountain. They say +that once upon a time Buddha climbed to the top of this mountain. To +prove that he did so they show you his footprint. It is more than five +feet long! + +12. A little temple has been built over the footprint. Men, women, and +children climb the mountain, to lay little gifts before the footprint, +and to strew sweet flowers about it. When this is done, the children +kneel down and ask their parents to bless them. + +13. To-morrow I leave Ceylon on a long voyage to China. You will not +hear from me for several weeks. I hope you are all well, and that you +are still good children.--I remain, your loving Father. + + * * * * * + +19. A LETTER FROM CHINA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Three weeks have gone by since I last wrote to +you. I have made my voyage safely, and I am now in a great city of China +called Canton. + +2. Ask mother to show you China on the globe. You see at once that it is +a vast country. It is larger than the whole of Europe. One-fourth of all +the people in the world live in China. + +3. All round this city of Canton there is a high wall. From the wall the +city seems to be a beautiful place. When, however, you enter it, you +soon find that it is dirty and full of foul smells. + +[Illustration: A Chinese Street. + +(From the picture by T. Hodgson Liddell, R.B.A.)] + +4. The streets are very narrow, and are always crowded with people. Many +of them are roofed in to keep them cool. Most of them are so narrow that +no carriage can pass along them. People who wish to ride must be carried +in a kind of box on the shoulders of two or more men. + +[Illustration: {Person riding in a box}] + +5. I am sure you would like to see the signboards that hang down in +front of the shops. The strange letters on them are painted in gold and +in bright colours. They look very gay indeed. + +6. The shops sell all sorts of things--silk, books, drugs, flowers, +china, and birds. Some of the shops only sell gold and silver paper. The +Chinese burn this paper at the graves of their friends. When they do +this they think that they are sending money for their dead friends to +spend in the other world. + +7. Many things are also sold in the streets. The street traders carry a +bamboo pole across the shoulder. From the ends of this pole they sling +the baskets in which they carry their wares. Many workmen ply their +trades in the open street, and you are sure to see quack doctors, +letter-writers, and money-changers. + +8. The Chinese do in the open street many things which we do inside our +houses. A Chinaman likes to eat his meals where every one can see him. + +9. Sometimes he will sit in front of his house and wash his feet. +Yesterday I saw a man having his tooth drawn out of doors. A crowd stood +round him, watching to see how it was done. + +10. How should you like to go for a ride in a wheelbarrow? In China the +wheelbarrow is often used for carrying people or goods from place to +place. It has a large wheel in the middle. Round the wheel there is a +platform for people or goods. + +[Illustration: {People riding in a wheelbarrow}] + +11. A broad river runs through the city. It is crowded with boats, in +which live many thousands of people. Many of these people never go +ashore at all. + +12. Over the sterns of the boats there are long baskets. These are the +backyards of the floating city. Hens, ducks, geese, and sometimes pigs, +are kept in these baskets. + +[Illustration: {A boy on a boat}] + +13. The little boys who live on the boats have a log of wood fastened to +their waists. This keeps them afloat if they fall overboard. The little +girls have no such lifebelts. In China nobody troubles about the girls. + +14. Nearly all the boats have an eye painted on their bows. Perhaps this +seems strange to you. The Chinese, however, say,-- + + "S'pose no got eye, no can see; + S'pose no can see, no can walkee." + + * * * * * + +20. CHINESE BOYS AND GIRLS. + + +1. Chinese fathers and mothers are very glad when their children are +boys. In China the boys are much petted. Their mothers give way to them, +and let them do as they please. + +2. Girls, however, are not welcome. Sometimes they are called +"Not-wanted" or "Ought-to-have-been-a-boy." + +3. A Chinese boy has always two names, sometimes four. He has one name +when he is a child, and another when he goes to school. He has a third +name when he begins to earn money. When he dies he has a fourth name. + +4. Chinese boys are very fond of flying kites, which are shaped like +fish or butterflies or dragons. Old gentlemen are just as fond of +kite-flying as boys. + +5. In China you will often see boys playing hopscotch or spinning +peg-tops. They also play shuttlecock, but they have no battledore. They +kick the shuttlecock with the sides of their feet. + +6. Chinese boys love to set off fireworks, such as crackers, wheels, and +rockets. If the fireworks make a loud noise, so much the better. + +7. Chinese children are taught to show very great respect to their +parents. They all bow and kneel to their fathers and mothers. A boy who +is not kind and good to his parents is thought to be a wicked wretch. + +8. A few days ago I went to see a Chinese school. The boys sit on stools +at tiny tables. In front of them they have a stone slab, a stick of +Chinese ink, and some brushes with which they write. + +[Illustration: {A boy at a table at school}] + +9. There is always a great din in a Chinese schoolroom. The boys shout +at the top of their voices. If they do not make a noise, the teacher +thinks that they are not learning. + +10. When a boy knows his lesson he goes up to his master to say it. He +turns his back to his master, and does not face him as you do. + +11. A Chinese boy becomes a man at sixteen years of age. He chooses his +work in life when he is quite a baby. Let me tell you how he does it. + +12. When he is one year old he is seated in the middle of such things as +money, books, and pens. Then the parents watch him to see what he will +play with. + +13. If he takes up the money, they say that he must be a trader or a +banker. If he takes up a book or a pen, they say that he must be a +writer or a teacher or a scholar. + + * * * * * + +21. HAIR, FINGERS, AND TOES. + + +1. Chinese men shave their heads, all but a small patch of hair. This is +allowed to grow very long, and is plaited into a pigtail. I have seen +Chinamen with coloured ribbons woven into their pigtails. + +[Illustration: {Two Chinamen}] + +2. When men are at work they twine their pigtails round their heads. +When they wish to show respect to any person they let down their +pigtails. A man who has a long, thick pigtail is very proud of it. + +3. Sometimes men who are sent to prison have their pigtails cut off. +This is thought to be a great disgrace. When they leave prison they buy +false pigtails to wear. + +4. When Chinamen fight they pull each other about by the pigtail. +Sometimes a schoolmaster punishes bad boys with his pigtail. + +5. Rich women are very proud of their tiny feet. Chinese ladies can wear +shoes about four inches long. Fancy mother wearing a doll's shoes! + +[Illustration: {Chinese women holding fans}] + +6. Girls have their feet bound up tightly when they are five years of +age. The bandages are made tighter every week, until the foot stops +growing. Of course, the poor girls suffer very much. The Chinese have a +saying: "Every pair of bound feet costs a bath of tears." + +7. When the girls grow up they cannot walk. They can only totter along, +and they have to lean on the arm of a maid to keep themselves from +falling. + +[Illustration: {Woman walking with the support of her maid}] + +8. I am glad to say that many parents do not now bind the feet of their +girls. They have learnt that it is both wicked and foolish to do so. At +one school in China all the girls have their feet unbound. They skip and +play about almost as well as Kate and May. + +9. You and I think that only dirty, untidy people let their nails grow +long. Rich people in China never cut their nails. They let them grow so +long that they have to wear shields to keep them from being broken. + +10. The dress of a Chinaman is very simple. He wears trousers and +several cotton or silk tunics. The outside tunic has very long, wide +sleeves; these are used as pockets. + +11. The trousers are loose, and are covered up to the knee by white +stockings. When a Chinaman is in full dress he wears a long gown. The +Chinese boy wears the same kind of clothes as his father. Every man, +woman, and child carries a fan. + +12. Chinese boots are made of cloth or satin, never of leather. The +soles are made of rags or paper. We blacken the uppers of our boots. +Chinamen whiten the soles of theirs. + +[Illustration: {Chinese boots}] + +13. Now I must end this letter. When I come home you must ask me to tell +you about the rice fields and the silk farms and the Great Wall. I have +a hundred more things to tell you about this wonderful land.--Your +loving FATHER. + +[Illustration: A Rich Chinaman's House. + +(From the photograph by J. Thomson, F.R.G.S.)] + + * * * * * + +22. A LETTER FROM JAPAN. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Once more I have made a long sea voyage, and once +more I am safely on shore. I am now in Japan. + +2. The Japs live on islands, just as we do. They are brave and clever +and busy, and they have many fine warships. Because of all these things +they are sometimes called the Britons of the Far East. + +3. Most of the people in the East are very backward. They have stood +still while the people of the West have gone forward. Not so the Japs. +They have learnt everything that the West can teach them. You will see +in Japan all the things on which we pride ourselves. + +4. The Japs are first-rate sailors. Some of their captains learnt to be +sailors on board our warships. They are also fine soldiers. You know +that not many years ago they beat the Russians both by land and by sea. + +5. I like the Japs better than any other people that I have met in the +East. Many of them still wear the dress of olden days, and keep to their +simple and pretty ways. Their country is beautiful, and they love +beautiful things. + +6. They are very fond indeed of flowers, which they grow very well. +Their gardens are lovely. When the flowers are in bloom the Japs troop +in thousands to see them. It is pretty to watch the delight of fathers +and mothers and children at the form, colour, and scent of the flowers. + +7. The Japs are very clever workmen. I have often stood and watched them +at work. They always try to beat their own best. Good work of any kind +gives them joy; bad work gives them pain. + +8. I have bought Jap fans for Kate and May. On these fans there are +pictures of a snow-clad mountain shaped like a sugar loaf. There is no +more beautiful mountain in all the world. + +[Illustration: {Snowy mountain}] + +9. This mountain began as a hole in the ground. Melted rocks boiled up +out of the hole and built up the mountain. In time the rocks grew cool +and hard. Some Japs believe that it was formed in a single night! + +10. Steam still comes out of a crack in the side of the mountain. This +shows that any day melted rocks may boil forth again. About two hundred +years ago the mountain threw out so much ash that it covered a town +sixty miles away. + +11. Sometimes the earth shakes and opens in great cracks. When the earth +"quakes" houses tumble down, and the tops of tall trees snap off. Very +often lives are lost. + + * * * * * + +23. JAP CHILDREN. + + +1. When a Jap boy is born there is great joy in his home. His mother's +friends all come to see him. They bring him presents, such as toys, +dried fish, and eggs. + +2. Very early in his life the little Jap baby is strapped on to his +sister's back. He goes with her wherever she goes. If the weather is +cold, the little girl covers him with her coat. When the sun is hot she +shelters him with her sunshade. + +3. When she plays she jumps and skips and runs about, and all the time +baby's little head jerks to and fro. He does not mind; he is quite +happy. You never hear a Jap baby cry. + +4. When a boy is about three years of age he learns to walk. He soon +finds his feet, and runs about on high wooden clogs. + +5. Jap boys are fond of pets and games. Wherever a boy goes he carries +with him a long pole. With this he makes flying leaps and does many +clever tricks. + +6. Every boy in Japan wishes to be either a soldier or a sailor when he +grows up. Even tiny little mites play with flags and drums and little +guns. When the boys are older they are taught to be brave, and to die if +need be for their country. + +7. The great day of the year for Jap boys is the fifth day of the fifth +month. On this day the Feast of Flags is held. Over each house where +there is a boy you see big paper fish floating in the air. + +[Illustration: {Flags on poles outside houses}] + +8. The shops are then full of toys. Most of the toys are soldiers, and +sometimes they are like the soldiers of olden days. Some are on foot, +and some are on horseback; some are generals, and some are drummers. + +[Illustration: The Toy Seller. + +(From the water-colour painting by H.E. Tidmarsh.)] + +9. The boys love to play at war. You can always make Jap boys happy by +giving them a toy army to play with. + +10. The greatest day of the year for the girls is the Feast of Dolls. On +this day the girls give doll parties to their little friends. All the +dolls, however old, are brought out and dressed up in fine new clothes. +The Feast of Dolls is a time of great fun and laughter. + +11. Jap children now play many of our games. They are very fond of +"prisoner's base," "fox and geese," and "tag." The boys love +kite-flying. + +[Illustration: {Children at play}] + +12. Sometimes they put glass on the strings of their kites, and with it +try to cut the strings of other boys' kites. They are very clever at +this game, and there is great laughter when a string is cut. + +13. In the house, during the day, girls like to blow soap bubbles. At +dusk they are fond of hunting fire-flies, and driving them to and fro +with fans. + +14. In the summer they catch grasshoppers, and keep them in small bamboo +cages. They say that the chirping of the grasshoppers brings them good +luck. + +15. All Japs are polite--even boys. When a boy goes to the house of a +friend he squats on his heels. Then he places his hands on the floor, +and bows until his forehead touches his toes. This he does again and +again, and all the time he speaks very politely. + +[Illustration: {Boys bowing}] + +16. Jap children are taught to be very kind and helpful to their elders, +and to the poor and the weak. Yesterday I saw a little girl run from her +mother to take the hand of a blind man and lead him across the street. + +17. Now, my dears, I must end this letter. To-morrow I start on my +homeward way. I shall sail across the ocean to the great land of +America. I hope you are all well, good, and happy. Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +24. A LETTER FROM CANADA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Look at the globe in my room and find Japan. Then +find America. You will see that a broad ocean lies between them. It is +called the Pacific Ocean. I have crossed this ocean, and I am now in the +great country of Canada. + +2. I am sure that you cannot guess where I am writing this letter. I am +writing it in the train. I have already been three days in the train, +and I am only half-way across Canada. + +3. I am glad to say that I am once more under the Union Jack. The whole +land of Canada is British, from sea to sea. Our flag floats above every +city. + +4. The first part of my journey pleased me most. The train ran through a +beautiful country, filled with splendid trees. Some of them are as high +as a church tower, and have trunks many yards round. There are no finer +trees in all the world. + +5. Later in the day our train ran by the side of a rushing river, which +was deep down in a narrow valley between the mountains. + +6. In this river there are millions of salmon. I saw men catching them. +You will see tins of salmon from this river in most of the grocers' +shops at home. + +7. As the train ran on, the mountains rose higher and higher, until +their tops were covered with snow. We then began to cross the great +Rocky Mountains. Up and up the train climbed, until the rails reached +their highest point. + +[Illustration: {The Rocky Mountains}] + +8. Then we began to descend. We ran through dark clefts in the rocks, +along the edges of steep cliffs, across rivers, and by the side of +lakes. High above us were the snowy mountain tops. It was all very grand +and very beautiful. + +9. At last we left the mountains behind us and reached the plains. We +are now speeding over these plains. The country is as flat as the palm +of your hand. Here and there, far apart, I can see farm-houses. On these +plains the best wheat in the world is grown. + +10. In winter the whole land is covered deep with snow, and the rivers +are frozen over. In April winter gives place to spring. Then the snow +melts, and the ice on the rivers breaks up. + +11. No sooner has the snow gone than the wheat begins to spring up. The +wheat grows very fast and ripens very quickly. Much of it is sent to +Britain. Very likely the loaf which you ate for breakfast this morning +was made of wheat which grew on the plains of Canada. + +[Illustration: Harvest-Time in Canada. + +(From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind permission of the +C.P.R. Co.)] + +12. In other parts of Canada there are forests which cover thousands of +miles of country. The trees in these forests are cut down, and are made +into planks which are sent to all parts of the world. + +13. The trees are felled during winter. Their trunks are piled up by the +side of a river. When the thaw comes they are thrown into the water. Men +follow them and push them back into the water if they drift ashore. + +[Illustration: {Men rolling logs}] + +14. The stream carries the logs down to the sawmills, where they are cut +up into planks. Love to all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +25. CHILDREN OF CANADA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am staying for a few days with a friend who has +a farm on the plains. His house is five miles from the railway. + +2. My friend met me at the station with a motor car, and drove me over +rough roads between huge fields. There are no hedges in this part of the +country. The fields are divided from each other by fences. + +3. This farm is much larger than any farm which you have seen in +England. The house is built of wood. All round it is a pretty garden. +Not far away are the stables and the barns. + +[Illustration: {Large farmhouse}] + +4. I am sure you would like to hear something about the farmer's +children. There are three of them--a girl and two boys. The girl is the +youngest, and she is about eight years of age. + +5. All the children make themselves very useful in the house. Servants +are hard to get in Canada, so people must learn to help themselves. The +boys clean the boots and chop wood. The girls think nothing of helping +to scrub the floors. + +6. After breakfast the children trudge off to school, which is three +miles away. They take their lunch with them. When they return in the +evening they have many odd jobs to do. + +7. In the playground of their school you will see many young trees +growing. There are very few trees on the plains, and far more are +needed. + +[Illustration: {Canadian schoolhouse}] + +8. On one day in each year the children make holiday, and plant trees in +the school grounds. The teacher tells them that when they grow up they +must plant trees on their farms. + +9. Harvest is the busiest time of the year. Then the children rise at +half-past four, and work all day long in the fields. Every one who can +work at all must do so at harvest time. + +10. There is also plenty of work to be done in the autumn. Everything +needed in the house must be brought in before the snow begins to fall. + +11. Winter is the real holiday time. No work can then be done on the +land. The rivers and lakes are frozen, and everywhere there is plenty of +skating. The wheels are taken off the carriages, and runners are put on +instead. Horses draw them very swiftly over the frozen snow. + +12. Look at the picture post-card which I send you with this letter. It +shows you how Canadian boys are dressed in winter. On the ground you see +a pair of snow-shoes. The boys can travel very quickly on these +snow-shoes without sinking into the snow. + +[Illustration: Boys of Canada in winter.] + +13. In the picture you also see a toboggan. It is a small sledge. The +boy drags his toboggan up to the top of a hill. He seats himself on it +and pushes off. Away he goes over the frozen snow like an arrow from a +bow. It is splendid fun. + +14. Those boys and girls whose homes are in towns live very much as you +do. They go to school, and they play in the streets and parks. When +summer comes many of them go to the seaside or to the lakeside for a +holiday. + +15. Sometimes a whole family goes camping in the woods. They then live +in tents or in little huts by the side of a river or a lake. What happy +times the children have! They go fishing, they bathe, and they dart to +and fro in canoes. + +16. Most of the young folks of Canada are strong and healthy. They are +happy and bright, and they are not afraid of work. No children are more +useful to their parents than the boys and girls of Canada. + + * * * * * + +26. THE RED MEN. + + +1. Tom will not forgive me unless I tell you something about the Red men +of America. He has often asked me about the picture of Red men which is +in my room at home.[1] + +[1] See page 102. {Page 102 contains the illustration below} + +[Illustration: Red Men and White Men. + +(From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind permission of the +C.P.R. Co.)] + +2. In the old days, before white men settled in America, the Red men +were masters of the land. They were tall and strong, and their skin was +of a dark copper colour. Their eyes were jet black, and their hair was +long and straight. + +[Illustration: {Red men in wigwams}] + +3. They wore very little clothing, even though the winters in North +America are very cold. From the time when they were babies they were +trained to bear heat and cold, hunger, thirst, and pain without +grumbling. + +4. When the white men landed in America, the villages of the Red men +were to be found all over the country. Each of these villages was the +home of a tribe. The houses were tents made of skin or huts made of +wood. + +5. The women or squaws did all the hard work. They planted and tilled +the fields, cooked the food, and made the clothes. The babies were put +into little bark cradles, which were sometimes hung from the branches of +trees, and were rocked to and fro by the wind. + +6. The Red men were nearly always at war, either amongst themselves or +against the white men. In battle they were very crafty and skilful. +Those who fell into their hands were sometimes treated very cruelly. + +7. Before the Red men went on the "warpath" they painted their faces, so +as to frighten their foes. Then they took up their bows and hatchets, +and, following their leader, strode silently away. + +8. The Red men did not care to fight in the open. They always tried to +catch their foes asleep or to take them by surprise. + +9. In those days the land was full of deer and other wild animals. On +the great plains where the wheat now grows huge herds of bison used to +feed. + +10. The Red men hunted the bison on their swift little ponies. When they +were close to the animals they shot at them with arrows. If the arrows +missed their mark, the Red men killed the bison with their knives. + +[Illustration: {Red men on horseback hunting bison}] + +11. When the white men came they hunted the bison with guns, and soon +killed them off. Only a few bisons remain, and these are now kept in +parks. + +12. There are not many Red men left in North America. Most of them have +died off. Many of those who now remain have given up their old way of +living. + + * * * * * + +27. THE ESKIMOS. + + +1. Here is another picture for you. Look at it carefully. It shows you +the people who live in the far north of Canada. They are called Eskimos. + +[Illustration: Amongst the Eskimos.] + +2. In the upper part of the picture you see a man on a sledge. He is +dressed in furs, and has fur gloves on his hands. His head and ears are +covered with a hood. In the far north of Canada the cold is so bitter in +winter that men's hands and ears would be frost-bitten if they were not +kept warm in this way. + +3. In winter the sea and the land are thickly frozen over. The whole +country is covered with ice and snow. The Eskimo has to travel over the +ice to get from place to place. He uses a sledge drawn by dogs. There is +a team of dogs in the upper part of the picture. + +4. Sometimes the sledge is overturned, and the men and dogs are thrown +into deep, wide cracks in the ice. Sometimes fierce storms arise, and +men and dogs perish together. Sometimes food runs short, and they die of +hunger. + +5. In the middle part of the picture you see a tent. The Eskimos can +only live in tents during the short summers; during the long dark +winters they live in huts. The walls are made of stones and sods. The +roof is of wood which has drifted to their shores. You must remember +that no trees will grow in these very cold lands. + +6. Some Eskimos make their winter houses of blocks of snow, with sheets +of ice for the windows. Perhaps you shiver at the thought of living in a +snow house, but you need not do so. + +[Illustration: {Snow house}] + +7. Really, a snow house is quite a snug home. The snow keeps in the heat +of the house, just as a blanket keeps in the heat of your body. Perhaps +you know that it is the blanket of snow spread over the ground in winter +which keeps the roots of the plants from being frozen. + +8. When summer comes, the snow and ice melt along the edge of the sea. +Then the Eskimo leaves his winter quarters for the seashore. + +9. The sea-shores of these very cold lands abound in bears, seals, +foxes, and other wild animals. The sea is full of fish, and millions of +gulls, geese, and other birds fly north for the summer. + +[Illustration: {Polar bear}] + +10. When a boy is ten years of age his father gives him a bow and arrows +and a canoe. Then he thinks himself a man indeed. In the lower part of +the picture you see a man in an Eskimo canoe. He is going to hunt seals +and small whales. + +11. Now I must bring this long letter to a close. I shall write you one +more before I start for home. I am eager to see you all again.--Your +loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +28. FATHER'S LAST LETTER. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--This is the last letter which I shall write to you +from abroad. I hope to sail for home in a week's time. I shall send you +a telegram to tell you when I shall arrive. You must all come to the +station to meet me. + +2. Look at the globe and find North America. The northern half is called +Canada, and the southern half is called the United States. I am now in +New York, the largest city of the United States. + +3. The people of the United States speak English. The forefathers of +many of them came from our islands. But the United States do not belong +to Britain. Their flag is not the Union Jack, but the Stars and Stripes. + +4. This morning at breakfast a black man waited upon me. His skin was +very dark, his lips were thick, and his hair was short and curly. + +5. Are you not surprised to hear that there are black men in America? +There are thousands of them in New York. In the southern part of the +United States there are more black men than white men. + +6. Most of the black men live in the hot part of the United States, +where cotton and sugar are grown. White people cannot work in the cotton +or sugar fields, because the sun is too hot for them. + +7. The black people who live in the United States were born in America. +They have never known any other land. America, however, is not their +real home. They really belong to Africa. + +8. How is it that we now find them in America? When the white men of +America began to grow cotton and sugar, they needed black men to work in +the fields. Men called "slavers" went to Africa in ships. They landed +and pushed inland. When they came to villages they seized the people and +drove them off to the ships. + +9. The poor blacks, who were thus dragged from their home and kindred, +were thrust into the holds of ships and carried to America. Sometimes +they suffered much on the voyage. The weakest of them died, and were +thrown overboard. + +10. When they reached America they were sold to the cotton-growers and +sugar-growers, who carried them off to work in the fields. Sometimes +they were kindly treated; sometimes they were flogged to make them work. +But whether kindly or cruelly treated, they were no longer men and +women, but slaves. + +11. This went on for many years. At last some kind-hearted men in the +northern states said, "It is wicked to own slaves. All the slaves in +America shall be set free." + +12. The farmers of the south were very angry when they heard this, and +said that they would not free their slaves. Then a fierce war broke out. +The North beat the South, and when the war came to an end all the slaves +in America were set free. + +13. The blacks still work in the cotton and sugar and tobacco fields; +but they now work for wages, just as I do. They are free to come and go +as they please. + +[Illustration: {Five black children}] + +14. The darkies are very merry and full of fun. When their work is over +they love to sing and dance to the music of the banjo. Some of their +songs are very pretty. I will sing some of them to you when I come home. +Good-bye, dears. I shall soon be with you now.--Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +29. HOME AGAIN. + + +1. The telegram came soon after breakfast. Father was coming home that +very day. We were so delighted that we sang and danced and clapped our +hands, just like the darkies. + +2. Mother was very busy. "You must all come and help me," she said. "The +house must be made beautiful for father's return." + +3. May and I worked with mother, but the day passed very slowly. +Father's train was to arrive at six o'clock. By half-past five we were +all at the station waiting for him. + +4. At last the train steamed in, and out jumped father. Oh, how we +hugged and kissed him! Father was well, and he looked very brown. + +5. I sat next to him in the cab. He told us that his ship had only +reached Liverpool that morning. He had taken the first train for home, +because he wished to see us so much. + +[Illustration: {Father in cab with one of his daughters}] + +6. After tea he opened one of his boxes. "I have brought each of you a +present," he said. "Sit down, and I will show you some pretty things." + +7. Mother's present was a dress from India. It had gold and beetles' +wings on it. They were a lovely shiny green, just like jewels. + +8. My present was a necklace of beautiful blue stones. May's was a +dolly, dressed just like an Indian lady. Tom's was a kite from Japan. It +was shaped just like a dragon. Of course, we were all delighted with our +gifts. + +9. Then father told us many things about his travels. "I have been right +round the world," he said. "I sailed to the East, and I went on and on +until I returned to the place from which I set out." + +[Illustration: {Father at home with his family}] + +"I know," cried Tom. "I have followed you all round the world on the +globe." + +10. May was sitting on father's knee. "Dad," she said, "I suppose you +are the very first man who has ever been right round the world." "Of +course he is," said Tom. + +11. Father laughed. "No, my dear," he replied; "thousands of men had +been round the world before I was born." + +12. "I'm so sorry," said May. "I did so want to tell the girls at school +that my father was the very first man who ever went round the world." + + + +EXERCISES. + +(_To be worked under the direction of the teacher_) + + * * * * * + +Lesson 1. + +1. The father travelled by train. In what other ways might he have +travelled? Which is the fastest way? Which is the slowest? + +2. What power drives the train? What other work does this power do? + +3. Look carefully at the first picture in this book. Describe it. + +4. Learn: _A globe is a small model of the earth._ Of what shape is +the earth? Of what shape are the sun, moon, and stars? + + +Lesson 2. + +1. The name of the town on the seashore (par. 2) is Dover. Turn to the +picture on page 11 {Illustration entitled "The White Cliffs of Dover"} +and describe the cliffs of Dover as seen from the sea. + +2. The distance between Dover and Calais is only twenty-one miles. +Learn: _A narrow passage of water joining two seas is called a strait._ +The word _strait_ means "narrow." This strait is called the Strait of +Dover. + +3. Model the Strait of Dover in clay or plasticine. Suppose the water +between England and France were to dry up, what would the strait be +then? Write out and learn: _A valley is a hollow between hills or +mountains._ + + +Lesson 3. + +1. The river which runs through Paris is called the Seine. The river +which runs through London is called the Thames. Learn: _A river is a +large stream of fresh water flowing across the land to join another +river, a lake, or the sea._ + +2. Look carefully at the picture on page 14 {Illustration entitled "In +the Gardens"} and describe it. + +3. Compare French boys with English boys. Compare French girls with +English girls. + + +Lesson 4. + +1. Look carefully at the picture on page 18 {Illustration entitled "The +Grape Harvest"} and describe it. + +[Illustration: {Silkworm on mulberry leaf}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of the silkworm and the mulberry leaf. + +3. Why do flowers bloom earlier in the south of France than in England? + +4. Describe the picture on page 20 {Illustration entitled "Games on +Board Father's Ship"}. + + +Lesson 5. + +1. The Nile carries much mud in its waters. If there is a stream near +your school, go to it and get a bottleful of water. Let this water stand +for a time and notice the mud which settles down. Where does this mud +come from? + +[Illustration: {Palm tree}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of a palm tree. The Arabs say that the palm +tree loves to have its foot in the water and its head in the fire. What +do you think this saying means? + +3. Look at the picture on page 23 {Illustration entitled "The Nile in +Flood"}. What animals do you see in the picture? Tell me something about +each of them. + + +Lesson 6. + +[Illustration: {Two pyramids}] + +1. Copy this little drawing of two of the oldest buildings in Egypt. +Such buildings are called _pyramids_. Write out this word six times. You +will see pyramids in the picture on page 23 {Illustration entitled "The +Nile in Flood"}. Of what shape is the ground on which a pyramid stands? +Make a _ground plan_ of a pyramid. + +2. How do we know what the men of Egypt were like in olden times? + +3. The picture on page 25 {Illustration entitled "The Chief City of +Egypt"} shows you a street in Cairo, the chief town of Egypt. Describe +the picture. + + +Lesson 7. + +1. Write out and learn: _A long deep ditch filled with water is called +a canal._ Model a canal in clay or plasticine. What is the difference +between a canal and a strait? + +[Illustration: {Lighthouse}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of a lighthouse. Write out and learn: _A +lighthouse is a tower near the sea. It shows a bright light at night to +warn sailors of rocks or shallow places._ + +3. Why does a big ship "go slow" through the Suez Canal? + + +Lesson 8. + +1. Write out and learn: _A desert is a rainless tract of country on +which little or nothing will grow._ How can a desert be turned into a +garden? + +[Illustration: {Arab tent}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of an Arab tent. Why do the Arabs who wander +from place to place live in tents? + +3. Write out and learn: _A green spot in a desert is called an +oasis._ Several of these green spots are called _oases_. + + +Lesson 9. + +1. The palm is said to have as many uses as there are days in the year. +Name some of these uses. + +2. Why is the camel called the "ship of the desert"? + +3. Go to a sand heap. Stand on it; you sink in. Put a piece of board on +the sand and stand on it; the board does not sink in much. Now turn to +the picture on page 105 {Illustration entitled "Boys of Canada in +Winter"}. You will see a pair of snow-shoes on the snow. A boy's foot +will sink into the snow. When he stands on the snow-shoes he does not +sink in. Find out why. Notice the camel's foot, and tell me why it does +not sink into the sand. + + +Lesson 10. + +1. In what ways do the people of Bombay differ from the people of your +town or village? + +2. Why are the people of hot lands dark in colour? + +3. Look at the picture on page 47 {Illustration entitled "The Village +Well"}. Describe it. + + +Lesson 11. + +1. What is the difference between our shops and the shops of Bombay? + +2. How do Indian boys play at marbles? + +[Illustration: {The Union Jack}] + +3. Copy this drawing of the Union Jack. Colour it with chalks. + + +Lesson 12. + +1. With a pair of scissors cut out a square of paper. Fold it into two; +then into four; then into eight, and lastly into sixteen. Open out the +paper. If the whole square stands for the size of India, one of the +small squares will stand for the size of our land. + +[Illustration: {Punkah}] + +2. Copy this drawing of a punkah. What is the use of a punkah? + +3. Suppose you forget to water your plants, what happens? Suppose you +water them too much, what happens? + + +Lesson 13. + +1. Write out and learn: _A mountain is land which rises high above the +level of the country round about it. A row of mountains joined together +by high ground is called a mountain range or chain._ + +2. Write out the following:--"Some mountains may be called water savings +banks. The rain freezes as it falls and becomes snow. On very high +mountains this snow never melts. It gets deeper and deeper, and the +lower part turns into ice. This ice creeps slowly down the mountain side +until it comes into air that is warm enough to melt it. The water which +flows away from the ice forms a river. Many large rivers begin in +melting ice-fields." + +3. Describe the picture on page 55 {Illustration of a town on the Ganges}. + + +Lesson 14. + +[Illustration: {Palanquin}] + +1. Make a copy of this little drawing. It shows you a palanquin--that +is, a box carried on poles. Rich ladies are carried from place to place +in India in palanquins of this kind. + +2. Compare the life of a rich Indian girl with that of our girls. + +3. "They sang 'God Save the King' for me." Who is their king? Have the +people of India ever seen him? + + +Lesson 15. + +1. Describe the picture on page 61 {Illustration entitled "An Indian +Rajah"}. + +2. Describe an elephant. Of what use is he? + +3. Tell me what you know of tigers. How are tigers hunted? + + +Lesson 16. + +1. In what way does a Burmese girl differ from an Indian girl? + +2. Copy the drawing of a Burmese girl on page 66 {Illustration of +Burmese woman with an umbrella}. + +3. Write out the following: "The Burmese alphabet is very hard to learn. +Dull boys often take a year to learn it. In the monks' schools the lazy +boys are sometimes punished by being made to carry the hard-working boys +on their backs up and down the schoolroom." + + +Lesson 17. + +1. What is the difference between Burmese football and British football? + +2. Describe the picture on page 68 {Illustration of boys playing Burmese +football}. + +3. Write out the following: "Rice is a grass on which many seeds grow. +These seeds are eaten. Rice will only grow in wet ground. The fields are +flooded with water, and then the rice-shoots are planted. The fields +must be kept flooded until the rice is ripe. In India, men sometimes +gather the rice in small boats." + + +Lesson 18. + +[Illustration: {Rickshaw}] + +1. Copy this little drawing of a rickshaw. + +2. Write out the following: "Tea is the name given to the dried leaves +and young shoots of the tea-plant. This plant is a large evergreen +shrub. It grows on the hillsides of Ceylon, and in many other places in +the East. When the leaves are picked, they are spread out in trays until +they wither; then they are rolled. Wet cloths are next placed over the +leaves, and they are put in a cool dark place, until they rot a little. +The leaves are then dried over a fire, and after cooling are packed in +air-tight chests. They are then sent to our country." + +3. Describe the picture on page 75 {Illustration entitled "Ceylon Girls +Playing the Tom-Tom"}. + + +Lesson 19. + +1. Old cities have walls round them. Why were these walls built? Why are +they of no use now? + +[Illustration: {Chinese wheelbarrow}] + +2. Copy this drawing of a Chinese wheelbarrow. + +3. Why do the Chinese paint an eye on the bows of their boats? + + +Lesson 20. + +1. Describe the picture on page 78 {Illustration entitled "A Chinese +Street"}. + +2. Say what you know about a Chinese school. + +3. How can you tell a Chinaman when you see him? + + +Lesson 21. + +1. Describe the picture on page 88 {Illustration entitled "A Rich +Chinaman's House"}. + +2. In what ways do Chinese girls differ from British girls? + +3. Write out the following: "The Great Wall of China is the longest wall +in the world. It was built about two thousand years ago, and was meant +to shut out the wild tribes which were then trying to conquer China. The +wall is more than twice as long as the island of Great Britain. It is +built of stone and earth, and is so broad that four horses can be driven +on it abreast. The wall is now in ruins." + + +Lesson 22. + +1. Write out and learn: _An island is land with water all round it. +People can only reach an island by sailing to it in a boat or by +crossing a bridge._ A small island is called an _islet_. + +2. Model an island in clay or plasticine. Suppose the water round an +island were to dry up, what would the island be then? + +[Illustration: {Snow-covered mountain}] + +3. Copy this little drawing. It shows you the sacred mountain of Japan. + +4. Write out and learn: _A volcano is a hole in the ground out of +which steam, ashes, mud, and melted rock are thrown. An earthquake is a +shaking or tearing apart of the ground._ + + +Lesson 23. + +1. Which should you prefer to be--a boy or a girl (1) in Japan, (2) in +India? + +2. Describe the picture on page 90 {Illustration entitled "The Toy Seller"}. + +3. Try to make a drawing of a kite just after its string has been cut by +the glass on the string of another kite. + + +Lesson 24. + +1. Write out and learn: _A plain is a wide tract of low-lying and +nearly level country. A high plain is called a plateau._ + +[Illustration: {Salmon}] + +2. Copy this drawing of a salmon. What do you know about salmon? + +3. Which should you like to do best--till the fields, cut down trees, or +catch salmon? Say why. + + +Lesson 25. + +1. Describe the picture on page 105 {Illustration entitled "Boys of +Canada in Winter"}. Why do the boys cover up their ears? + +2. What sports do these boys enjoy in winter? + +[Illustration: {Canoe}] + +3. Copy this drawing of a canoe. + + +Lesson 26. + +[Illustration: {Wigwam}] + +1. Copy this little drawing of a wigwam--that is, a Red man's tent. + +2. Describe the picture on page 102 {Illustration entitled "Red Men and +White Men"}. + +3. How did the Red men hunt the bison? What has become of the bison? + + +Lesson 27. + +1. Look carefully at the picture on page 111 {Illustration entitled +"Amongst the Eskimos"}. Compare it with the picture on page 35 +{Illustration entitled "Arabs of the Desert"}. + +2. Why are the Eskimos fishermen and hunters, and not farmers? + +3. How would you build a snow house? Would it be very cold to live in? +If not, why not? + + +Lesson 28. + +1. Describe the picture on page 102 {Illustration entitled "Red Men and +White Men"}. + +2. Write out the following: "The cotton plant loves sun and water, and +will only grow in the hot, moist parts of the world. It throws out +flower stalks, at the end of which pods appear. Inside the pods is a +soft, white down, which is called cotton. This is spun and woven into +cloth." + +3. What is the difference between cotton and wool? + + +Lesson 29. + +1. Look at a globe. Find a line running round the globe at the thickest +part. This is called the _Equator_, because it divides the earth +into two _equal_ parts. The hottest parts of the earth lie round +about the Equator. The distance round the earth at the Equator is 25,000 +miles. A railway train, running 50 miles an hour, and never stopping, +would require nearly three weeks for the journey. Find out whether +father's voyage was longer or shorter than this. + +2. Measure with a band of paper the distance on the globe from the +Equator on one side to the Equator on the other. Find half this distance +and mark it on the globe. Then mark the same distance on the other side +of the Equator. The points which you have marked are called the +_Poles_. One is the _North Pole_; the other is the _South +Pole_. + +3. Learn: _We divide the land of the earth into five great parts; +each of these parts is called a continent. There are five +continents_--_Europe, Asia, Africa, America, Australia. We divide +the water of the earth into five great parts. Each of these parts is +called an ocean. There are five oceans_--_Atlantic, Pacific, +Indian, Arctic, and Antarctic. The Arctic Ocean is round the North Pole; +the Antarctic Ocean is round the South Pole_. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Highroads of Geography, by Anonymous + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 11218 *** diff --git a/11218-h.zip b/11218-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b3371f --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h.zip diff --git a/11218-h/11218-h.htm b/11218-h/11218-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6181f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/11218-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,3800 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" + content="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> + + <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Highroads of + Geography.</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + * { font-family: Times;} + P { text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; } + .pic1 { margin-bottom: 0; } + .pic2 { clear: left; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; } + H2 { text-align: center; + margin-bottom: 1.5em; } + .lesson { text-align: left; } + .illus { margin: 0; + font-style: italic; } + HR { width: 33%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + clear: both; } + BODY{ margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + font-size: 14pt;} + .chapter { width: 70%; + margin-top: 2.75em; + margin-bottom: 1.5em; + clear: both; } + .title { width: 70%; + margin-top: 1.55em; + margin-bottom: 1.5em; } + .figure1 { margin: 1em; + border: thin silver solid; + text-align: center; + padding: 1em; + float: left; + margin-left: 0; } + .figure1r { margin: 1em; + border: thin silver solid; + text-align: center; + padding: 1em; + float: right; + margin-right: 0; } + .figure1c { margin: 1em; + border: thin silver solid; + text-align: center; + padding: 1em; } + .figure2l { margin: 0.5em; + border: none; + float: left; + margin-left: 0; } + .figure2r { margin: 0.5em; + border: none; + float: right; + margin-right: 0; } + .figure2c { margin: 1em; + border: none; } + .caption { text-indent: 0; + text-align: center; + margin-bottom: 0em; + font-size: 12pt; } + blockquote { margin-left: 8%; + margin-right: 8%; + margin-top: 0;} + LI { margin-bottom: .25em; } + UL { list-style-type: none; } + a { text-decoration: none; } + a:hover { background-color: #ffffcc } + // --> + </style> +</head> + +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Highroads of Geography, by Anonymous + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Highroads of Geography + +Author: Anonymous + +Release Date: February 21, 2004 [EBook #11218] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HIGHROADS OF GEOGRAPHY *** + + + + +Produced by Julie Barkley, Susan Woodring and PG Distributed Proofreaders + + + + + +</pre> + + <hr class="title"> + + <h2><i>THE ROYAL SCHOOL SERIES</i></h2> + + <h1>Highroads of Geography</h1> + + <h4 class="illus">Illustrated by Masterpieces of the following + artists:—</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">J. M. W. Turner, F. Goodall, E. A. + Hornel,</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">Talbot Kelly, W. Simpson, Edgar H.</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">Fisher, J. F. Lewis, T. H.</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">Liddell, Cyrus Cuneo,</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">&c.</h4> + + <center> + <div class="figure2c"> + <img src="illustrations/FigF-1.png" + width="35" + height="59" + alt=""> + </div> + </center><br> + + <h2 style="margin-bottom: 0;">Introductory Book—</h2> + + <h2 style="margin-top: 0;">Round the World with Father</h2> + + <h4>1916</h4><a name="PhotoF-1"></a> <br> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/PhotoF-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="422" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">That's where Daddy is!<br> + (<i>From the painting by J. Snowman.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center> + <hr class="chapter"> + <a name="CONTENTS"></a> + + <h2>CONTENTS.</h2> + + <div style="margin-left: 15%;"> + <ol> + <li><a href="#c1">Good-bye to Father</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c2">A Letter from France</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c3">In Paris</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c4">On the Way to Egypt</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c5">A Letter from Egypt</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c6">Children of Egypt</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c7">Through the Canal</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c8">Amongst the Arabs.—I.</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c9">Amongst the + Arabs.—II.</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c10">A Letter from India</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c11">In the Streets</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c12">Our Indian Cousin</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c13">In the Garden</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c14">Indian Boys and Girls</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c15">Elephants and Tigers</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c16">A Letter from + Burma.—I.</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c17">A Letter from + Burma.—II.</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c18">A Letter from Ceylon</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c19">A Letter from China</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c20">Chinese Boys and Girls</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c21">Hair, Fingers, and Toes</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c22">A Letter from Japan</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c23">Jap Children</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c24">A Letter from Canada</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c25">Children of Canada</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c26">The Red Men</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c27">The Eskimos</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c28">Father's Last Letter</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c29">Home Again</a>,</li> + </ol> + + <ul> + <li><a href="#Exercises">EXERCISES</a>,</li> + </ul> + </div> + <hr class="chapter"> + <a name="INTRODUCTORY_BOOK"></a> + + <h2>INTRODUCTORY BOOK.</h2><a name="c1"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L1">1. GOOD-BYE TO FATHER.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig01-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="325" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Father kissed us and said, "Good-bye, dears. Be good + children, and help mother as much as you can. The year will + soon pass away. What a merry time we will have when I come back + again!"</p> + + <p>2. Father kissed mother, and then stepped into the train. + The guard blew his whistle, and the train began to move. We + waved good-bye until it was out of sight.</p> + + <p>3. Then we all began to cry—even Tom, who thinks + himself such a man. It was <i>so</i> lonely without father.</p> + + <p>4. Tom was the first to dry his eyes. He turned to me and + said, "Stop that crying. You are the eldest, and you ought to + know better."</p> + + <p>5. He made mother take his arm, just as father used to do. + Then he began to whistle, to show that he did not care a bit. + All the way home he tried to make jokes.</p> + + <p>6. As soon as we had taken off our coats and hats, Tom + called us into the sitting-room. "Look here," he said: "we're + going to have no glum faces in this house. We must be bright + and cheerful, or mother will fret. You know father wouldn't + like that."</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig01-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="281" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>7. We said that we would do our best. So off we went to help + mother to make the beds and to dust the rooms. While we were + doing this we quite forgot to be sad.</p> + + <p>8. After tea we went into father's room and looked at the + globe. "I'm going to follow father right round the world," said + Tom. "Please show me which way he is going." Mother did so.</p> + + <p>9. "By this time next week," she said, "we shall have the + first of many long letters from father. I am sure we shall + enjoy reading them. He will tell us about the far-off lands + which he is going to see."</p> + + <p>10. "That will be grand," I said. "I hope he will tell us + <i>lots</i> about the children. I want to know what they look + like, what they wear, and what games they play."</p> + + <p>11. Tom said he would rather not hear about children. He + wanted to hear about savages and tigers and shipwrecks, and + things like that.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig01-3ed.png" + width="250" + height="416" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. A week later the postman brought us father's first + letter. How eager we were to hear it! Mother had to read it for + us two or three times.</p> + + <p>13. Every week for many weeks the postman brought us letters + from father. When he handed us a letter he used to say, "I'm + glad to see that your daddy is all right so far."</p> + + <p>14. This book is made up of father's letters from abroad. I + hope you will enjoy them as much as we did.</p><a name= + "c2"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L2">2. A LETTER FROM FRANCE.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am writing this letter in a + large seaport of the south of France. To-morrow I shall go on + board the big ship which is to take me to + Egypt.</p><a name="c2p2"></a> + + <p class="pic1">2. Let me tell you about my travels so far. The + train in which I left our town took me to London. Next day + another train took me to a small town on the + seashore.</p><a name="Photo02-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo02-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="393" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The White Cliffs of Dover.<br> + (<i>From the picture by J.M.W. Turner, R.A.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>3. About twenty miles of sea lie between this town and + France. At once I went on board the small steamer which was to + take me across. The sea was smooth and the sun was shining.</p> + + <p>4. I stood on the deck looking at the white cliffs of dear + old England. When I could see them no longer I found that we + were not far from France.</p> + + <p>5. In about an hour we reached a French town which in olden + days belonged to us. The steamer sailed right up to the railway + station.</p> + + <p>6. I had something to eat, and then took my place in the + train. Soon we were speeding towards Paris, the chief town of + France.</p> + + <p>7. I looked out of the window most of the time. We ran + through many meadows and cornfields. Here and there I saw rows + of poplar trees between the fields.</p> + + <p>8. Now and then we crossed rivers with barges on them. On + and on we went, past farmhouses and little villages, each with + its church. The French villages look brighter than ours. I + think this is because the houses are painted in gay + colours.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig02-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="277" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. I saw many men, women, and children working in the + fields. All of them wore wooden shoes. Most of the men and boys + were dressed in blue blouses.</p> + + <p>10. There was a little French boy in my carriage. He wore a + black blouse with a belt. His stockings were short, and did not + come up to his knickerbockers. He was rather pale, and his legs + were very thin.</p> + + <p>11. The boy was about Tom's age. He sat still, and held his + father's hand all the way. I don't think Tom would have done + this; he thinks himself too much of a man.</p> + + <p>12. After a time we crossed a broad river, and came to the + dull, dark station of a large city. As we left it, I saw the + tall spire of one of the grandest churches in all the + world.</p> + + <p>13. On we went, past farms and villages and small towns, + until at last we reached Paris.</p><a name="c3"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L3">3. IN + PARIS.</a></h2><a name="Photo03-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style= + "width: 640px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo03-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="437" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">In the Gardens.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center><br clear="all"> + + <p>1. Paris is a very grand and beautiful city. The French + people say that France is a great garden. They also say that + the finest flowers in this garden make up the nosegay which we + call Paris.</p> + + <p>2. A great river runs through Paris. All day long you can + see little steamboats darting to and fro on the river, like + swallows. Near to the river are some beautiful gardens.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig03-1ed.png" + width="450" + height="256" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>3. I sat in these gardens, at a little table under the + trees. As I sat there a man walked up the path. At once I heard + a great chirping and a flutter of wings.</p> + + <p>4. All the birds in the garden flocked to him. They seemed + to know him as an old friend. Some perched on his shoulders and + some on his hat. One bold little fellow tried to get into his + pocket. It was a pretty sight to see him feeding the birds.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig03-2ed.png" + width="250" + height="358" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>5. In the gardens there were many nurses carrying babies. + These nurses were very gay indeed. They wore gray cloaks and + white caps, with broad silk ribbons hanging down their + backs.</p> + + <p>6. Some of the older children were playing ball, but they + did not play very well. Until a few years ago French boys had + few outdoor games. Now they are learning to play tennis and + football.</p> + + <p>7. French boys are always clean and neatly dressed, however + poor they may be. They think more about lessons than our boys + do. Their school hours are much longer than ours.</p> + + <p>8. French girls have not so much freedom as our girls. A + grown-up person takes them to school and brings them home + again. Their mothers do not allow them to go for walks by + themselves. I wonder how Kate and May would like this.</p> + + <p>9. Some day I must take you to see Paris. You would love to + ramble through its streets. Many of them are planted with + trees. Under these trees you may see men and women sitting at + little tables. They eat and drink while a band plays merry + tunes.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig03-3ed.png" + width="275" + height="239" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. You would be sure to notice that the French people have + very good manners. When a Frenchman enters or leaves a shop he + raises his hat and bows. A Frenchman is always polite, and he + always tries to please you.</p> + + <p>11. I cannot now write anything more about Paris. I should + like to tell you about its beautiful buildings and its fine + shops, but I have no more time to spare.</p> + + <p>12. I hope you are all doing your best to make mother happy. + I am very well; I hope you are well too.—Your loving + FATHER.</p><a name="c4"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L4">4. ON THE WAY TO EGYPT.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am writing this letter on board + the big ship which is taking me to Egypt. Let me tell you what + I have seen and done since I left Paris.</p> + + <p>2. It is a long day's ride from Paris to the seaport from + which my ship set sail. Let me tell you about the journey. A + few hours after leaving Paris the train began to run through + vineyards.</p> + + <p class="pic1">3. At this time of the year a vineyard is a + pretty sight. The broad leaves of the vine are tinted with + crimson and gold. Beneath them are the purple or golden + grapes.</p><a name="Photo04-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo04-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="384" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">THE GRAPE HARVEST.<br> + (<i>From the picture by P.M. Dupuy in the Salon of 1909. + Bought by the State.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>4. As I passed through France the grapes were ripe, and were + being gathered. I could see women and children going up and + down between the rows of vines. They plucked the ripe fruit and + put it into baskets. When the baskets were filled they were + emptied into a big tub.</p> + + <p>5. When the tub was filled it was taken to a building near + at hand. In this building there is a press which squeezes the + juice out of the grapes. The grape juice is then made into + wine.</p> + + <p>6. As evening drew on we came to a large town where two big + rivers meet. It is a busy town, and has many smoky chimneys. + Much silk and velvet are made in this town.</p> + + <p>7. I think you know that silk is made by the silkworm. This + worm feeds on the leaves of the mulberry tree. In the south of + France there are thousands of mulberry trees. There are also + many orange and olive trees.</p> + + <p>8. The weather is much warmer in the south of France than it + is in England. In the early spring all sorts of pretty flowers + are grown on the hillsides. They are sent to England, and are + sold in the shops when our gardens are bare.</p> + + <p class="pic">9. Now I must hurry on. For some hours we ran by + the side of a swift river; with mountains on both sides of us. + Then we reached the big seaport, and there I found my ship + waiting for me.</p><a name="Photo04-2"></a> + + <div class="figure1r" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo04-2.jpg" + width="600" + height="377" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">GAMES ON BOARD FATHER'S SHIP.<br> + (<i>From the picture by W.L. Wylie. By kind permission of + the P. and O. Co.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>10. It is a huge ship, with hundreds of cabins, a large + dining-room, drawing-room and smoking-room. It is really a + floating hotel.</p> + + <p>11. Most of the people on board are going to India. All day + long they sit in chairs on the deck reading. Some of us play + games, and at night we have dances and concerts.</p> + + <p>12. We have now been four days at sea. To-morrow we shall + reach a town by the side of a great canal. This town and canal + are in Egypt.</p> + + <p>13. I hope you are still good and happy.—Best love to + you all. FATHER.</p><a name="c5"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L5">5. A LETTER FROM + EGYPT.</a></h2><a name="Photo05-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo05-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="301" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The Nile in Flood.<br> + (<i>From the picture by F. Goodall, R. A., in the + Guildhall Gallery. By permission of the Corporation of + London.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—With this letter I am sending you + a beautiful picture. Look at it carefully, and you will see + what Egypt is like.</p> + + <p>2. The water which you see in the picture is part of the + great river Nile. If there were no Nile to water the land, + Egypt would be nothing but a desert.</p> + + <p>3. Once a year, as a rule, the Nile rises and overflows its + banks. The waters spread out over the country and cover it with + rich mud. In this mud much cotton, sugar, grain, and rice are + grown.</p> + + <p>4. Egypt now belongs to the British. They have turned part + of the Nile into a huge lake, in which the water is stored.</p> + + <p>5. The water is let out of the lake when it is needed. It + runs into canals, and then into drains, which cross the fields + and water them.</p> + + <p>6. A sail along the Nile is very pleasant. There are lovely + tints of green on the water. As the boat glides on, many + villages are passed. Each of these has its snow-white + temple.</p> + + <p class="pic">7. All along the river bank there are palm + trees. They wave their crowns of green leaves high in the air. + The fields are gay with colour. Above all is the bright blue + sky.</p><a name="Photo05-2"></a> + + <div class="figure1r" + style="width: 449px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo05-2.jpg" + width="409" + height="600" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The Chief City of Egypt.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Talbot Kelly, R.I.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>8. Look at the picture again. At a short distance from the + water you see a village. It has a wall round it, and outside + the wall is a ditch. In October the ditch is full of water; in + spring it is dry.</p> + + <p>9. In and near this ditch the children and the dogs of the + villages play together. You can see two boys in the picture. + One of them is standing by his mother. The other boy is riding + on a buffalo.</p> + + <p>10. In the middle of the village there is an open space. + Sometimes this space is covered with bright green grass. Round + it are rows of palm trees. The house of the chief stands on one + side of this green.</p> + + <p>11. Every village has its well, and every well has its + water-wheel for drawing up the water. By the side of the well + the old men of the village sit smoking and chatting. The women + come to the well to fill their pitchers with water.</p> + + <p class="pic">12. All the houses are built of Nile mud. This + mud is dug out of the banks of the river. It is mixed with a + little chopped straw to hold it together. Then it is put into + moulds. After a time it is turned out of the moulds, and is + left to dry in the sun.</p><a name="c6"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L6">6. CHILDREN OF EGYPT.</a></h2> + + <p>1. In the picture you see two of the women of Egypt. One of + them is standing at the edge of the river. She is filling her + pitcher with water. The other woman is carrying a lamb in her + arms.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig06-1ed.png" + width="200" + height="428" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>2. The people of Egypt have changed but little since the + days of Moses. The men have brown faces, white teeth, and + bright black eyes. Most of them wear beards and shave their + heads.</p> + + <p>3. The women wear long dark cloaks. If they are well-to-do + they cover their faces with a veil. They think it wrong to let + their faces be seen by any men except their husbands.</p> + + <p>4. I think Kate would like to hear something about the + children. Those who have rich fathers wear beautiful clothes, + and have a very happy time. Poor children wear few clothes, and + are nearly always covered with dust.</p> + + <p>5. Many of the boys go to school, and are taught just as you + are. They read the same kind of books that you read.</p> + + <p>6. The children of Egypt always obey their parents, and are + never rude to them. I think they have very good manners.</p> + + <p>7. All the people of Egypt love singing. Their voices are + soft and sweet. The boatmen on the Nile sing as they row. The + fruit-sellers sing as they cry their wares in the streets.</p> + + <p>8. Many of the boys in the chief city of Egypt are donkey + drivers. In Egypt donkeys are far more used for riding than + horses. The donkeys are beautiful little animals, and they trot + along very quickly.</p> + + <p>9. Each donkey has a boy to run after it with a stick, and + to shout at it to make it go. The donkey boys are very jolly + little fellows. They always smile, however far they have to + run.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig06-2ed.png" + width="350" + height="327" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. Most donkey boys wear a white or blue gown, and have a + red cap, or fez, on the head. If a donkey boy sees an + Englishman coming, he runs to him and says, "My donkey is + called John Bull." If he sees an American coming, he says that + his donkey's name is Yankee Doodle.</p> + + <p>11. Sometimes the donkey boy will ask the rider,—</p> + + <p>"Very good donkey?"</p> + + <p>If the rider says "Yes," he will then ask,—</p> + + <p>"Very good donkey boy?"</p> + + <p>"Yes."</p> + + <p>12. "Very good saddle too?"</p> + + <p>"Yes."</p> + + <p>"<i>Then me have very good present!</i>"</p> + + <p>13. Now let me tell you something that will surprise you. + The people of Egypt in the old, old days thought that their + cats were gods.</p> + + <p class="pic">14. They prayed to them and built temples to + them. When the family cat died, all the people in the house + shaved their eyebrows to show how sorry they were.—Best + love to you all. FATHER.</p><a name="c7"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L7">7. THROUGH THE CANAL.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I have just sailed through a very + wonderful canal. It joins two great seas together, and is now + part of the way to India.</p> + + <p>2. By means of this canal we can sail from England to India + in three weeks. Before it was made the voyage took three months + or more.</p> + + <p>3. The canal was made more than forty years ago by a + Frenchman. He dug a great ditch, and joined together a number + of lakes. By doing so he made a waterway from sea to sea. This + waterway is about a hundred miles long.</p> + + <p>4. I joined my ship at the town which stands at the north + end of the canal. There is nothing to see in the town except + the lighthouse and the shops. On the sea wall there is a statue + of the Frenchman who made the canal.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig07-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="466" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>5. As we lay off the town we could see many little boats + darting to and fro. The boatmen were dressed in all the colours + of the rainbow—red, blue, green, and orange. In one boat + there were men and women playing and singing songs.</p> + + <p>6. By the side of our ship men were swimming in the water. I + threw a piece of silver into the water. One of the men dived, + and caught it before it reached the bottom.</p> + + <p>7. On the other side of the ship there were great barges + full of coal. Hundreds of men and women carried this coal to + the ship in little baskets upon their heads. They walked up and + down a plank, and all the time they made an awful noise which + they called singing.</p> + + <p>8. When all the coal was on board, the ship began to steam + slowly along the narrow canal. No ship is allowed to sail more + than four miles an hour, lest the "wash" should break down the + banks.</p> + + <p>9. Soon we passed out of the narrow canal into one of the + lakes. Our road was marked by buoys. Away to right and to left + of us stretched the sandy desert.</p> + + <p>10. In the afternoon we passed a station, where I saw a + number of camels laden with boxes of goods. They were going to + travel across the sands for many days.</p> + + <p>11. The sun went down in a sky of purple and gold. Then a + large electric light shone forth from our bows. It threw a + broad band of white light on the water and on the banks of the + canal. Where the light touched the sands it seemed to turn them + into silver.</p> + + <p class="pic">12. In less than twenty-four hours we reached + the town at the south end of the canal. A boat came out from + the shore, and this letter is going back with it.—Love to + you all. FATHER.</p><a name="c8"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L8">8. AMONGST THE + ARABS.—I.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig08-1ed.png" + width="350" + height="421" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am now sailing along the Red + Sea. The weather is very hot. All over the ship electric fans + are hard at work. In spite of them I cannot keep cool.</p> + + <p>2. Away on the left, or port, side of the ship I see high + hills. They are red in colour, and seem to be baked by the hot + sun. Even through my spy-glass I cannot see a speck of green on + them. All is red and bare.</p> + + <p>3. Beyond the hills lies the land of Arabia. It is a hot, + dry land, in which years sometimes pass without a shower of + rain. There is hardly ever a cloud in the sky, and there is no + dew at night.</p> + + <p>4. Much of the land is covered with sand. Little or nothing + will grow. You know that we call a sandy waste of this kind a + <i>desert</i>.</p> + + <p>5. Here and there in the desert a few springs are found. The + water of these springs causes grass and trees to grow well. + Around each spring is what looks like an island of green in the + midst of a red sea of sand. A green spot in a desert is called + an <i>oasis</i>.</p> + + <p>6. The Arabs live upon these green spots. Some of them dwell + in villages, and some wander from oasis to oasis. Those who + live in villages build their houses of sun-dried bricks; those + who wander from place to place live in tents.</p> + + <p>7. The Arabs are fine, fierce-looking men. They own flocks + of sheep, herds of goats, camels and horses.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig08-2ed.png" + width="450" + height="319" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>8. An Arab's tent is woven out of camel's hair. So are the + ropes of the tent. The poles are made of palm wood.</p> + + <p>9. Inside the tent there are leather buckets for drawing + water. There are also skin bags for carrying it across the + desert. There are no chairs or tables or beds in the tents. The + Arabs squat upon the ground and sleep on rugs.</p> + + <p>10. In front of an Arab tent you are almost sure to see a + woman grinding corn between two large stones. There is a hole + in the top stone, and into this she pours the grain.</p> + + <p>11. She turns the top stone round and round, and the grain + is ground into flour, which oozes out at the edges. With this + flour she makes cakes.</p><br clear="all"> + <a name="Photo08-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 440px; margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo08-1.jpg" + width="400" + height="611" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">Arabs of the Desert.</p> + </div> + </center><a name="c9"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L9">9. AMONGST THE + ARABS.—II.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig09-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="398" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Date palms grow on every oasis. The date palm is a + beautiful tree. It is very tall, and has a crown of leaves at + the top.</p> + + <p>2. The fruit grows in great golden clusters. Sometimes a + cluster of dates weighs twenty-five pounds.</p> + + <p>3. The date palm is beloved by the Arabs, because it is so + useful to them. They eat or sell the dates, and they use the + wood for their tents or houses. From the sap they make wine. + Out of the leaf-stalks they weave baskets.</p> + + <p>4. Some of the Arabs are traders. They carry their goods + from oasis to oasis on the backs of camels. A large number of + laden camels form a caravan.</p> + + <p>5. A camel is not pretty to look at, but the Arab could not + do without it. I think you can easily understand why the camel + is called the "ship of the desert." It carries its master or + its load across the sea of sand from one green island to + another.</p> + + <p>6. The hoofs of the camel are broad, and this prevents them + from sinking into the sand. The camel can go for a long time + without food or water.</p> + + <p class="pic">7. The camel is very useful to the Arab, both + when it is alive and when it is dead. It gives him milk to + drink, and its hair is useful for making clothes, tents, and + ropes.</p> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo09-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="426" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The Halt in the Desert.<br> + (<i>From the picture by J.F. Lewis, R.A., in the South + Kensington Museum.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>8. I think I told you that when I was sailing along the + canal I saw a caravan. It was then beginning to cross the + desert. Very likely, weeks or months will pass away before its + journey comes to an end.</p> + + <p>9. There are no roads across the desert, so it is very easy + for a caravan to lose its way. Then the men and camels wander + on until all their food and water are finished. At last they + fall to the ground, and die of hunger and thirst.</p> + + <p>10. Dreadful sand-storms often arise. The storm beats down + upon the caravan, and sometimes chokes both men and camels. A + journey across the desert is full of dangers.</p> + + <p>11. Before I close this letter, let me tell you a little + story. One day an Arab belonging to a caravan overslept himself + at an oasis. When he awoke, the caravan had started on its + journey again, and was many miles away.</p> + + <p>12. The Arab followed the caravan, in the hope of catching + it up. On and on he walked, but nothing could he see of it. + Then darkness came on, and he lay on the sand and slept until + morning.</p> + + <p>13. When the sun rose he began his journey again. Hours + passed, but still there was no sign of the caravan. At last he + was quite overcome by hunger and thirst. He fell to the ground, + and was too weak to rise again.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig09-2ed.png" + width="300" + height="275" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>14. Looking around, he saw something black lying on the + sand, not far away. He crawled to it, and found that it was a + small bag which had fallen from the back of a camel.</p> + + <p>15. The poor Arab was filled with joy. He hoped that the bag + would contain food of some sort. With trembling fingers he tore + it open. Alas! it was full of gold and jewels.</p> + + <p>16. "Woe is me!" cried the poor fellow; "had it been dates + my life would have been saved."</p> + + <p class="pic">17. This little story shows you that on the + desert dates may sometimes be worth much more than gold and + jewels. I hope you are well and happy.—Your loving + FATHER.</p><a name="c10"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L10">10. A LETTER FROM INDIA.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig10-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="451" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Hurrah! I am on shore again, + after nine long days at sea. Yesterday I reached Bombay, the + chief seaport of India.</p> + + <p>2. Soon after I landed a friend came to see me at my hotel. + He drove me round Bombay, and showed me all the sights. I wish + you had been with me to see them.</p> + + <p>3. Here in Bombay I seem to be in a new world altogether. It + is a world of wonderful light and colour. The bright hot sun + floods the streets and dazzles my eyes. Everywhere I see bright + colour—in the sky, the trees, the flowers, and the + dresses of the people.</p> + + <p>4. The streets are always full of people. They are dark + brown in colour; their hair is black, their eyes are bright, + and their teeth are as white as pearls. Most of the people are + bare-legged and bare-footed.</p> + + <p>5. The men wear white clothes, with turbans and sashes of + yellow, green, or blue. Yesterday was a feast-day. In the + morning I saw thousands of the people bathing in the sea. + Afterwards they roamed about the streets in their best clothes. + One crowd that I saw looked like a great tulip garden in full + bloom.</p> + + <p>6. The women wear a garment of red, blue, or some other + bright colour. This garment covers them from the neck to the + knee. Almost every woman wears rings of silver on her arms and + ankles. Some of them have great rings in their noses, as well + as rings in their ears and on their toes.</p> + + <p>7. You would be amused to see the people carrying their + burdens on their heads. Yesterday I saw a dozen men carrying a + grand piano on their heads.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig10-2ed.png" + width="175" + height="423" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>8. From childhood the women carry jars of water or baskets + of earth in this way. They hold themselves very upright and + walk like queens.</p> + + <p>9. Bombay is a very busy city. The streets are thronged with + carriages, motor cars, bullock carts, and electric trams. As + the people walk in the middle of the road, it is not easy for a + carriage to make its way through the streets.</p> + + <p>10. The drivers ring bells, or shout to warn the people: + "Hi, you woman with the baby on your hip, get out of the + way!—Hi, you man with the box on your head, get out of + the way!"</p> + + <p>11. I think you would like to see the bullock carts. They + are very small, and are drawn by two bullocks with humps on + their shoulders. The driver sits on the shaft and steers them + with a stick. These carts carry cotton to the mills or to the + docks.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig10-3ed.png" + width="450" + height="256" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. In some of the carriages and motor cars you may see rich + men wearing fine silk robes. Many of these rich men now dress + as we do, except that they wear turbans instead of + hats.</p><a name="c11"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L11">11. IN THE STREETS.</a></h2> + + <p>1. I should like you to see the shops of Bombay. Most of + them are quite unlike our British shops. They have no doors and + no windows, but are open to the street.</p> + + <p>2. Our shopkeepers try to make a fine show of their goods. + The Indian shopkeeper does nothing of the sort. He simply piles + his goods round his shop and squats in the midst of them. There + he sits waiting for people to come and buy.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig11-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="475" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>3. In our shops there is a fixed price for the goods. In + India nothing has a fixed price. You must bargain with the + shopkeeper if you wish to buy anything. Very likely he will ask + you three times the price which he hopes to get.</p> + + <p>4. Our penny is divided into four parts; each of these parts + is called a farthing. The Indian penny is divided into twelve + parts; each of these parts is called a "pie." An Indian boy or + girl can buy rice or sweets with one pie.</p> + + <p>5. There are thousands of beggars in India. They go to and + fro in front of the shops begging. The shopkeepers are very + kind to them, and never send them away without a present.</p> + + <p>6. Very good order is kept in the streets. At every street + corner stands a native policeman, dressed in blue, with a flat + yellow cap on his head and a club by his side. Some of the + policemen ride horses, and carry guns and lances.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig11-2ed.png" + width="150" + height="453" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>7. The parks of Bombay are large open spaces covered with + grass. Round them are rows of palm trees. In these parks you + may see men and boys playing all sorts of games.</p> + + <p>8. Indians are very fond of cricket, which they play very + well. Not many years ago an Indian prince was one of the best + players in England.</p> + + <p>9. Polo is also played in the parks of Bombay. It is an + Indian game, but Britons now play it too. Polo is just hockey + on horseback.</p> + + <p>10. The players ride ponies which are very quick and nimble. + Each player carries a mallet with a very long handle. With this + mallet he strikes a wooden ball and tries to drive it between + the goal posts.</p> + + <p>11. Last night I stopped to watch some Indian boys playing + marbles. When Tom plays the game, he places the marble between + his thumb and forefinger and shoots it out with his thumb.</p> + + <p>12. The Indian boy does not shoot the marble in this way at + all. He presses back the second finger of one hand with the + forefinger of the other. Then he lets go and strikes the marble + with the finger that was bent back. Some of the boys are very + clever at this game.</p> + + <p class="pic">13. Bombay has some very fine buildings. On the + top of most of them you see the Union Jack, the flag of + Britain. Not only Bombay but all India belongs to Britain. I + hope you are all well.—Best love. + FATHER.</p><br clear="all"> + <a name="Photo11-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px;margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo11-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="432" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The Village Well.<br> + (<i>From the picture by W. Simpson, R.I.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center><a name="c12"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L12">12. OUR INDIAN COUSIN.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am now in the north of India, + not far from the great river Ganges. It is a long railway + journey from Bombay to this place. I have been in the train two + days and two nights.</p> + + <p>2. I am now beginning to understand what a vast land India + is. Do you know that it would make sixteen lands as large as + our own? One in every five of all the people on earth lives in + India.</p> + + <p>3. Perhaps you can guess why I have made this long journey + from Bombay. My brother, your uncle, is the chief man in this + part of the country. He and I have been parted for many years. + I am now living in his house.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig12-1ed.png" + width="450" + height="285" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>4. Let me tell you about little Hugh, your cousin. He was + born in India seven years ago, and he has never been to + England. He hopes to come "home" to see you all in a few + months' time.</p> + + <p>5. Hugh's home is a big house, all on the ground floor. It + has no upstairs. The rooms are very large and lofty. This is + because the weather is very hot for the greater part of the + year. If the rooms were not large and high, they would be too + hot to live in.</p> + + <p>6. In every room there is a beam of wood with a short + curtain hanging from it. This is the punkah. The beam is hung + from the roof by ropes. In the hot weather a boy sits outside + and pulls the punkah to and fro with a rope. In this way he + makes a little breeze, which keeps the room cool.</p> + + <p>7. The roof of the house juts out all round and is held up + by pillars. We sit outside, under the roof, whenever we can. + During the heat of the day we must stay indoors.</p> + + <p>8. The garden round the house is very large. There are many + tall palm trees in it. Some of the other trees bear most + beautiful blossoms of crimson, yellow, and blue. All along the + front of the house are many flowerpots, in which roses and + other English flowers are growing.</p> + + <p>9. A few days ago little Hugh came to me and asked if he + might show me what he called "the compound." I said "Yes." So + he took my hand and led me away.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig12-2ed.png" + width="325" + height="316" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. First he showed me the gardener. He is a short, dark + man, and he squats down to do his work. He is a very good + gardener, and he is proud of his flowers. Every morning he + comes to the house with a flower for Hugh's father and mother + and uncle.</p> + + <p>11. Next, Hugh took me to see the well. It is behind the + house. The mouth of the well is on the top of a mound. To reach + it you must walk up a sloping road. Above the mouth of the well + there is a wheel.</p> + + <p class="pic">12. A rope runs over this wheel. At one end of + the rope there is a large leather bag. The other end of the + rope is fastened to the necks of a pair of + bullocks.</p><a name="c13"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L13">13. IN THE GARDEN.</a></h2> + + <p>1. The bullocks walk backwards up the sloping road. This + lowers the leather bag into the well, where it is filled with + water. Then the bullocks walk down the sloping road. This pulls + the bag up to the mouth of the well.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig13-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="477" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>2. A man empties the water out of the bag into a tank by the + side of the well. The water runs out of this tank into the + garden, where it spreads out into many little streams. It is + this water which makes the trees, the plants, and the grass + grow so well in the garden.</p> + + <p>3. If the garden were not watered in this way, it would soon + be brown and bare. For many months at a time no rain falls in + India. Then dust a foot deep lies on the roads, and the ground + cracks with the heat.</p> + + <p>4. When the dry season is over the rain begins to fall. It + comes down in torrents for days together. In some places more + rain falls in a single day than we have in a whole year.</p> + + <p>5. During the "rains" the rivers become full to the brim, + and the whole land is fresh and green. Sometimes the "rains" do + not come at all. Then the crops wither away, and the people + starve.</p> + + <p>6. In our country we are never sure of the weather. It + changes so often that we talk about it a great deal. In India + nobody talks about the weather. During seven months of the year + every day is fine.</p> + + <p>7. In our country we almost always have plenty of water for + our crops, and for drinking and washing. Plenty of fresh water + is a great blessing to a land. In many parts of India water is + very scarce.</p> + + <p>8. I told you that the great river Ganges is not far away + from little Hugh's home. This grand river begins in the + mountains of North India. I wish you could see these mountains. + They are the highest on earth. They rise up from the plains + like a huge wall, and their tops are always covered with fields + of ice and snow.</p> + + <p>9. These ice-fields slowly move down the mountain sides. + Then they melt, and this gives rise to the Ganges and to the + other great rivers of North India.</p> + + <p>10. Millions of the Indian people love the Ganges, and they + have good reason to do so. It gives water and food to more than + twice as many people as dwell in the British + Islands.</p><a name="Fig13-2"></a> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig13-2ed.png" + width="550" + height="481" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>11. Many Indians think that every drop of water in the river + is holy. They believe that if they bathe in its waters their + souls will be washed clean from sin.</p> + + <p>12. There is a town by the side of the Ganges which the + Indians say is the holiest place on earth. It is full of + temples. Millions of Indians visit these temples every + year.</p> + + <p>13. All along the river bank there are stone steps leading + down to the water. Standing in the stream are men and women and + children who have come from all parts of India. They wash + themselves in the stream, and pour the holy water over their + heads as they pray.</p> + + <p>14. People who are very ill are carried to this place, that + they may die by the side of "Mother Ganges." They die happy if + they can see her or hear the sound of her waters during their + last moments.</p> + + <p>15. When they die their bodies are taken to the steps. There + they are washed in the river water, and are placed on piles of + wood. Friends set fire to the wood, and soon the bodies are + burnt to ashes. These ashes are thrown into the stream, which + bears them to the distant ocean.</p><a name="c14"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L14">14. INDIAN BOYS AND + GIRLS.</a></h2> + + <p>1. I am very fond of going about the streets with your + uncle. The Indian children always amuse me.</p> + + <p>2. When Indians grow up they are rather grave and sad. The + children, however, are always bright and merry. Indian fathers + and mothers are very fond of their boys. They care very little + for their girls.</p> + + <p>3. Boys soon become men in India. They begin work at an + early age, and they are married when they are about sixteen. + Girls are married a few years younger.</p> + + <p>4. Almost every boy follows the trade of his father. A + farmer's son becomes a farmer, a weaver's son becomes a weaver, + and so on.</p> + + <p>5. Many of the boys go to school, but not many of the girls. + They, poor things, begin to work in the house or in the field + almost as soon as they can walk. Much of the hard rough work in + India is done by poor women and girls.</p> + + <p>6. A rich father keeps his girls shut up in the back part of + his house. Their faces are never seen by any man except those + of their own family. If they go out of the house, they cover + themselves from head to foot with a thick veil. Sometimes they + are carried from place to place in a closely shut box on + poles.</p> + + <p>7. Are you not sorry for these poor rich girls? I am. They + can never play merry games with boy friends, or go for long + walks in the country.</p> + + <p>8. They know nothing of the beautiful world in which they + live. Their rooms are fine, their dresses are grand, and their + jewels are lovely; but they are only poor prisoners after + all.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig14-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="326" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. Yesterday I went with your uncle to see a village school. + There were only twenty boys in it. The roof was off the + schoolhouse, so the classes were held in the open air.</p> + + <p>10. The boys sat on forms, just as you do. The teacher wrote + on a blackboard, and taught the children to do sums with a ball + frame. Each boy had a reading-book. It was not printed in + English, but in the tongue spoken in that part of the + country.</p> + + <p>11. Some of the boys wrote in copy-books, but most of them + wrote on thin boards, which they used instead of slates. + Instead of a pencil they used a pen made of a reed.</p> + + <p>12. Chalk was ground up and wetted in a little cup. The boys + dipped their reed pens into the cup, just as you dip your steel + pen into the ink. The letters and figures which they wrote were + very different from ours.</p> + + <p>13. Some of the boys read their books very well, and worked + hard sums. They sang "God save the King" for me in their own + tongue.</p> + + <p class="pic">14. In the towns there are large and good + schools. Some of the scholars are very clever indeed. I think + Indian boys are much fonder of their lessons than our + boys.</p><a name="c15"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L15">15. ELEPHANTS AND + TIGERS.</a></h2><a name="Photo15-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1r" + style="width: 440px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo15-1.jpg" + width="400" + height="554" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">AN INDIAN RAJAH.</p> + </div> + + <p>1. In his last letter Tom asked me to tell him something + about elephants and tigers. I will try to do so.</p> + + <p>2. Yesterday your uncle and I went out to shoot pigeons. An + Indian chief, or rajah, lent us an elephant to carry us to the + shooting ground.</p> + + <p>3. A driver sat on the neck of the huge animal. Instead of a + whip he had a goad of sharp steel. I did not see him prick the + elephant with this goad. He guided the animal with voice and + hand.</p> + + <p>4. On the elephant's back there was a large pad upon which + we were to sit. I could see no ladder, so I wondered how I was + to climb up. Just then the elephant knelt down on his hind + legs.</p> + + <p>5. Your uncle showed me how to get up. "Here," he said, "is + a ladder of two steps. The first step is the elephant's foot, + the second is the loop of his tail."</p> + + <p>6. He held the end of the elephant's tail in his hand and + bent it to make a loop. When I put my foot on it he lifted the + tail, and in this way helped me on to the elephant's back.</p> + + <p>7. When your uncle had climbed up, the elephant jogged off + at a good pace. He went along rough, narrow paths, over ditches + and the beds of streams. Never once did he make a false + step.</p> + + <p>8. An elephant costs a great deal of money. Only princes and + rich men can afford to keep them. Sometimes a great prince has + as many as a hundred elephants in his stables.</p> + + <p>9. When a prince rides through a city in state his elephants + wear rich cloths, which are studded with gems. Sometimes the + elephants' heads are painted and their tusks are covered with + gold.</p> + + <p>10. In the drawing-room of your uncle's house there is a + beautiful tiger skin. The tiger that used to wear this skin was + shot by your uncle about three years ago.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig15-1ed.png" + width="350" + height="172" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>11. It was a man-eating tiger—that is, an old tiger + that could no longer run fast enough to catch deer. This + man-eater used to hide near a village. He would creep up + silently behind men and women, and stun them with a blow of his + paw. Then he would drag them away and eat them.</p> + + <p>12. The people of the village came to your uncle and begged + him to kill the man-eater. He agreed to do so. Near to the + tiger's drinking-place a little hut was built in a tree. One + night your uncle sat in this hut with his gun on his knee, + waiting for the tiger to come.</p> + + <p>13. Slowly the hours went by, and your uncle felt sure that + the tiger had gone to another place to drink. Just as he was + thinking of going home to bed the huge animal crept into the + moonlight.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig15-2ed.png" + width="375" + height="490" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>14. Nearer and nearer he came. Then your uncle lifted his + gun, took a steady aim, and shot the tiger through the + heart.</p> + + <p>15. In the morning there was great joy among the people of + the village because their fierce foe was dead. They hung + garlands of flowers round your uncle's neck, and sang his + praises in many songs.</p> + + <p>16. Now I must close this very long letter.—Best love + to you all. FATHER.</p><br clear="all"> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px; margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo15-2.jpg" + width="600" + height="419" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">A Tiger Shoot.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Edgar H. Fischer, in the Royal + Academy, 1911.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center><a name="c16"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L16">16. A LETTER FROM + BURMA.—I.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Since I last wrote to you I have + visited several of the large cities of India. A week ago I was + in the largest city of all.</p> + + <p>2. On Christmas morning I sailed down the mouth of the + Ganges into the open sea, on my way to the country of + Burma.</p> + + <p>3. Now I am in the chief town of Burma, and you will expect + me to tell you something about the land and its people. From + what I have seen, I think Burma is a prettier country than + India.</p><a name="Fig16-1"></a> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig16-1ed.png" + width="175" + height="391" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>4. In the chief town there seem to be people from many + lands. I saw Chinamen, with their pigtails hanging down their + backs. I also saw Indians from across the sea, and white men + from our own country. Of course, there were also many Burmese, + as the people of Burma are called.</p> + + <p>5. Kate and May will like to hear something about the + Burmese girls and women. They are not at all sad like the + Indians, but are very bright and gay. As I write these lines I + see a party of Burmese girls passing my window, I can hear them + laughing.</p> + + <p>6. They are very dainty in their dress. One girl wears a + skirt of pink silk and a blouse of light green. She has + bracelets on her arms, ear-rings in her ears, a string of coral + round her neck, and flowers in her hair.</p> + + <p>7. In one hand she carries a bamboo sunshade; in the other + she holds a big paper cigar! She is very fond of smoking, and + you never see her without a cigar. On her feet she wears + sandals.</p> + + <p>8. The men are gentle and rather lazy. The women have far + more "go" in them than the men. Many of them keep shops, and + are very good traders. The wife is the chief person in every + home.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig16-2ed.png" + width="200" + height="467" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. The men also wear skirts, and sometimes their jackets are + very gay. They wrap a handkerchief of pink, or of some other + bright colour, round their head.</p> + + <p>10. The Burmese worship Buddha, a prince who lived more than + two thousand years ago. He was a very noble man, and he gave up + all the pleasant things of life that nothing might turn his + thoughts from goodness.</p> + + <p>11. Amongst other things he taught men to be kind to + animals. All animals are well treated in Burma.</p> + + <p>12. All over the land you see temples to Buddha. These + temples grow narrower and narrower the higher they rise. They + all end in a spire above which there is a kind of umbrella. It + is made of metal, and all round its edge are silver or golden + bells, which make pretty music as they are blown to and fro by + the wind.</p> + + <p>13. By the side of many of these temples you may see a great + image of Buddha. Most of the images are made of brass. The + Burmese pray before these images, and offer flowers and candles + and rice to them.</p><a name="Fig16-3"></a> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig16-3ed.png" + width="350" + height="501" + alt=""> + </div><br clear="all"> + <a name="c17"></a> + <hr class="chapter" + style="clear: none;"> + + <h2><a href="#L17">17. A LETTER FROM + BURMA.—II.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig17-1ed.png" + width="150" + height="423" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Wherever you go in Burma you see monks. They have shaven + heads, and they wear yellow robes. Every morning they go out to + beg. Boys in yellow robes go with them, and carry large bowls + in their hands.</p> + + <p>2. The people come out of their houses and put food into the + bowls. The monks do not thank them. They say that he who gives + is more blessed than he who takes.</p> + + <p>3. The monks live in houses built of teak wood. In every + village you can see a monk's house standing in a grove of palm + trees. In these houses the monks keep school.</p> + + <p>4. Every Burmese boy lives for some time in one of the + monks' houses. Here he learns to read and write, and is taught + to be a good man.</p> + + <p>5. I went to see the most beautiful of all the monks' + houses. It is in a city far up in the country. The building is + of dark-brown teak wood, and has many roofs, one above the + other. It is covered with carving, and here and there it is + gilded.</p> + + <p>6. Many boys in yellow robes were playing beneath the trees. + They were the scholars of the school. One of the boys told me + that he was never going to leave the place. When he was old + enough he meant to be a monk.</p> + + <p>7. In the city I saw the palace of the king from whom we + took Burma. It stands inside a large space, with high walls all + round it. Outside the wall is a broad ditch full of water. When + I saw the ditch it was overgrown with water-plants covered with + pink blossoms.</p> + + <p>8. Many buildings, something like the monks' houses, form + the king's palace. Some of the buildings are very richly + carved, and are covered with gold leaf. Inside one of them I + saw great teak pillars, also covered with gold.</p> + + <p>9. The chief building ends in a very lofty spire, with a + beautiful metal umbrella above it. The Burmese used to believe + that this spire was in the very middle of the earth.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig17-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="378" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. Another fine building is a high lookout tower. From the + top of it there is a grand view. On one side I saw a hill + covered with temples. At the foot of the hill there were four + hundred and fifty of these temples. There must be thousands of + them in and near the city.</p> + + <p>11. As I drove to my hotel last night I saw a number of boys + playing Burmese football. They do not take sides, nor do they + try to kick goals. The football is made of basket-work.</p> + + <p>12. The boys stand round in a ring, and the game is to keep + the ball from touching the ground. The boys pass the ball from + one to the other by knocking it up with their heads, arms, + hands, legs, or toes. Some of the boys are very clever at this + game.</p> + + <p>13. Burma has many beautiful rivers and some fine mountains. + By the side of the rivers much rice is grown. Away in the north + there are grand forests filled with wild animals. Tigers are + often shot within twenty miles of the old king's palace.</p> + + <p class="pic">14. Now I have filled my paper, and I must bring + this letter to an end. I hope you are all well and happy. I am + leaving Burma tomorrow.—Best love to you all. + FATHER.</p><a name="c18"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L18">18. A LETTER FROM + CEYLON.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig18-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="199" + alt=""> + </div> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig18-2ed.png" + width="300" + height="517" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p class="pic2">1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—A week ago I landed + in the beautiful island of Ceylon. It lies to the south of + India. Get mother to show it to you on the globe.</p> + + <p>2. I am still under the British flag, the Union Jack. I can + see it waving from the top of a big building. The people of + Ceylon are proud to call themselves British.</p> + + <p>3. I have just been for a ride through the streets of the + chief town. I rode in a rickshaw—that is, a kind of large + baby-carriage drawn by a man. My rickshaw had rubber on its + wheels, so we went along very smoothly and quickly.</p> + + <p>4. Some of the carts are drawn by little bullocks that trot + along as fast as a pony. I often meet carts with a high cover + of thatch. These carts carry the tea, which grows on the hills, + down to the ships in the harbour.</p> + + <p>5. Some of the men of Ceylon wear tortoise-shell combs in + their hair. They are very proud of these combs, and some of + them are very handsome.</p> + + <p class="pic">6. The children of Ceylon seem very happy. They + are pretty and clean, and always obey their parents. Many of + them learn to speak and read English. They love dancing and + singing, and they never quarrel.</p><a name="Photo18-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo18-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="469" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">Ceylon Girls Playing the + Tom-Tom.<br> + (<i>From the picture by E.A. Hornel. By permission of + the Corporation of Manchester.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center> + + <p>7. By the next ship home I am sending mother a chest of tea. + The tea grew on the hills of Ceylon. I made a journey to these + hills by train. On the way we passed through thick forests, and + by the side of beautiful rivers.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig18-3ed.png" + width="300" + height="508" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>8. Ceylon is very rich in plants and trees. The cocoanut + palm grows almost everywhere. On one of the rivers I saw a raft + of cocoanuts. A man swam behind it and pushed it along.</p> + + <p>9. With this letter I send you a picture of a tea-garden. + Notice the men and women plucking the leaf. Many of them come + from the south of India. Look at the white planter. He comes, + as you know, from our own country.</p> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo18-2.jpg" + width="600" + height="466" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">IN A CEYLON TEA PLANTATION.</p> + </div> + + <p>10. In the middle of Ceylon there are many high mountains. + The highest is called Adam's Peak. It stands like a great wedge + high above the other hills.</p> + + <p>11. The people of Ceylon believe that it is a holy mountain. + They say that once upon a time Buddha climbed to the top of + this mountain. To prove that he did so they show you his + footprint. It is more than five feet long!</p> + + <p>12. A little temple has been built over the footprint. Men, + women, and children climb the mountain, to lay little gifts + before the footprint, and to strew sweet flowers about it. When + this is done, the children kneel down and ask their parents to + bless them.</p> + + <p>13. To-morrow I leave Ceylon on a long voyage to China. You + will not hear from me for several weeks. I hope you are all + well, and that you are still good children.—I remain, + your loving Father.</p><a name="c19"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L19">19. A LETTER FROM + CHINA.</a></h2><a name="Photo19-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 440px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo19-1.jpg" + width="400" + height="571" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">A Chinese Street.<br> + (<i>From the picture by T. Hodgson Liddell, + R.B.A.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Three weeks have gone by since I + last wrote to you. I have made my voyage safely, and I am now + in a great city of China called Canton.</p> + + <p>2. Ask mother to show you China on the globe. You see at + once that it is a vast country. It is larger than the whole of + Europe. One-fourth of all the people in the world live in + China.</p> + + <p>3. All round this city of Canton there is a high wall. From + the wall the city seems to be a beautiful place. When, however, + you enter it, you soon find that it is dirty and full of foul + smells.</p><br clear="all"> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig19-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="413" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>4. The streets are very narrow, and are always crowded with + people. Many of them are roofed in to keep them cool. Most of + them are so narrow that no carriage can pass along them. People + who wish to ride must be carried in a kind of box on the + shoulders of two or more men.</p> + + <p>5. I am sure you would like to see the signboards that hang + down in front of the shops. The strange letters on them are + painted in gold and in bright colours. They look very gay + indeed.</p> + + <p>6. The shops sell all sorts of things—silk, books, + drugs, flowers, china, and birds. Some of the shops only sell + gold and silver paper. The Chinese burn this paper at the + graves of their friends. When they do this they think that they + are sending money for their dead friends to spend in the other + world.</p> + + <p>7. Many things are also sold in the streets. The street + traders carry a bamboo pole across the shoulder. From the ends + of this pole they sling the baskets in which they carry their + wares. Many workmen ply their trades in the open street, and + you are sure to see quack doctors, letter-writers, and + money-changers.</p> + + <p>8. The Chinese do in the open street many things which we do + inside our houses. A Chinaman likes to eat his meals where + every one can see him.</p> + + <p>9. Sometimes he will sit in front of his house and wash his + feet. Yesterday I saw a man having his tooth drawn out of + doors. A crowd stood round him, watching to see how it was + done.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig19-2ed.png" + width="350" + height="333" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. How should you like to go for a ride in a wheelbarrow? + In China the wheelbarrow is often used for carrying people or + goods from place to place. It has a large wheel in the middle. + Round the wheel there is a platform for people or goods.</p> + + <p>11. A broad river runs through the city. It is crowded with + boats, in which live many thousands of people. Many of these + people never go ashore at all.</p> + + <p>12. Over the sterns of the boats there are long baskets. + These are the backyards of the floating city. Hens, ducks, + geese, and sometimes pigs, are kept in these baskets.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig19-3ed.png" + width="350" + height="358" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>13. The little boys who live on the boats have a log of wood + fastened to their waists. This keeps them afloat if they fall + overboard. The little girls have no such lifebelts. In China + nobody troubles about the girls.</p> + + <p class="pic2">14. Nearly all the boats have an eye painted on + their bows. Perhaps this seems strange to you. The Chinese, + however, say,—</p> + + <blockquote> + "<i>S'pose no got eye, no can see;<br> + S'pose no can see, no can walkee</i>" + </blockquote><a name="c20"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L20">20. CHINESE BOYS AND + GIRLS.</a></h2> + + <p>1. Chinese fathers and mothers are very glad when their + children are boys. In China the boys are much petted. Their + mothers give way to them, and let them do as they please.</p> + + <p>2. Girls, however, are not welcome. Sometimes they are + called "Not-wanted" or "Ought-to-have-been-a-boy."</p> + + <p>3. A Chinese boy has always two names, sometimes four. He + has one name when he is a child, and another when he goes to + school. He has a third name when he begins to earn money. When + he dies he has a fourth name.</p> + + <p>4. Chinese boys are very fond of flying kites, which are + shaped like fish or butterflies or dragons. Old gentlemen are + just as fond of kite-flying as boys.</p> + + <p>5. In China you will often see boys playing hopscotch or + spinning peg-tops. They also play shuttlecock, but they have no + battledore. They kick the shuttlecock with the sides of their + feet.</p> + + <p>6. Chinese boys love to set off fireworks, such as crackers, + wheels, and rockets. If the fireworks make a loud noise, so + much the better.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig20-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="391" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>7. Chinese children are taught to show very great respect to + their parents. They all bow and kneel to their fathers and + mothers. A boy who is not kind and good to his parents is + thought to be a wicked wretch.</p> + + <p>8. A few days ago I went to see a Chinese school. The boys + sit on stools at tiny tables. In front of them they have a + stone slab, a stick of Chinese ink, and some brushes with which + they write.</p> + + <p>9. There is always a great din in a Chinese schoolroom. The + boys shout at the top of their voices. If they do not make a + noise, the teacher thinks that they are not learning.</p> + + <p>10. When a boy knows his lesson he goes up to his master to + say it. He turns his back to his master, and does not face him + as you do.</p> + + <p>11. A Chinese boy becomes a man at sixteen years of age. He + chooses his work in life when he is quite a baby. Let me tell + you how he does it.</p> + + <p>12. When he is one year old he is seated in the middle of + such things as money, books, and pens. Then the parents watch + him to see what he will play with.</p> + + <p>13. If he takes up the money, they say that he must be a + trader or a banker. If he takes up a book or a pen, they say + that he must be a writer or a teacher or a + scholar.</p><a name="c21"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L21">21. HAIR, FINGERS, AND + TOES.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig21-1ed.png" + width="300" + height="335" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Chinese men shave their heads, all but a small patch of + hair. This is allowed to grow very long, and is plaited into a + pigtail. I have seen Chinamen with coloured ribbons woven into + their pigtails.</p> + + <p>2. When men are at work they twine their pigtails round + their heads. When they wish to show respect to any person they + let down their pigtails. A man who has a long, thick pigtail is + very proud of it.</p> + + <p>3. Sometimes men who are sent to prison have their pigtails + cut off. This is thought to be a great disgrace. When they + leave prison they buy false pigtails to wear.</p> + + <p>4. When Chinamen fight they pull each other about by the + pigtail. Sometimes a schoolmaster punishes bad boys with his + pigtail.</p> + + <p>5. Rich women are very proud of their tiny feet. Chinese + ladies can wear shoes about four inches long. Fancy mother + wearing a doll's shoes!</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig21-2ed.png" + width="325" + height="400" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>6. Girls have their feet bound up tightly when they are five + years of age. The bandages are made tighter every week, until + the foot stops growing. Of course, the poor girls suffer very + much. The Chinese have a saying: "Every pair of bound feet + costs a bath of tears."</p> + + <p>7. When the girls grow up they cannot walk. They can only + totter along, and they have to lean on the arm of a maid to + keep themselves from falling.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig21-3ed.png" + width="275" + height="406" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>8. I am glad to say that many parents do not now bind the + feet of their girls. They have learnt that it is both wicked + and foolish to do so. At one school in China all the girls have + their feet unbound. They skip and play about almost as well as + Kate and May.</p> + + <p>9. You and I think that only dirty, untidy people let their + nails grow long. Rich people in China never cut their nails. + They let them grow so long that they have to wear shields to + keep them from being broken.</p> + + <p>10. The dress of a Chinaman is very simple. He wears + trousers and several cotton or silk tunics. The outside tunic + has very long, wide sleeves; these are used as pockets.</p> + + <p>11. The trousers are loose, and are covered up to the knee + by white stockings. When a Chinaman is in full dress he wears a + long gown. The Chinese boy wears the same kind of clothes as + his father. Every man, woman, and child carries a fan.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig21-4ed.png" + width="250" + height="92" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. Chinese boots are made of cloth or satin, never of + leather. The soles are made of rags or paper. We blacken the + uppers of our boots. Chinamen whiten the soles of theirs.</p> + + <p>13. Now I must end this letter. When I come home you must + ask me to tell you about the rice fields and the silk farms and + the Great Wall. I have a hundred more things to tell you about + this wonderful land.—Your loving + FATHER.</p><a name="Photo21-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px; margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo21-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="426" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">A Rich Chinaman's House.<br> + (<i>From the photograph by J. Thomson, + F.R.G.S.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center><a name="c22"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L22">22. A LETTER FROM JAPAN.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Once more I have made a long sea + voyage, and once more I am safely on shore. I am now in + Japan.</p> + + <p>2. The Japs live on islands, just as we do. They are brave + and clever and busy, and they have many fine warships. Because + of all these things they are sometimes called the Britons of + the Far East.</p> + + <p>3. Most of the people in the East are very backward. They + have stood still while the people of the West have gone + forward. Not so the Japs. They have learnt everything that the + West can teach them. You will see in Japan all the things on + which we pride ourselves.</p> + + <p>4. The Japs are first-rate sailors. Some of their captains + learnt to be sailors on board our warships. They are also fine + soldiers. You know that not many years ago they beat the + Russians both by land and by sea.</p> + + <p>5. I like the Japs better than any other people that I have + met in the East. Many of them still wear the dress of olden + days, and keep to their simple and pretty ways. Their country + is beautiful, and they love beautiful things.</p> + + <p>6. They are very fond indeed of flowers, which they grow + very well. Their gardens are lovely. When the flowers are in + bloom the Japs troop in thousands to see them. It is pretty to + watch the delight of fathers and mothers and children at the + form, colour, and scent of the flowers.</p> + + <p>7. The Japs are very clever workmen. I have often stood and + watched them at work. They always try to beat their own best. + Good work of any kind gives them joy; bad work gives them + pain.</p> + + <p>8. I have bought Jap fans for Kate and May. On these fans + there are pictures of a snow-clad mountain shaped like a sugar + loaf. There is no more beautiful mountain in all the world.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig22-1ed.png" + width="500" + height="226" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. This mountain began as a hole in the ground. Melted rocks + boiled up out of the hole and built up the mountain. In time + the rocks grew cool and hard. Some Japs believe that it was + formed in a single night!</p> + + <p>10. Steam still comes out of a crack in the side of the + mountain. This shows that any day melted rocks may boil forth + again. About two hundred years ago the mountain threw out so + much ash that it covered a town sixty miles away.</p> + + <p>11. Sometimes the earth shakes and opens in great cracks. + When the earth "quakes" houses tumble down, and the tops of + tall trees snap off. Very often lives are + lost.</p><a name="c23"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L23">23. JAP CHILDREN.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig23-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="448" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. When a Jap boy is born there is great joy in his home. + His mother's friends all come to see him. They bring him + presents, such as toys, dried fish, and eggs.</p> + + <p>2. Very early in his life the little Jap baby is strapped on + to his sister's back. He goes with her wherever she goes. If + the weather is cold, the little girl covers him with her coat. + When the sun is hot she shelters him with her sunshade.</p> + + <p>3. When she plays she jumps and skips and runs about, and + all the time baby's little head jerks to and fro. He does not + mind; he is quite happy. You never hear a Jap baby cry.</p> + + <p>4. When a boy is about three years of age he learns to walk. + He soon finds his feet, and runs about on high wooden + clogs.</p> + + <p>5. Jap boys are fond of pets and games. Wherever a boy goes + he carries with him a long pole. With this he makes flying + leaps and does many clever tricks.</p> + + <p>6. Every boy in Japan wishes to be either a soldier or a + sailor when he grows up. Even tiny little mites play with flags + and drums and little guns. When the boys are older they are + taught to be brave, and to die if need be for their + country.</p> + + <p>7. The great day of the year for Jap boys is the fifth day + of the fifth month. On this day the Feast of Flags is held. + Over each house where there is a boy you see big paper fish + floating in the air.</p> + + <p class="pic">8. The shops are then full of toys. Most of the + toys are soldiers, and sometimes they are like the soldiers of + olden days. Some are on foot, and some are on horseback; some + are generals, and some are drummers.</p><a name= + "Photo23-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo23-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="373" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">The Toy Seller.<br> + (<i>From the water-colour painting by H.E. + Tidmarsh.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>9. The boys love to play at war. You can always make Jap + boys happy by giving them a toy army to play with.</p> + + <p>10. The greatest day of the year for the girls is the Feast + of Dolls. On this day the girls give doll parties to their + little friends. All the dolls, however old, are brought out and + dressed up in fine new clothes. The Feast of Dolls is a time of + great fun and laughter.</p> + + <p>11. Jap children now play many of our games. They are very + fond of "prisoner's base," "fox and geese," and "tag." The boys + love kite-flying.</p> + + <div class="figure2r" + style="clear: all;"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig23-2ed.png" + width="350" + height="393" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. Sometimes they put glass on the strings of their kites, + and with it try to cut the strings of other boys' kites. They + are very clever at this game, and there is great laughter when + a string is cut.</p> + + <p>13. In the house, during the day, girls like to blow soap + bubbles. At dusk they are fond of hunting fire-flies, and + driving them to and fro with fans.</p> + + <p>14. In the summer they catch grasshoppers, and keep them in + small bamboo cages. They say that the chirping of the + grasshoppers brings them good luck.</p> + + <p>15. All Japs are polite—even boys. When a boy goes to + the house of a friend he squats on his heels. Then he places + his hands on the floor, and bows until his forehead touches his + toes. This he does again and again, and all the time he speaks + very politely.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig23-3ed.png" + width="300" + height="353" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>16. Jap children are taught to be very kind and helpful to + their elders, and to the poor and the weak. Yesterday I saw a + little girl run from her mother to take the hand of a blind man + and lead him across the street.</p> + + <p>17. Now, my dears, I must end this letter. To-morrow I start + on my homeward way. I shall sail across the ocean to the great + land of America. I hope you are all well, good, and happy. Your + loving FATHER.</p><a name="c24"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L24">24. A LETTER FROM + CANADA.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Look at the globe in my room and + find Japan. Then find America. You will see that a broad ocean + lies between them. It is called the Pacific Ocean. I have + crossed this ocean, and I am now in the great country of + Canada.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig24-1ed.png" + width="450" + height="353" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>2. I am sure that you cannot guess where I am writing this + letter. I am writing it in the train. I have already been three + days in the train, and I am only half-way across Canada.</p> + + <p>3. I am glad to say that I am once more under the Union + Jack. The whole land of Canada is British, from sea to sea. Our + flag floats above every city.</p> + + <p>4. The first part of my journey pleased me most. The train + ran through a beautiful country, filled with splendid trees. + Some of them are as high as a church tower, and have trunks + many yards round. There are no finer trees in all the + world.</p> + + <p>5. Later in the day our train ran by the side of a rushing + river, which was deep down in a narrow valley between the + mountains.</p> + + <p>6. In this river there are millions of salmon. I saw men + catching them. You will see tins of salmon from this river in + most of the grocers' shops at home.</p> + + <p>7. As the train ran on, the mountains rose higher and + higher, until their tops were covered with snow. We then began + to cross the great Rocky Mountains. Up and up the train + climbed, until the rails reached their highest point.</p> + + <p class="pic">8. Then we began to descend. We ran through dark + clefts in the rocks, along the edges of steep cliffs, across + rivers, and by the side of lakes. High above us were the snowy + mountain tops. It was all very grand and very beautiful.</p> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo24-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="419" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">Harvest-Time in Canada.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind + permission of the C.P.R. Co.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>9. At last we left the mountains behind us and reached the + plains. We are now speeding over these plains. The country is + as flat as the palm of your hand. Here and there, far apart, I + can see farm-houses. On these plains the best wheat in the + world is grown.</p> + + <p>10. In winter the whole land is covered deep with snow, and + the rivers are frozen over. In April winter gives place to + spring. Then the snow melts, and the ice on the rivers breaks + up.</p> + + <p>11. No sooner has the snow gone than the wheat begins to + spring up. The wheat grows very fast and ripens very quickly. + Much of it is sent to Britain. Very likely the loaf which you + ate for breakfast this morning was made of wheat which grew on + the plains of Canada.</p> + + <p>12. In other parts of Canada there are forests which cover + thousands of miles of country. The trees in these forests are + cut down, and are made into planks which are sent to all parts + of the world.</p> + + <p>13. The trees are felled during winter. Their trunks are + piled up by the side of a river. When the thaw comes they are + thrown into the water. Men follow them and push them back into + the water if they drift ashore.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig24-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="424" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>14. The stream carries the logs down to the sawmills, where + they are cut up into planks. Love to all. + FATHER.</p><a name="c25"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L25">25. CHILDREN OF CANADA.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig25-1ed.png" + width="500" + height="223" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am staying for a few days with + a friend who has a farm on the plains. His house is five miles + from the railway.</p> + + <p>2. My friend met me at the station with a motor car, and + drove me over rough roads between huge fields. There are no + hedges in this part of the country. The fields are divided from + each other by fences.</p> + + <p>3. This farm is much larger than any farm which you have + seen in England. The house is built of wood. All round it is a + pretty garden. Not far away are the stables and the barns.</p> + + <p>4. I am sure you would like to hear something about the + farmer's children. There are three of them—a girl and two + boys. The girl is the youngest, and she is about eight years of + age.</p> + + <p>5. All the children make themselves very useful in the + house. Servants are hard to get in Canada, so people must learn + to help themselves. The boys clean the boots and chop wood. The + girls think nothing of helping to scrub the floors.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig25-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="326" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>6. After breakfast the children trudge off to school, which + is three miles away. They take their lunch with them. When they + return in the evening they have many odd jobs to do.</p> + + <p>7. In the playground of their school you will see many young + trees growing. There are very few trees on the plains, and far + more are needed.</p> + + <p>8. On one day in each year the children make holiday, and + plant trees in the school grounds. The teacher tells them that + when they grow up they must plant trees on their farms.</p> + + <p>9. Harvest is the busiest time of the year. Then the + children rise at half-past four, and work all day long in the + fields. Every one who can work at all must do so at harvest + time.</p> + + <p>10. There is also plenty of work to be done in the autumn. + Everything needed in the house must be brought in before the + snow begins to fall.</p> + + <p class="pic">11. Winter is the real holiday time. No work can + then be done on the land. The rivers and lakes are frozen, and + everywhere there is plenty of skating. The wheels are taken off + the carriages, and runners are put on instead. Horses draw them + very swiftly over the frozen snow.</p><a name="Photo25-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 390px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo25-1.jpg" + width="350" + height="472" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">BOYS OF CANADA IN WINTER.</p> + </div> + + <p>12. Look at the picture post-card which I send you with this + letter. It shows you how Canadian boys are dressed in winter. + On the ground you see a pair of snow-shoes. The boys can travel + very quickly on these snow-shoes without sinking into the + snow.</p> + + <p>13. In the picture you also see a toboggan. It is a small + sledge. The boy drags his toboggan up to the top of a hill. He + seats himself on it and pushes off. Away he goes over the + frozen snow like an arrow from a bow. It is splendid fun.</p> + + <p>14. Those boys and girls whose homes are in towns live very + much as you do. They go to school, and they play in the streets + and parks. When summer comes many of them go to the seaside or + to the lakeside for a holiday.</p> + + <p>15. Sometimes a whole family goes camping in the woods. They + then live in tents or in little huts by the side of a river or + a lake. What happy times the children have! They go fishing, + they bathe, and they dart to and fro in canoes.</p> + + <p>16. Most of the young folks of Canada are strong and + healthy. They are happy and bright, and they are not afraid of + work. No children are more useful to their parents than the + boys and girls of Canada.</p><a name="c26"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L26">26. THE RED + MEN.</a></h2><a name="Photo26-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo26-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="419" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">Red Men and White Men.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind + permission of the C.P.R. Co.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>1. Tom will not forgive me unless I tell you something about + the Red men of America. He has often asked me about the picture + of Red men which is in my room at home.</p> + + <div class="figure2r" + style="clear: left;"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig26-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="453" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>2. In the old days, before white men settled in America, the + Red men were masters of the land. They were tall and strong, + and their skin was of a dark copper colour. Their eyes were jet + black, and their hair was long and straight.</p> + + <p>3. They wore very little clothing, even though the winters + in North America are very cold. From the time when they were + babies they were trained to bear heat and cold, hunger, thirst, + and pain without grumbling.</p> + + <p>4. When the white men landed in America, the villages of the + Red men were to be found all over the country. Each of these + villages was the home of a tribe. The houses were tents made of + skin or huts made of wood.</p> + + <p>5. The women or squaws did all the hard work. They planted + and tilled the fields, cooked the food, and made the clothes. + The babies were put into little bark cradles, which were + sometimes hung from the branches of trees, and were rocked to + and fro by the wind.</p> + + <p>6. The Red men were nearly always at war, either amongst + themselves or against the white men. In battle they were very + crafty and skilful. Those who fell into their hands were + sometimes treated very cruelly.</p> + + <p>7. Before the Red men went on the "warpath" they painted + their faces, so as to frighten their foes. Then they took up + their bows and hatchets, and, following their leader, strode + silently away.</p> + + <p>8. The Red men did not care to fight in the open. They + always tried to catch their foes asleep or to take them by + surprise.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig26-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="434" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. In those days the land was full of deer and other wild + animals. On the great plains where the wheat now grows huge + herds of bison used to feed.</p> + + <p>10. The Red men hunted the bison on their swift little + ponies. When they were close to the animals they shot at them + with arrows. If the arrows missed their mark, the Red men + killed the bison with their knives.</p> + + <p>11. When the white men came they hunted the bison with guns, + and soon killed them off. Only a few bisons remain, and these + are now kept in parks.</p> + + <p>12. There are not many Red men left in North America. Most + of them have died off. Many of those who now remain have given + up their old way of living.</p><a name="c27"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L27">27. THE + ESKIMOS.</a></h2><a name="Photo27-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 440px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo27-1.jpg" + width="400" + height="611" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">Amongst the Eskimos.</p> + </div> + + <p>1. Here is another picture for you. Look at it carefully. It + shows you the people who live in the far north of Canada. They + are called Eskimos.</p> + + <p>2. In the upper part of the picture you see a man on a + sledge. He is dressed in furs, and has fur gloves on his hands. + His head and ears are covered with a hood. In the far north of + Canada the cold is so bitter in winter that men's hands and + ears would be frost-bitten if they were not kept warm in this + way.</p> + + <p>3. In winter the sea and the land are thickly frozen over. + The whole country is covered with ice and snow. The Eskimo has + to travel over the ice to get from place to place. He uses a + sledge drawn by dogs. There is a team of dogs in the upper part + of the picture.</p> + + <p>4. Sometimes the sledge is overturned, and the men and dogs + are thrown into deep, wide cracks in the ice. Sometimes fierce + storms arise, and men and dogs perish together. Sometimes food + runs short, and they die of hunger.</p> + + <p>5. In the middle part of the picture you see a tent. The + Eskimos can only live in tents during the short summers; during + the long dark winters they live in huts. The walls are made of + stones and sods. The roof is of wood which has drifted to their + shores. You must remember that no trees will grow in these very + cold lands.</p> + + <p>6. Some Eskimos make their winter houses of blocks of snow, + with sheets of ice for the windows. Perhaps you shiver at the + thought of living in a snow house, but you need not do so.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig27-1ed.png" + width="425" + height="239" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>7. Really, a snow house is quite a snug home. The snow keeps + in the heat of the house, just as a blanket keeps in the heat + of your body. Perhaps you know that it is the blanket of snow + spread over the ground in winter which keeps the roots of the + plants from being frozen.</p> + + <p>8. When summer comes, the snow and ice melt along the edge + of the sea. Then the Eskimo leaves his winter quarters for the + seashore.</p> + + <p>9. The sea-shores of these very cold lands abound in bears, + seals, foxes, and other wild animals. The sea is full of fish, + and millions of gulls, geese, and other birds fly north for the + summer.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig27-2ed.png" + width="375" + height="182" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. When a boy is ten years of age his father gives him a + bow and arrows and a canoe. Then he thinks himself a man + indeed. In the lower part of the picture you see a man in an + Eskimo canoe. He is going to hunt seals and small whales.</p> + + <p>11. Now I must bring this long letter to a close. I shall + write you one more before I start for home. I am eager to see + you all again.—Your loving FATHER.</p><a name="c28"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L28">28. FATHER'S LAST + LETTER.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—This is the last letter which I + shall write to you from abroad. I hope to sail for home in a + week's time. I shall send you a telegram to tell you when I + shall arrive. You must all come to the station to meet me.</p> + + <p>2. Look at the globe and find North America. The northern + half is called Canada, and the southern half is called the + United States. I am now in New York, the largest city of the + United States.</p> + + <p>3. The people of the United States speak English. The + forefathers of many of them came from our islands. But the + United States do not belong to Britain. Their flag is not the + Union Jack, but the Stars and Stripes.</p> + + <p>4. This morning at breakfast a black man waited upon me. His + skin was very dark, his lips were thick, and his hair was short + and curly.</p> + + <p>5. Are you not surprised to hear that there are black men in + America? There are thousands of them in New York. In the + southern part of the United States there are more black men + than white men.</p> + + <p>6. Most of the black men live in the hot part of the United + States, where cotton and sugar are grown. White people cannot + work in the cotton or sugar fields, because the sun is too hot + for them.</p> + + <p>7. The black people who live in the United States were born + in America. They have never known any other land. America, + however, is not their real home. They really belong to + Africa.</p> + + <p>8. How is it that we now find them in America? When the + white men of America began to grow cotton and sugar, they + needed black men to work in the fields. Men called "slavers" + went to Africa in ships. They landed and pushed inland. When + they came to villages they seized the people and drove them off + to the ships.</p> + + <p>9. The poor blacks, who were thus dragged from their home + and kindred, were thrust into the holds of ships and carried to + America. Sometimes they suffered much on the voyage. The + weakest of them died, and were thrown overboard.</p> + + <p>10. When they reached America they were sold to the + cotton-growers and sugar-growers, who carried them off to work + in the fields. Sometimes they were kindly treated; sometimes + they were flogged to make them work. But whether kindly or + cruelly treated, they were no longer men and women, but + slaves.</p> + + <p>11. This went on for many years. At last some kind-hearted + men in the northern states said, "It is wicked to own slaves. + All the slaves in America shall be set free."</p> + + <div class="figure1r" + style="width: 490px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo28-1.jpg" + width="450" + height="181" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. The farmers of the south were very angry when they heard + this, and said that they would not free their slaves. Then a + fierce war broke out. The North beat the South, and when the + war came to an end all the slaves in America were set free.</p> + + <p>13. The blacks still work in the cotton and sugar and + tobacco fields; but they now work for wages, just as I do. They + are free to come and go as they please.</p> + + <p>14. The darkies are very merry and full of fun. When their + work is over they love to sing and dance to the music of the + banjo. Some of their songs are very pretty. I will sing some of + them to you when I come home. Good-bye, dears. I shall soon be + with you now.—Your loving FATHER.</p><a name="c29"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L29">29. HOME AGAIN.</a></h2> + + <p>1. The telegram came soon after breakfast. Father was coming + home that very day. We were so delighted that we sang and + danced and clapped our hands, just like the darkies.</p> + + <p>2. Mother was very busy. "You must all come and help me," + she said. "The house must be made beautiful for father's + return."</p> + + <p>3. May and I worked with mother, but the day passed very + slowly. Father's train was to arrive at six o'clock. By + half-past five we were all at the station waiting for him.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig29-1ed.png" + width="250" + height="321" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>4. At last the train steamed in, and out jumped father. Oh, + how we hugged and kissed him! Father was well, and he looked + very brown.</p> + + <p>5. I sat next to him in the cab. He told us that his ship + had only reached Liverpool that morning. He had taken the first + train for home, because he wished to see us so much.</p> + + <p>6. After tea he opened one of his boxes. "I have brought + each of you a present," he said. "Sit down, and I will show you + some pretty things."</p> + + <p>7. Mother's present was a dress from India. It had gold and + beetles' wings on it. They were a lovely shiny green, just like + jewels.</p> + + <p>8. My present was a necklace of beautiful blue stones. May's + was a dolly, dressed just like an Indian lady. Tom's was a kite + from Japan. It was shaped just like a dragon. Of course, we + were all delighted with our gifts.</p> + + <p>9. Then father told us many things about his travels. "I + have been right round the world," he said. "I sailed to the + East, and I went on and on until I returned to the place from + which I set out."</p> + + <p>"I know," cried Tom. "I have followed you all round the + world on the globe."</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig29-2ed.png" + width="425" + height="286" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. May was sitting on father's knee. "Dad," she said, "I + suppose you are the very first man who has ever been right + round the world." "Of course he is," said Tom.</p> + + <p>11. Father laughed. "No, my dear," he replied; "thousands of + men had been round the world before I was born."</p> + + <p>12. "I'm so sorry," said May. "I did so want to tell the + girls at school that my father was the very first man who ever + went round the world."</p><a name="Exercises"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2>EXERCISES.</h2> + + <h3>(<i>To be worked under the direction of the + teacher</i>)</h3><a name="L1"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c1">Lesson 1.</a></h3> + + <p>1. The father travelled by train. In what other ways might + he have travelled? Which is the fastest way? Which is the + slowest?</p> + + <p>2. What power drives the train? What other work does this + power do?</p> + + <p>3. Look carefully at the <a href="#PhotoF-1">first + picture</a> in this book. Describe it.</p> + + <p>4. Learn: <i>A globe is a small model of the earth.</i> Of + what shape is the earth? Of what shape are the sun, moon, and + stars?</p><a name="L2"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c2">Lesson 2.</a></h3> + + <p>1. The name of the town on the seashore (<a href= + "#c2p2">par. 2</a>) is Dover. Turn to the picture on + <a href="#Photo02-1">page 11</a> and describe the cliffs of + Dover as seen from the sea.</p> + + <p>2. The distance between Dover and Calais is only twenty-one + miles. Learn: <i>A narrow passage of water joining two seas is + called a strait.</i> The word <i>strait</i> means "narrow." + This strait is called the Strait of Dover.</p> + + <p>3. Model the Strait of Dover in clay or plasticine. Suppose + the water between England and France were to dry up, what would + the strait be then? Write out and learn: <i>A valley is a + hollow between hills or mountains.</i></p><a name="L3"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c3">Lesson 3.</a></h3> + + <p>1. The river which runs through Paris is called the Seine. + The river which runs through London is called the Thames. + Learn: <i>A river is a large stream of fresh water flowing + across the land to join another river, a lake, or the + sea.</i></p> + + <p>2. Look carefully at the picture on <a href= + "#Photo03-1">page 14</a> and describe it.</p> + + <p>3. Compare French boys with English boys. Compare French + girls with English girls.</p><a name="L4"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c4">Lesson 4.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE04ed.png" + width="325" + height="204" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Look carefully at the picture on <a href= + "#Photo04-1">page 18</a> and describe it.</p> + + <p>2. Copy this little drawing of the silkworm and the mulberry + leaf.</p> + + <p>3. Why do flowers bloom earlier in the south of France than + in England?</p> + + <p>4. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo04-2">page + 20</a>.</p><a name="L5"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c5">Lesson 5.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE05ed.png" + width="175" + height="375" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. The Nile carries much mud in its waters. If there is a + stream near your school, go to it and get a bottleful of water. + Let this water stand for a time and notice the mud which + settles down. Where does this mud come from?</p> + + <p>2. Copy this little drawing of a palm tree. The Arabs say + that the palm tree loves to have its foot in the water and its + head in the fire. What do you think this saying means?</p> + + <p>3. Look at the picture on <a href="#Photo05-1">page 23</a>. + What animals do you see in the picture? Tell me something about + each of them.</p><a name="L6"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c6">Lesson 6.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE06ed.png" + width="350" + height="137" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Copy this little drawing of two of the oldest buildings + in Egypt. Such buildings are called <i>pyramids</i>. Write out + this word six times. You will see pyramids in the picture on + <a href="#Photo05-1">page 23</a>. Of what shape is the ground + on which a pyramid stands? Make a <i>ground plan</i> of a + pyramid.</p> + + <p>2. How do we know what the men of Egypt were like in olden + times?</p> + + <p>3. The picture on <a href="#Photo05-2">page 25</a> shows you + a street in Cairo, the chief town of Egypt. Describe the + picture.</p><a name="L7"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c7">Lesson 7.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE07ed.png" + width="275" + height="376" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>A long deep ditch filled with + water is called a canal.</i> Model a canal in clay or + plasticine. What is the difference between a canal and a + strait?</p> + + <p>2. Copy this little drawing of a lighthouse. Write out and + learn: <i>A lighthouse is a tower near the sea. It shows a + bright light at night to warn sailors of rocks or shallow + places.</i></p> + + <p>3. Why does a big ship "go slow" through the Suez + Canal?</p><a name="L8"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c8">Lesson 8.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE08ed.png" + width="500" + height="105" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>A desert is a rainless tract of + country on which little or nothing will grow.</i> How can a + desert be turned into a garden?</p> + + <p>2. Copy this little drawing of an Arab tent. Why do the + Arabs who wander from place to place live in tents?</p> + + <p>3. Write out and learn: <i>A green spot in a desert is + called an oasis.</i> Several of these green spots are called + <i>oases</i>.</p><a name="L9"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c9">Lesson 9.</a></h3> + + <p>1. The palm is said to have as many uses as there are days + in the year. Name some of these uses.</p> + + <p>2. Why is the camel called the "ship of the desert"?</p> + + <p>3. Go to a sand heap. Stand on it; you sink in. Put a piece + of board on the sand and stand on it; the board does not sink + in much. Now turn to the picture on <a href="#Photo25-1">page + 105</a>. You will see a pair of snow-shoes on the snow. A boy's + foot will sink into the snow. When he stands on the snow-shoes + he does not sink in. Find out why. Notice the camel's foot, and + tell me why it does not sink into the sand.</p><a name= + "L10"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c10">Lesson 10.</a></h3> + + <p>1. In what ways do the people of Bombay differ from the + people of your town or village?</p> + + <p>2. Why are the people of hot lands dark in colour?</p> + + <p>3. Look at the picture on <a href="#Photo11-1">page 47</a>. + Describe it.</p><a name="L11"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c11">Lesson 11.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE11ed.png" + width="300" + height="285" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. What is the difference between our shops and the shops of + Bombay?</p> + + <p>2. How do Indian boys play at marbles?</p> + + <p>3. Copy this drawing of the Union Jack. Colour it with + chalks.</p><a name="L12"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c12">Lesson 12.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE12ed.png" + width="325" + height="231" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. With a pair of scissors cut out a square of paper. Fold + it into two; then into four; then into eight, and lastly into + sixteen. Open out the paper. If the whole square stands for the + size of India, one of the small squares will stand for the size + of our land.</p> + + <p>2. Copy this drawing of a punkah. What is the use of a + punkah?</p> + + <p>3. Suppose you forget to water your plants, what happens? + Suppose you water them too much, what + happens?</p><a name="L13"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c13">Lesson 13.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>A mountain is land which rises + high above the level of the country round about it. A row of + mountains joined together by high ground is called a mountain + range or chain.</i></p> + + <p>2. Write out the following:—"Some mountains may be + called water savings banks. The rain freezes as it falls and + becomes snow. On very high mountains this snow never melts. It + gets deeper and deeper, and the lower part turns into ice. This + ice creeps slowly down the mountain side until it comes into + air that is warm enough to melt it. The water which flows away + from the ice forms a river. Many large rivers begin in melting + ice-fields."</p> + + <p>3. Describe the picture on <a href="#Fig13-2">page + 55</a>.</p><a name="L14"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c14">Lesson 14.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE14ed.png" + width="550" + height="146" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Make a copy of this little drawing. It shows you a + palanquin—that is, a box carried on poles. Rich ladies + are carried from place to place in India in palanquins of this + kind.</p> + + <p>2. Compare the life of a rich Indian girl with that of our + girls.</p> + + <p>3. "They sang 'God Save the King' for me." Who is their + king? Have the people of India ever seen him?</p><a name= + "L15"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c15">Lesson 15.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo15-1">page + 61</a>.</p> + + <p>2. Describe an elephant. Of what use is he?</p> + + <p>3. Tell me what you know of tigers. How are tigers + hunted?</p><a name="L16"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c16">Lesson 16.</a></h3> + + <p>1. In what way does a Burmese girl differ from an Indian + girl?</p> + + <p>2. Copy the drawing of a Burmese girl on <a href= + "#Fig16-1">page 66</a>.</p> + + <p>3. Write out the following: "The Burmese alphabet is very + hard to learn. Dull boys often take a year to learn it. In the + monks' schools the lazy boys are sometimes punished by being + made to carry the hard-working boys on their backs up and down + the schoolroom."</p><a name="L17"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c17">Lesson 17.</a></h3> + + <p>1. What is the difference between Burmese football and + British football?</p> + + <p>2. Describe the picture on <a href="#Fig16-3">page + 68</a>.</p> + + <p>3. Write out the following: "Rice is a grass on which many + seeds grow. These seeds are eaten. Rice will only grow in wet + ground. The fields are flooded with water, and then the + rice-shoots are planted. The fields must be kept flooded until + the rice is ripe. In India, men sometimes gather the rice in + small boats."</p><a name="L18"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c18">Lesson 18.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE18ed.png" + width="450" + height="216" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Copy this little drawing of a rickshaw.</p> + + <p>2. Write out the following: "Tea is the name given to the + dried leaves and young shoots of the tea-plant. This plant is a + large evergreen shrub. It grows on the hillsides of Ceylon, and + in many other places in the East. When the leaves are picked, + they are spread out in trays until they wither; then they are + rolled. Wet cloths are next placed over the leaves, and they + are put in a cool dark place, until they rot a little. The + leaves are then dried over a fire, and after cooling are packed + in air-tight chests. They are then sent to our country."</p> + + <p>3. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo18-1">page + 75</a>.</p><a name="L19"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c19">Lesson 19.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE19ed.png" + width="425" + height="181" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Old cities have walls round them. Why were these walls + built? Why are they of no use now?</p> + + <p>2. Copy this drawing of a Chinese wheelbarrow.</p> + + <p>3. Why do the Chinese paint an eye on the bows of their + boats?</p><a name="L20"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c20">Lesson 20.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo19-1">page + 78</a>.</p> + + <p>2. Say what you know about a Chinese school.</p> + + <p>3. How can you tell a Chinaman when you see + him?</p><a name="L21"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c21">Lesson 21.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo21-1">page + 88</a>.</p> + + <p>2. In what ways do Chinese girls differ from British + girls?</p> + + <p>3. Write out the following: "The Great Wall of China is the + longest wall in the world. It was built about two thousand + years ago, and was meant to shut out the wild tribes which were + then trying to conquer China. The wall is more than twice as + long as the island of Great Britain. It is built of stone and + earth, and is so broad that four horses can be driven on it + abreast. The wall is now in ruins."</p><a name="L22"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c22">Lesson 22.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE22ed.png" + width="400" + height="128" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>An island is land with water all + round it. People can only reach an island by sailing to it in a + boat or by crossing a bridge.</i> A small island is called an + <i>islet</i>.</p> + + <p>2. Model an island in clay or plasticine. Suppose the water + round an island were to dry up, what would the island be + then?</p> + + <p>3. Copy this little drawing. It shows you the sacred + mountain of Japan.</p> + + <p>4. Write out and learn: <i>A volcano is a hole in the ground + out of which steam, ashes, mud, and melted rock are thrown. An + earthquake is a shaking or tearing apart of the + ground.</i></p><a name="L23"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c23">Lesson 23.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Which should you prefer to be—a boy or a girl (1) + in Japan, (2) in India?</p> + + <p>2. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo23-1">page + 90</a>.</p> + + <p>3. Try to make a drawing of a kite just after its string has + been cut by the glass on the string of another + kite.</p><a name="L24"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c24">Lesson 24.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE24ed.png" + width="425" + height="149" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>A plain is a wide tract of + low-lying and nearly level country. A high plain is called a + plateau.</i></p> + + <p>2. Copy this drawing of a salmon. What do you know about + salmon?</p> + + <p>3. Which should you like to do best—till the fields, + cut down trees, or catch salmon? Say why.</p><a name="L25"></a> + + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c25">Lesson 25.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE25ed.png" + width="475" + height="125" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo25-1">page + 105</a>. Why do the boys cover up their ears?</p> + + <p>2. What sports do these boys enjoy in winter?</p> + + <p>3. Copy this drawing of a canoe.</p><a name="L26"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c26">Lesson 26.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE26ed.png" + width="300" + height="277" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Copy this little drawing of a wigwam—that is, a Red + man's tent.</p> + + <p>2. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo26-1">page + 102</a>.</p> + + <p>3. How did the Red men hunt the bison? What has become of + the bison?</p><a name="L27"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c27">Lesson 27.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Look carefully at the picture on <a href= + "#Photo27-1">page 111</a>. Compare it with the picture on + <a href="#Photo08-1">page 35</a>.</p> + + <p>2. Why are the Eskimos fishermen and hunters, and not + farmers?</p> + + <p>3. How would you build a snow house? Would it be very cold + to live in? If not, why not?</p><a name="L28"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c28">Lesson 28.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo26-1">page + 102</a>.</p> + + <p>2. Write out the following: "The cotton plant loves sun and + water, and will only grow in the hot, moist parts of the world. + It throws out flower stalks, at the end of which pods appear. + Inside the pods is a soft, white down, which is called cotton. + This is spun and woven into cloth."</p> + + <p>3. What is the difference between cotton and + wool?</p><a name="L29"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c29">Lesson 29.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Look at a globe. Find a line running round the globe at + the thickest part. This is called the <i>Equator</i>, because + it divides the earth into two <i>equal</i> parts. The hottest + parts of the earth lie round about the Equator. The distance + round the earth at the Equator is 25,000 miles. A railway + train, running 50 miles an hour, and never stopping, would + require nearly three weeks for the journey. Find out whether + father's voyage was longer or shorter than this.</p> + + <p>2. Measure with a band of paper the distance on the globe + from the Equator on one side to the Equator on the other. Find + half this distance and mark it on the globe. Then mark the same + distance on the other side of the Equator. The points which you + have marked are called the <i>Poles</i>. One is the <i>North + Pole</i>; the other is the <i>South Pole</i>.</p> + + <p>3. Learn: <i>We divide the land of the earth into five great + parts; each of these parts is called a continent. There are + five continents</i>—<i>Europe, Asia, Africa, America, + Australia. We divide the water of the earth into five great + parts. Each of these parts is called an ocean. There are five + oceans</i>—<i>Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Arctic, and + Antarctic. The Arctic Ocean is round the North Pole; the + Antarctic Ocean is round the South Pole</i>.</p><br> + <br> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Highroads of Geography, by Anonymous + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HIGHROADS OF GEOGRAPHY *** + +***** This file should be named 11218-h.htm or 11218-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/2/1/11218/ + +Produced by Julie Barkley, Susan Woodring and PG Distributed Proofreaders + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f400c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d981c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-3ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d274fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-3ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig02-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig02-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..649069d --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig02-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..275e638 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf2b3d --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-3ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..18187c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-3ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..35201a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..99b7491 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig07-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig07-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c39c7d --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig07-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..83452f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddb7387 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae4097a --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9d59fe --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..93649fa --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..00ab7c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-3ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d45e0e --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-3ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e1ef50 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9685224 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..239c524 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..19cffd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..888c291 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e83b480 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig14-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig14-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..482a55d --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig14-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..65e9db7 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6193b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..39d69bc --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..145cf96 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-3ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a5c1f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-3ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c7db1c --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e31555c --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2eae72b --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bd873a --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-3ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce3403c --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-3ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d47747 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b83989a --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-3ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb018f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-3ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig20-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig20-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..27b4230 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig20-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba32800 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce11400 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-3ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecd14db --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-3ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-4ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-4ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..396f5a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-4ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig22-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig22-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6288fd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig22-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea9e825 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e45f9f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-3ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..61e31e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-3ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1486b8e --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c9a39a --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..72ef70a --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c5942b --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..62b9af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1f3d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a49305c --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..828ed03 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-1ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b641574 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-1ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-2ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d67649 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-2ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE04ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE04ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fe8c6d --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE04ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE05ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE05ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b269288 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE05ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE06ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE06ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..48484e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE06ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE07ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE07ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9ded80 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE07ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE08ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE08ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b4577f --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE08ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE11ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE11ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3208b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE11ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE12ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE12ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad1a0a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE12ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE14ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE14ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3023e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE14ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE18ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE18ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e901810 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE18ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE19ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE19ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5caaf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE19ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE22ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE22ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b158d1a --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE22ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE24ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE24ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb74dce --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE24ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE25ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE25ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aece075 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE25ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigE26ed.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE26ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f6e883 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigE26ed.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/FigF-1.png b/11218-h/illustrations/FigF-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..164502c --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/FigF-1.png diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo02-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo02-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f4d0e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo02-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo03-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo03-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5842c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo03-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..df2b7ff --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-2.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc16c26 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-2.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..689266f --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-2.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa5459a --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-2.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo08-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo08-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..feb463d --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo08-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo09-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo09-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8270d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo09-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo11-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo11-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e3f148 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo11-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..08bb341 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-2.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..02c09eb --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-2.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6258b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-2.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d82d020 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-2.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo19-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo19-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..afbe508 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo19-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo21-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo21-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9881c13 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo21-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo23-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo23-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..33f9467 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo23-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo24-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo24-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cdaa1a --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo24-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo25-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo25-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7055c6e --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo25-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo26-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo26-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a849687 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo26-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo27-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo27-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d442059 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo27-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/Photo28-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo28-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e5bb5b --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/Photo28-1.jpg diff --git a/11218-h/illustrations/PhotoF-1.jpg b/11218-h/illustrations/PhotoF-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..10d10d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218-h/illustrations/PhotoF-1.jpg diff --git a/11218.txt b/11218.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cb3425 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2904 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Highroads of Geography, by Anonymous + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Highroads of Geography + +Author: Anonymous + +Release Date: February 21, 2004 [EBook #11218] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HIGHROADS OF GEOGRAPHY *** + + + + +Produced by Julie Barkley, Susan Woodring and PG Distributed Proofreaders + + + + +[Transcriber's Note: Descriptions of illustrations which have no +captions and of page references are found in {curly brackets}.] + +[Illustration: That's where Daddy is! + +(From the painting by J. Snowman.)] + + + + + +THE ROYAL SCHOOL SERIES + + +Highroads of Geography + + +_Illustrated by Masterpieces of the following artists:--J.M.W. Turner, +F. Goodall, E.A. Hornel, Talbot Kelly, W. Simpson, Edgar H. Fisher, J.F. +Lewis, T.H. Liddell, Cyrus Cuneo, &c._ + + + +Introductory Book--Round the World with Father + + +1916 + + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +1. Good-bye to Father, + +2. A Letter from France, + +3. In Paris, + +4. On the Way to Egypt, + +5. A Letter from Egypt, + +6. Children of Egypt, + +7. Through the Canal, + +8. Amongst the Arabs.--I., + +9. Amongst the Arabs.--II., + +10. A Letter from India, + +11. In the Streets, + +12. Our Indian Cousin, + +13. In the Garden, + +14. Indian Boys and Girls, + +15. Elephants and Tigers, + +16. A Letter from Burma.--I., + +17. A Letter from Burma.--II., + +18. A Letter from Ceylon, + +19. A Letter from China, + +20. Chinese Boys and Girls, + +21. Hair, Fingers, and Toes, + +22. A Letter from Japan, + +23. Jap Children, + +24. A Letter from Canada, + +25. Children of Canada, + +26. The Red Men, + +27. The Eskimos. + +28. Father's Last Letter, + +29. Home Again, + +EXERCISES, + + + + + +INTRODUCTORY BOOK. + + +I. GOOD-BYE TO FATHER. + + +1. Father kissed us and said, "Good-bye, dears. Be good children, and +help mother as much as you can. The year will soon pass away. What a +merry time we will have when I come back again!" + +2. Father kissed mother, and then stepped into the train. The guard blew +his whistle, and the train began to move. We waved good-bye until it was +out of sight. + +[Illustration: {Children waving good-bye to their father as the train +pulls away}] + +3. Then we all began to cry--even Tom, who thinks himself such a man. It +was _so_ lonely without father. + +4. Tom was the first to dry his eyes. He turned to me and said, "Stop +that crying. You are the eldest, and you ought to know better." + +5. He made mother take his arm, just as father used to do. Then he began +to whistle, to show that he did not care a bit. All the way home he +tried to make jokes. + +6. As soon as we had taken off our coats and hats, Tom called us into +the sitting-room. "Look here," he said: "we're going to have no glum +faces in this house. We must be bright and cheerful, or mother will +fret. You know father wouldn't like that." + +[Illustration: {Children in the sitting-room}] + +7. We said that we would do our best. So off we went to help mother to +make the beds and to dust the rooms. While we were doing this we quite +forgot to be sad. + +8. After tea we went into father's room and looked at the globe. "I'm +going to follow father right round the world," said Tom. "Please show me +which way he is going." Mother did so. + +9. "By this time next week," she said, "we shall have the first of many +long letters from father. I am sure we shall enjoy reading them. He will +tell us about the far-off lands which he is going to see." + +10. "That will be grand," I said. "I hope he will tell us _lots_ +about the children. I want to know what they look like, what they wear, +and what games they play." + +11. Tom said he would rather not hear about children. He wanted to hear +about savages and tigers and shipwrecks, and things like that. + +[Illustration: {Postman delivering a letter}] + +12. A week later the postman brought us father's first letter. How eager +we were to hear it! Mother had to read it for us two or three times. + +13. Every week for many weeks the postman brought us letters from +father. When he handed us a letter he used to say, "I'm glad to see that +your daddy is all right so far." + +14. This book is made up of father's letters from abroad. I hope you +will enjoy them as much as we did. + + * * * * * + +2. A LETTER FROM FRANCE. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am writing this letter in a large seaport of the +south of France. To-morrow I shall go on board the big ship which is to +take me to Egypt. + +2. Let me tell you about my travels so far. The train in which I left +our town took me to London. Next day another train took me to a small +town on the seashore. + +3. About twenty miles of sea lie between this town and France. At once I +went on board the small steamer which was to take me across. The sea was +smooth and the sun was shining. + +[Illustration: The White Cliffs of Dover. + +(From the picture by J. M. W. Turner, R.A.)] + +4. I stood on the deck looking at the white cliffs of dear old England. +When I could see them no longer I found that we were not far from +France. + +5. In about an hour we reached a French town which in olden days +belonged to us. The steamer sailed right up to the railway station. + +6. I had something to eat, and then took my place in the train. Soon we +were speeding towards Paris, the chief town of France. + +7. I looked out of the window most of the time. We ran through many +meadows and cornfields. Here and there I saw rows of poplar trees +between the fields. + +8. Now and then we crossed rivers with barges on them. On and on we +went, past farmhouses and little villages, each with its church. The +French villages look brighter than ours. I think this is because the +houses are painted in gay colours. + +9. I saw many men, women, and children working in the fields. All of +them wore wooden shoes. Most of the men and boys were dressed in blue +blouses. + +[Illustration: {People working in a field}] + +10. There was a little French boy in my carriage. He wore a black blouse +with a belt. His stockings were short, and did not come up to his +knickerbockers. He was rather pale, and his legs were very thin. + +11. The boy was about Tom's age. He sat still, and held his father's +hand all the way. I don't think Tom would have done this; he thinks +himself too much of a man. + +12. After a time we crossed a broad river, and came to the dull, dark +station of a large city. As we left it, I saw the tall spire of one of +the grandest churches in all the world. + +13. On we went, past farms and villages and small towns, until at last +we reached Paris. + + * * * * * + +3. IN PARIS. + + +[Illustration: In the Gardens. + +(From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I.)] + +1. Paris is a very grand and beautiful city. The French people say that +France is a great garden. They also say that the finest flowers in this +garden make up the nosegay which we call Paris. + +2. A great river runs through Paris. All day long you can see little +steamboats darting to and fro on the river, like swallows. Near to the +river are some beautiful gardens. + +[Illustration: {View of Paris}] + +3. I sat in these gardens, at a little table under the trees. As I sat +there a man walked up the path. At once I heard a great chirping and a +flutter of wings. + +[Illustration: {A man with birds}] + +4. All the birds in the garden flocked to him. They seemed to know him +as an old friend. Some perched on his shoulders and some on his hat. One +bold little fellow tried to get into his pocket. It was a pretty sight +to see him feeding the birds. + +5. In the gardens there were many nurses carrying babies. These nurses +were very gay indeed. They wore gray cloaks and white caps, with broad +silk ribbons hanging down their backs. + +6. Some of the older children were playing ball, but they did not play +very well. Until a few years ago French boys had few outdoor games. Now +they are learning to play tennis and football. + +7. French boys are always clean and neatly dressed, however poor they +may be. They think more about lessons than our boys do. Their school +hours are much longer than ours. + +8. French girls have not so much freedom as our girls. A grown-up person +takes them to school and brings them home again. Their mothers do not +allow them to go for walks by themselves. I wonder how Kate and May +would like this. + +9. Some day I must take you to see Paris. You would love to ramble +through its streets. Many of them are planted with trees. Under these +trees you may see men and women sitting at little tables. They eat and +drink while a band plays merry tunes. + +[Illustration: {People at a table, being waited on}] + +10. You would be sure to notice that the French people have very good +manners. When a Frenchman enters or leaves a shop he raises his hat and +bows. A Frenchman is always polite, and he always tries to please you. + +11. I cannot now write anything more about Paris. I should like to tell +you about its beautiful buildings and its fine shops, but I have no more +time to spare. + +12. I hope you are all doing your best to make mother happy. I am very +well; I hope you are well too.--Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +4. ON THE WAY TO EGYPT. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am writing this letter on board the big ship +which is taking me to Egypt. Let me tell you what I have seen and done +since I left Paris. + +2. It is a long day's ride from Paris to the seaport from which my ship +set sail. Let me tell you about the journey. A few hours after leaving +Paris the train began to run through vineyards. + +3. At this time of the year a vineyard is a pretty sight. The broad +leaves of the vine are tinted with crimson and gold. Beneath them are +the purple or golden grapes. + +4. As I passed through France the grapes were ripe, and were being +gathered. I could see women and children going up and down between the +rows of vines. They plucked the ripe fruit and put it into baskets. When +the baskets were filled they were emptied into a big tub. + +[Illustration: THE GRAPE HARVEST. + +(From the picture by P.M. Dupuy in the Salon of 1909. Bought by the +State.)] + +5. When the tub was filled it was taken to a building near at hand. In +this building there is a press which squeezes the juice out of the +grapes. The grape juice is then made into wine. + +6. As evening drew on we came to a large town where two big rivers meet. +It is a busy town, and has many smoky chimneys. Much silk and velvet are +made in this town. + +7. I think you know that silk is made by the silkworm. This worm feeds +on the leaves of the mulberry tree. In the south of France there are +thousands of mulberry trees. There are also many orange and olive trees. + +8. The weather is much warmer in the south of France than it is in +England. In the early spring all sorts of pretty flowers are grown on +the hillsides. They are sent to England, and are sold in the shops when +our gardens are bare. + +9. Now I must hurry on. For some hours we ran by the side of a swift +river; with mountains on both sides of us. Then we reached the big +seaport, and there I found my ship waiting for me. + +10. It is a huge ship, with hundreds of cabins, a large dining-room, +drawing-room and smoking-room. It is really a floating hotel. + +11. Most of the people on board are going to India. All day long they +sit in chairs on the deck reading. Some of us play games, and at night +we have dances and concerts. + +[Illustration: GAMES ON BOARD FATHER'S SHIP. + +(From the picture by W.L. Wylie. By kind permission of the P. and O. +Co.)] + +12. We have now been four days at sea. To-morrow we shall reach a town +by the side of a great canal. This town and canal are in Egypt. + +13. I hope you are still good and happy.--Best love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +5. A LETTER FROM EGYPT. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--With this letter I am sending you a beautiful +picture. Look at it carefully, and you will see what Egypt is like. + +2. The water which you see in the picture is part of the great river +Nile. If there were no Nile to water the land, Egypt would be nothing +but a desert. + +3. Once a year, as a rule, the Nile rises and overflows its banks. The +waters spread out over the country and cover it with rich mud. In this +mud much cotton, sugar, grain, and rice are grown. + +[Illustration: The Nile in Flood. + +(From the picture by F. Goodall, R. A., in the Guildhall Gallery. By +permission of the Corporation of London.)] + +4. Egypt now belongs to the British. They have turned part of the Nile +into a huge lake, in which the water is stored. + +5. The water is let out of the lake when it is needed. It runs into +canals, and then into drains, which cross the fields and water them. + +6. A sail along the Nile is very pleasant. There are lovely tints of +green on the water. As the boat glides on, many villages are passed. +Each of these has its snow-white temple. + +7. All along the river bank there are palm trees. They wave their crowns +of green leaves high in the air. The fields are gay with colour. Above +all is the bright blue sky. + +8. Look at the picture again. At a short distance from the water you see +a village. It has a wall round it, and outside the wall is a ditch. In +October the ditch is full of water; in spring it is dry. + +9. In and near this ditch the children and the dogs of the villages play +together. You can see two boys in the picture. One of them is standing +by his mother. The other boy is riding on a buffalo. + +10. In the middle of the village there is an open space. Sometimes this +space is covered with bright green grass. Round it are rows of palm +trees. The house of the chief stands on one side of this green. + +11. Every village has its well, and every well has its water-wheel for +drawing up the water. By the side of the well the old men of the village +sit smoking and chatting. The women come to the well to fill their +pitchers with water. + +12. All the houses are built of Nile mud. This mud is dug out of the +banks of the river. It is mixed with a little chopped straw to hold it +together. Then it is put into moulds. After a time it is turned out of +the moulds, and is left to dry in the sun. + +[Illustration: The Chief City of Egypt. + +(From the picture by Talbot Kelly, R.I.)] + + * * * * * + +6. CHILDREN OF EGYPT. + + +[Illustration: {An Egyptian woman}] + +1. In the picture you see two of the women of Egypt. One of them is +standing at the edge of the river. She is filling her pitcher with +water. The other woman is carrying a lamb in her arms. + +2. The people of Egypt have changed but little since the days of Moses. +The men have brown faces, white teeth, and bright black eyes. Most of +them wear beards and shave their heads. + +3. The women wear long dark cloaks. If they are well-to-do they cover +their faces with a veil. They think it wrong to let their faces be seen +by any men except their husbands. + +4. I think Kate would like to hear something about the children. Those +who have rich fathers wear beautiful clothes, and have a very happy +time. Poor children wear few clothes, and are nearly always covered with +dust. + +5. Many of the boys go to school, and are taught just as you are. They +read the same kind of books that you read. + +6. The children of Egypt always obey their parents, and are never rude +to them. I think they have very good manners. + +7. All the people of Egypt love singing. Their voices are soft and +sweet. The boatmen on the Nile sing as they row. The fruit-sellers sing +as they cry their wares in the streets. + +8. Many of the boys in the chief city of Egypt are donkey drivers. In +Egypt donkeys are far more used for riding than horses. The donkeys are +beautiful little animals, and they trot along very quickly. + +[Illustration: {A boy with two donkeys}] + +9. Each donkey has a boy to run after it with a stick, and to shout at +it to make it go. The donkey boys are very jolly little fellows. They +always smile, however far they have to run. + +10. Most donkey boys wear a white or blue gown, and have a red cap, or +fez, on the head. If a donkey boy sees an Englishman coming, he runs to +him and says, "My donkey is called John Bull." If he sees an American +coming, he says that his donkey's name is Yankee Doodle. + +11. Sometimes the donkey boy will ask the rider,-- + +"Very good donkey?" + +If the rider says "Yes," he will then ask,-- + +"Very good donkey boy?" + +"Yes." + +12. "Very good saddle too?" + +"Yes." + +"_Then me have very good present!_" + +13. Now let me tell you something that will surprise you. The people of +Egypt in the old, old days thought that their cats were gods. + +14. They prayed to them and built temples to them. When the family cat +died, all the people in the house shaved their eyebrows to show how +sorry they were.--Best love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +7. THROUGH THE CANAL. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I have just sailed through a very wonderful canal. +It joins two great seas together, and is now part of the way to India. + +2. By means of this canal we can sail from England to India in three +weeks. Before it was made the voyage took three months or more. + +3. The canal was made more than forty years ago by a Frenchman. He dug a +great ditch, and joined together a number of lakes. By doing so he made +a waterway from sea to sea. This waterway is about a hundred miles long. + +4. I joined my ship at the town which stands at the north end of the +canal. There is nothing to see in the town except the lighthouse and the +shops. On the sea wall there is a statue of the Frenchman who made the +canal. + +5. As we lay off the town we could see many little boats darting to and +fro. The boatmen were dressed in all the colours of the rainbow--red, +blue, green, and orange. In one boat there were men and women playing +and singing songs. + +6. By the side of our ship men were swimming in the water. I threw a +piece of silver into the water. One of the men dived, and caught it +before it reached the bottom. + +[Illustration: {Side of a ship, with men swimming below}] + +7. On the other side of the ship there were great barges full of coal. +Hundreds of men and women carried this coal to the ship in little +baskets upon their heads. They walked up and down a plank, and all the +time they made an awful noise which they called singing. + +8. When all the coal was on board, the ship began to steam slowly along +the narrow canal. No ship is allowed to sail more than four miles an +hour, lest the "wash" should break down the banks. + +9. Soon we passed out of the narrow canal into one of the lakes. Our +road was marked by buoys. Away to right and to left of us stretched the +sandy desert. + +10. In the afternoon we passed a station, where I saw a number of camels +laden with boxes of goods. They were going to travel across the sands +for many days. + +11. The sun went down in a sky of purple and gold. Then a large electric +light shone forth from our bows. It threw a broad band of white light on +the water and on the banks of the canal. Where the light touched the +sands it seemed to turn them into silver. + +12. In less than twenty-four hours we reached the town at the south end +of the canal. A boat came out from the shore, and this letter is going +back with it.--Love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +8. AMONGST THE ARABS.--I. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am now sailing along the Red Sea. The weather is +very hot. All over the ship electric fans are hard at work. In spite of +them I cannot keep cool. + +2. Away on the left, or port, side of the ship I see high hills. They +are red in colour, and seem to be baked by the hot sun. Even through my +spy-glass I cannot see a speck of green on them. All is red and bare. + +3. Beyond the hills lies the land of Arabia. It is a hot, dry land, in +which years sometimes pass without a shower of rain. There is hardly +ever a cloud in the sky, and there is no dew at night. + +4. Much of the land is covered with sand. Little or nothing will grow. +You know that we call a sandy waste of this kind a _desert_. + +[Illustration: {Desert oasis}] + +5. Here and there in the desert a few springs are found. The water of +these springs causes grass and trees to grow well. Around each spring is +what looks like an island of green in the midst of a red sea of sand. A +green spot in a desert is called an _oasis_. + +6. The Arabs live upon these green spots. Some of them dwell in +villages, and some wander from oasis to oasis. Those who live in +villages build their houses of sun-dried bricks; those who wander from +place to place live in tents. + +[Illustration: Arabs of the Desert.] + +7. The Arabs are fine, fierce-looking men. They own flocks of sheep, +herds of goats, camels and horses. + +8. An Arab's tent is woven out of camel's hair. So are the ropes of the +tent. The poles are made of palm wood. + +9. Inside the tent there are leather buckets for drawing water. There +are also skin bags for carrying it across the desert. There are no +chairs or tables or beds in the tents. The Arabs squat upon the ground +and sleep on rugs. + +[Illustration: {Arab tent}] + +10. In front of an Arab tent you are almost sure to see a woman grinding +corn between two large stones. There is a hole in the top stone, and +into this she pours the grain. + +11. She turns the top stone round and round, and the grain is ground +into flour, which oozes out at the edges. With this flour she makes +cakes. + + * * * * * + +9. AMONGST THE ARABS.--II. + + +1. Date palms grow on every oasis. The date palm is a beautiful tree. It +is very tall, and has a crown of leaves at the top. + +2. The fruit grows in great golden clusters. Sometimes a cluster of +dates weighs twenty-five pounds. + +3. The date palm is beloved by the Arabs, because it is so useful to +them. They eat or sell the dates, and they use the wood for their tents +or houses. From the sap they make wine. Out of the leaf-stalks they +weave baskets. + +4. Some of the Arabs are traders. They carry their goods from oasis to +oasis on the backs of camels. A large number of laden camels form a +caravan. + +[Illustration: {Caravan of camels}] + +5. A camel is not pretty to look at, but the Arab could not do without +it. I think you can easily understand why the camel is called the "ship +of the desert." It carries its master or its load across the sea of sand +from one green island to another. + +[Illustration: The Halt in the Desert. + +(From the picture by J.F. Lewis, R.A., in the South Kensington +Museum.)] + +6. The hoofs of the camel are broad, and this prevents them from sinking +into the sand. The camel can go for a long time without food or water. + +7. The camel is very useful to the Arab, both when it is alive and when +it is dead. It gives him milk to drink, and its hair is useful for +making clothes, tents, and ropes. + +8. I think I told you that when I was sailing along the canal I saw a +caravan. It was then beginning to cross the desert. Very likely, weeks +or months will pass away before its journey comes to an end. + +9. There are no roads across the desert, so it is very easy for a +caravan to lose its way. Then the men and camels wander on until all +their food and water are finished. At last they fall to the ground, and +die of hunger and thirst. + +10. Dreadful sand-storms often arise. The storm beats down upon the +caravan, and sometimes chokes both men and camels. A journey across the +desert is full of dangers. + +11. Before I close this letter, let me tell you a little story. One day +an Arab belonging to a caravan overslept himself at an oasis. When he +awoke, the caravan had started on its journey again, and was many miles +away. + +12. The Arab followed the caravan, in the hope of catching it up. On and +on he walked, but nothing could he see of it. Then darkness came on, and +he lay on the sand and slept until morning. + +13. When the sun rose he began his journey again. Hours passed, but +still there was no sign of the caravan. At last he was quite overcome by +hunger and thirst. He fell to the ground, and was too weak to rise +again. + +14. Looking around, he saw something black lying on the sand, not far +away. He crawled to it, and found that it was a small bag which had +fallen from the back of a camel. + +15. The poor Arab was filled with joy. He hoped that the bag would +contain food of some sort. With trembling fingers he tore it open. Alas! +it was full of gold and jewels. + +16. "Woe is me!" cried the poor fellow; "had it been dates my life would +have been saved." + +[Illustration: {An Arab dying of thirst in the desert}] + +17. This little story shows you that on the desert dates may sometimes +be worth much more than gold and jewels. I hope you are well and +happy.--Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +10. A LETTER FROM INDIA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Hurrah! I am on shore again, after nine long days +at sea. Yesterday I reached Bombay, the chief seaport of India. + +2. Soon after I landed a friend came to see me at my hotel. He drove me +round Bombay, and showed me all the sights. I wish you had been with me +to see them. + +3. Here in Bombay I seem to be in a new world altogether. It is a world +of wonderful light and colour. The bright hot sun floods the streets and +dazzles my eyes. Everywhere I see bright colour--in the sky, the trees, +the flowers, and the dresses of the people. + +4. The streets are always full of people. They are dark brown in colour; +their hair is black, their eyes are bright, and their teeth are as white +as pearls. Most of the people are bare-legged and bare-footed. + +[Illustration: {Busy Bombay street scene}] + +5. The men wear white clothes, with turbans and sashes of yellow, green, +or blue. Yesterday was a feast-day. In the morning I saw thousands of +the people bathing in the sea. Afterwards they roamed about the streets +in their best clothes. One crowd that I saw looked like a great tulip +garden in full bloom. + +6. The women wear a garment of red, blue, or some other bright colour. +This garment covers them from the neck to the knee. Almost every woman +wears rings of silver on her arms and ankles. Some of them have great +rings in their noses, as well as rings in their ears and on their toes. + +7. You would be amused to see the people carrying their burdens on their +heads. Yesterday I saw a dozen men carrying a grand piano on their +heads. + +8. From childhood the women carry jars of water or baskets of earth in +this way. They hold themselves very upright and walk like queens. + +[Illustration: {Woman carrying a basket on her head}] + +9. Bombay is a very busy city. The streets are thronged with carriages, +motor cars, bullock carts, and electric trams. As the people walk in the +middle of the road, it is not easy for a carriage to make its way +through the streets. + +10. The drivers ring bells, or shout to warn the people: "Hi, you woman +with the baby on your hip, get out of the way!--Hi, you man with the box +on your head, get out of the way!" + +11. I think you would like to see the bullock carts. They are very +small, and are drawn by two bullocks with humps on their shoulders. The +driver sits on the shaft and steers them with a stick. These carts carry +cotton to the mills or to the docks. + +[Illustration: {A bullock cart}] + +12. In some of the carriages and motor cars you may see rich men wearing +fine silk robes. Many of these rich men now dress as we do, except that +they wear turbans instead of hats. + + * * * * * + +11. IN THE STREETS. + + +1. I should like you to see the shops of Bombay. Most of them are quite +unlike our British shops. They have no doors and no windows, but are +open to the street. + +2. Our shopkeepers try to make a fine show of their goods. The Indian +shopkeeper does nothing of the sort. He simply piles his goods round his +shop and squats in the midst of them. There he sits waiting for people +to come and buy. + +[Illustration: {An Indian shopkeeper}] + +3. In our shops there is a fixed price for the goods. In India nothing +has a fixed price. You must bargain with the shopkeeper if you wish to +buy anything. Very likely he will ask you three times the price which he +hopes to get. + +4. Our penny is divided into four parts; each of these parts is called a +farthing. The Indian penny is divided into twelve parts; each of these +parts is called a "pie." An Indian boy or girl can buy rice or sweets +with one pie. + +5. There are thousands of beggars in India. They go to and fro in front +of the shops begging. The shopkeepers are very kind to them, and never +send them away without a present. + +6. Very good order is kept in the streets. At every street corner stands +a native policeman, dressed in blue, with a flat yellow cap on his head +and a club by his side. Some of the policemen ride horses, and carry +guns and lances. + +[Illustration: {An Indian policeman}] + +7. The parks of Bombay are large open spaces covered with grass. Round +them are rows of palm trees. In these parks you may see men and boys +playing all sorts of games. + +8. Indians are very fond of cricket, which they play very well. Not many +years ago an Indian prince was one of the best players in England. + +9. Polo is also played in the parks of Bombay. It is an Indian game, but +Britons now play it too. Polo is just hockey on horseback. + +10. The players ride ponies which are very quick and nimble. Each player +carries a mallet with a very long handle. With this mallet he strikes a +wooden ball and tries to drive it between the goal posts. + +11. Last night I stopped to watch some Indian boys playing marbles. When +Tom plays the game, he places the marble between his thumb and +forefinger and shoots it out with his thumb. + +12. The Indian boy does not shoot the marble in this way at all. He +presses back the second finger of one hand with the forefinger of the +other. Then he lets go and strikes the marble with the finger that was +bent back. Some of the boys are very clever at this game. + +13. Bombay has some very fine buildings. On the top of most of them you +see the Union Jack, the flag of Britain. Not only Bombay but all India +belongs to Britain. I hope you are all well.--Best love. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +12. OUR INDIAN COUSIN. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am now in the north of India, not far from the +great river Ganges. It is a long railway journey from Bombay to this +place. I have been in the train two days and two nights. + +2. I am now beginning to understand what a vast land India is. Do you +know that it would make sixteen lands as large as our own? One in every +five of all the people on earth lives in India. + +3. Perhaps you can guess why I have made this long journey from Bombay. +My brother, your uncle, is the chief man in this part of the country. He +and I have been parted for many years. I am now living in his house. + +4. Let me tell you about little Hugh, your cousin. He was born in India +seven years ago, and he has never been to England. He hopes to come +"home" to see you all in a few months' time. + +5. Hugh's home is a big house, all on the ground floor. It has no +upstairs. The rooms are very large and lofty. This is because the +weather is very hot for the greater part of the year. If the rooms were +not large and high, they would be too hot to live in. + +[Illustration: {Hugh's house}] + +6. In every room there is a beam of wood with a short curtain hanging +from it. This is the punkah. The beam is hung from the roof by ropes. In +the hot weather a boy sits outside and pulls the punkah to and fro with +a rope. In this way he makes a little breeze, which keeps the room cool. + +7. The roof of the house juts out all round and is held up by pillars. +We sit outside, under the roof, whenever we can. During the heat of the +day we must stay indoors. + +8. The garden round the house is very large. There are many tall palm +trees in it. Some of the other trees bear most beautiful blossoms of +crimson, yellow, and blue. All along the front of the house are many +flowerpots, in which roses and other English flowers are growing. + +9. A few days ago little Hugh came to me and asked if he might show me +what he called "the compound." I said "Yes." So he took my hand and led +me away. + +10. First he showed me the gardener. He is a short, dark man, and he +squats down to do his work. He is a very good gardener, and he is proud +of his flowers. Every morning he comes to the house with a flower for +Hugh's father and mother and uncle. + +[Illustration: {Gardener at work}] + +11. Next, Hugh took me to see the well. It is behind the house. The +mouth of the well is on the top of a mound. To reach it you must walk up +a sloping road. Above the mouth of the well there is a wheel. + +12. A rope runs over this wheel. At one end of the rope there is a large +leather bag. The other end of the rope is fastened to the necks of a +pair of bullocks. + +[Illustration: The Village Well. + +(From the picture by W. Simpson, R.I.)] + + * * * * * + +13. IN THE GARDEN. + + +1. The bullocks walk backwards up the sloping road. This lowers the +leather bag into the well, where it is filled with water. Then the +bullocks walk down the sloping road. This pulls the bag up to the mouth +of the well. + +2. A man empties the water out of the bag into a tank by the side of the +well. The water runs out of this tank into the garden, where it spreads +out into many little streams. It is this water which makes the trees, +the plants, and the grass grow so well in the garden. + +[Illustration: {Oxen drawing water from a well}] + +3. If the garden were not watered in this way, it would soon be brown +and bare. For many months at a time no rain falls in India. Then dust a +foot deep lies on the roads, and the ground cracks with the heat. + +4. When the dry season is over the rain begins to fall. It comes down in +torrents for days together. In some places more rain falls in a single +day than we have in a whole year. + +5. During the "rains" the rivers become full to the brim, and the whole +land is fresh and green. Sometimes the "rains" do not come at all. Then +the crops wither away, and the people starve. + +6. In our country we are never sure of the weather. It changes so often +that we talk about it a great deal. In India nobody talks about the +weather. During seven months of the year every day is fine. + +7. In our country we almost always have plenty of water for our crops, +and for drinking and washing. Plenty of fresh water is a great blessing +to a land. In many parts of India water is very scarce. + +8. I told you that the great river Ganges is not far away from little +Hugh's home. This grand river begins in the mountains of North India. I +wish you could see these mountains. They are the highest on earth. They +rise up from the plains like a huge wall, and their tops are always +covered with fields of ice and snow. + +9. These ice-fields slowly move down the mountain sides. Then they melt, +and this gives rise to the Ganges and to the other great rivers of North +India. + +10. Millions of the Indian people love the Ganges, and they have good +reason to do so. It gives water and food to more than twice as many +people as dwell in the British Islands. + +11. Many Indians think that every drop of water in the river is holy. +They believe that if they bathe in its waters their souls will be washed +clean from sin. + +[Illustration: {Town on the Ganges}] + +12. There is a town by the side of the Ganges which the Indians say is +the holiest place on earth. It is full of temples. Millions of Indians +visit these temples every year. + +13. All along the river bank there are stone steps leading down to the +water. Standing in the stream are men and women and children who have +come from all parts of India. They wash themselves in the stream, and +pour the holy water over their heads as they pray. + +14. People who are very ill are carried to this place, that they may die +by the side of "Mother Ganges." They die happy if they can see her or +hear the sound of her waters during their last moments. + +15. When they die their bodies are taken to the steps. There they are +washed in the river water, and are placed on piles of wood. Friends set +fire to the wood, and soon the bodies are burnt to ashes. These ashes +are thrown into the stream, which bears them to the distant ocean. + + * * * * * + +14. INDIAN BOYS AND GIRLS. + + +1. I am very fond of going about the streets with your uncle. The Indian +children always amuse me. + +2. When Indians grow up they are rather grave and sad. The children, +however, are always bright and merry. Indian fathers and mothers are +very fond of their boys. They care very little for their girls. + +3. Boys soon become men in India. They begin work at an early age, and +they are married when they are about sixteen. Girls are married a few +years younger. + +4. Almost every boy follows the trade of his father. A farmer's son +becomes a farmer, a weaver's son becomes a weaver, and so on. + +5. Many of the boys go to school, but not many of the girls. They, poor +things, begin to work in the house or in the field almost as soon as +they can walk. Much of the hard rough work in India is done by poor +women and girls. + +6. A rich father keeps his girls shut up in the back part of his house. +Their faces are never seen by any man except those of their own family. +If they go out of the house, they cover themselves from head to foot +with a thick veil. Sometimes they are carried from place to place in a +closely shut box on poles. + +7. Are you not sorry for these poor rich girls? I am. They can never +play merry games with boy friends, or go for long walks in the country. + +8. They know nothing of the beautiful world in which they live. Their +rooms are fine, their dresses are grand, and their jewels are lovely; +but they are only poor prisoners after all. + +9. Yesterday I went with your uncle to see a village school. There were +only twenty boys in it. The roof was off the schoolhouse, so the classes +were held in the open air. + +[Illustration: {A village schoolhouse}] + +10. The boys sat on forms, just as you do. The teacher wrote on a +blackboard, and taught the children to do sums with a ball frame. Each +boy had a reading-book. It was not printed in English, but in the tongue +spoken in that part of the country. + +11. Some of the boys wrote in copy-books, but most of them wrote on thin +boards, which they used instead of slates. Instead of a pencil they used +a pen made of a reed. + +12. Chalk was ground up and wetted in a little cup. The boys dipped +their reed pens into the cup, just as you dip your steel pen into the +ink. The letters and figures which they wrote were very different from +ours. + +13. Some of the boys read their books very well, and worked hard sums. +They sang "God save the King" for me in their own tongue. + +14. In the towns there are large and good schools. Some of the scholars +are very clever indeed. I think Indian boys are much fonder of their +lessons than our boys. + + * * * * * + +15. ELEPHANTS AND TIGERS. + + +1. In his last letter Tom asked me to tell him something about elephants +and tigers. I will try to do so. + +2. Yesterday your uncle and I went out to shoot pigeons. An Indian +chief, or rajah, lent us an elephant to carry us to the shooting ground. + +[Illustration: AN INDIAN RAJAH.] + +3. A driver sat on the neck of the huge animal. Instead of a whip he had +a goad of sharp steel. I did not see him prick the elephant with this +goad. He guided the animal with voice and hand. + +4. On the elephant's back there was a large pad upon which we were to +sit. I could see no ladder, so I wondered how I was to climb up. Just +then the elephant knelt down on his hind legs. + +5. Your uncle showed me how to get up. "Here," he said, "is a ladder of +two steps. The first step is the elephant's foot, the second is the loop +of his tail." + +6. He held the end of the elephant's tail in his hand and bent it to +make a loop. When I put my foot on it he lifted the tail, and in this +way helped me on to the elephant's back. + +7. When your uncle had climbed up, the elephant jogged off at a good +pace. He went along rough, narrow paths, over ditches and the beds of +streams. Never once did he make a false step. + +8. An elephant costs a great deal of money. Only princes and rich men +can afford to keep them. Sometimes a great prince has as many as a +hundred elephants in his stables. + +9. When a prince rides through a city in state his elephants wear rich +cloths, which are studded with gems. Sometimes the elephants' heads are +painted and their tusks are covered with gold. + +10. In the drawing-room of your uncle's house there is a beautiful tiger +skin. The tiger that used to wear this skin was shot by your uncle about +three years ago. + +[Illustration: {Tiger skin rug}] + +11. It was a man-eating tiger--that is, an old tiger that could no +longer run fast enough to catch deer. This man-eater used to hide near a +village. He would creep up silently behind men and women, and stun them +with a blow of his paw. Then he would drag them away and eat them. + +12. The people of the village came to your uncle and begged him to kill +the man-eater. He agreed to do so. Near to the tiger's drinking-place a +little hut was built in a tree. One night your uncle sat in this hut +with his gun on his knee, waiting for the tiger to come. + +13. Slowly the hours went by, and your uncle felt sure that the tiger +had gone to another place to drink. Just as he was thinking of going +home to bed the huge animal crept into the moonlight. + +14. Nearer and nearer he came. Then your uncle lifted his gun, took a +steady aim, and shot the tiger through the heart. + +[Illustration: {Tiger being shot}] + +15. In the morning there was great joy among the people of the village +because their fierce foe was dead. They hung garlands of flowers round +your uncle's neck, and sang his praises in many songs. + +[Illustration: A Tiger Shoot. + +(From the picture by Edgar H. Fisher, in the Royal Academy, 1911.)] + +16. Now I must close this very long letter.--Best love to you all. +FATHER. + + * * * * * + +16. A LETTER FROM BURMA.--I. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Since I last wrote to you I have visited several +of the large cities of India. A week ago I was in the largest city of +all. + +2. On Christmas morning I sailed down the mouth of the Ganges into the +open sea, on my way to the country of Burma. + +3. Now I am in the chief town of Burma, and you will expect me to tell +you something about the land and its people. From what I have seen, I +think Burma is a prettier country than India. + +4. In the chief town there seem to be people from many lands. I saw +Chinamen, with their pigtails hanging down their backs. I also saw +Indians from across the sea, and white men from our own country. Of +course, there were also many Burmese, as the people of Burma are called. + +5. Kate and May will like to hear something about the Burmese girls and +women. They are not at all sad like the Indians, but are very bright and +gay. As I write these lines I see a party of Burmese girls passing my +window, I can hear them laughing. + +6. They are very dainty in their dress. One girl wears a skirt of pink +silk and a blouse of light green. She has bracelets on her arms, +ear-rings in her ears, a string of coral round her neck, and flowers in +her hair. + +[Illustration: {Burmese woman carrying an umbrella}] + +7. In one hand she carries a bamboo sunshade; in the other she holds a +big paper cigar! She is very fond of smoking, and you never see her +without a cigar. On her feet she wears sandals. + +8. The men are gentle and rather lazy. The women have far more "go" in +them than the men. Many of them keep shops, and are very good traders. +The wife is the chief person in every home. + +9. The men also wear skirts, and sometimes their jackets are very gay. +They wrap a handkerchief of pink, or of some other bright colour, round +their head. + +[Illustration: {A Burmese man}] + +10. The Burmese worship Buddha, a prince who lived more than two +thousand years ago. He was a very noble man, and he gave up all the +pleasant things of life that nothing might turn his thoughts from +goodness. + +11. Amongst other things he taught men to be kind to animals. All +animals are well treated in Burma. + +12. All over the land you see temples to Buddha. These temples grow +narrower and narrower the higher they rise. They all end in a spire +above which there is a kind of umbrella. It is made of metal, and all +round its edge are silver or golden bells, which make pretty music as +they are blown to and fro by the wind. + +13. By the side of many of these temples you may see a great image of +Buddha. Most of the images are made of brass. The Burmese pray before +these images, and offer flowers and candles and rice to them. + +[Illustration: {Statue of Buddha}] + + * * * * * + +17. A LETTER FROM BURMA.--II. + + +1. Wherever you go in Burma you see monks. They have shaven heads, and +they wear yellow robes. Every morning they go out to beg. Boys in yellow +robes go with them, and carry large bowls in their hands. + +2. The people come out of their houses and put food into the bowls. The +monks do not thank them. They say that he who gives is more blessed than +he who takes. + +3. The monks live in houses built of teak wood. In every village you can +see a monk's house standing in a grove of palm trees. In these houses +the monks keep school. + +4. Every Burmese boy lives for some time in one of the monks' houses. +Here he learns to read and write, and is taught to be a good man. + +5. I went to see the most beautiful of all the monks' houses. It is in a +city far up in the country. The building is of dark-brown teak wood, and +has many roofs, one above the other. It is covered with carving, and +here and there it is gilded. + +6. Many boys in yellow robes were playing beneath the trees. They were +the scholars of the school. One of the boys told me that he was never +going to leave the place. When he was old enough he meant to be a monk. + +[Illustration: {Burmese boy in robes}] + +7. In the city I saw the palace of the king from whom we took Burma. It +stands inside a large space, with high walls all round it. Outside the +wall is a broad ditch full of water. When I saw the ditch it was +overgrown with water-plants covered with pink blossoms. + +8. Many buildings, something like the monks' houses, form the king's +palace. Some of the buildings are very richly carved, and are covered +with gold leaf. Inside one of them I saw great teak pillars, also +covered with gold. + +9. The chief building ends in a very lofty spire, with a beautiful metal +umbrella above it. The Burmese used to believe that this spire was in +the very middle of the earth. + +10. Another fine building is a high lookout tower. From the top of it +there is a grand view. On one side I saw a hill covered with temples. At +the foot of the hill there were four hundred and fifty of these temples. +There must be thousands of them in and near the city. + +11. As I drove to my hotel last night I saw a number of boys playing +Burmese football. They do not take sides, nor do they try to kick goals. +The football is made of basket-work. + +12. The boys stand round in a ring, and the game is to keep the ball +from touching the ground. The boys pass the ball from one to the other +by knocking it up with their heads, arms, hands, legs, or toes. Some of +the boys are very clever at this game. + +[Illustration: {Boys playing Burmese football}] + +13. Burma has many beautiful rivers and some fine mountains. By the side +of the rivers much rice is grown. Away in the north there are grand +forests filled with wild animals. Tigers are often shot within twenty +miles of the old king's palace. + +14. Now I have filled my paper, and I must bring this letter to an end. +I hope you are all well and happy. I am leaving Burma tomorrow.--Best +love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +18. A LETTER FROM CEYLON. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--A week ago I landed in the beautiful island of +Ceylon. It lies to the south of India. Get mother to show it to you on +the globe. + +2. I am still under the British flag, the Union Jack. I can see it +waving from the top of a big building. The people of Ceylon are proud to +call themselves British. + +3. I have just been for a ride through the streets of the chief town. I +rode in a rickshaw--that is, a kind of large baby-carriage drawn by a +man. My rickshaw had rubber on its wheels, so we went along very +smoothly and quickly. + +[Illustration: {Rickshaw with passenger}] + +4. Some of the carts are drawn by little bullocks that trot along as +fast as a pony. I often meet carts with a high cover of thatch. These +carts carry the tea, which grows on the hills, down to the ships in the +harbour. + +5. Some of the men of Ceylon wear tortoise-shell combs in their hair. +They are very proud of these combs, and some of them are very handsome. + +[Illustration: {Ceylon family--a man, a woman, and two babies}] + +6. The children of Ceylon seem very happy. They are pretty and clean, +and always obey their parents. Many of them learn to speak and read +English. They love dancing and singing, and they never quarrel. + +[Illustration: Ceylon Girls Playing the Tom-Tom. + +(From the picture by E.A. Hornel. By permission of the Corporation of +Manchester.)] + +7. By the next ship home I am sending mother a chest of tea. The tea +grew on the hills of Ceylon. I made a journey to these hills by train. +On the way we passed through thick forests, and by the side of beautiful +rivers. + +8. Ceylon is very rich in plants and trees. The cocoanut palm grows +almost everywhere. On one of the rivers I saw a raft of cocoanuts. A man +swam behind it and pushed it along. + +[Illustration: {Cocoanut palm tree}] + +9. With this letter I send you a picture of a tea-garden. Notice the men +and women plucking the leaf. Many of them come from the south of India. +Look at the white planter. He comes, as you know, from our own country. + +[Illustration: IN A CEYLON TEA PLANTATION.] + +10. In the middle of Ceylon there are many high mountains. The highest +is called Adam's Peak. It stands like a great wedge high above the other +hills. + +11. The people of Ceylon believe that it is a holy mountain. They say +that once upon a time Buddha climbed to the top of this mountain. To +prove that he did so they show you his footprint. It is more than five +feet long! + +12. A little temple has been built over the footprint. Men, women, and +children climb the mountain, to lay little gifts before the footprint, +and to strew sweet flowers about it. When this is done, the children +kneel down and ask their parents to bless them. + +13. To-morrow I leave Ceylon on a long voyage to China. You will not +hear from me for several weeks. I hope you are all well, and that you +are still good children.--I remain, your loving Father. + + * * * * * + +19. A LETTER FROM CHINA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Three weeks have gone by since I last wrote to +you. I have made my voyage safely, and I am now in a great city of China +called Canton. + +2. Ask mother to show you China on the globe. You see at once that it is +a vast country. It is larger than the whole of Europe. One-fourth of all +the people in the world live in China. + +3. All round this city of Canton there is a high wall. From the wall the +city seems to be a beautiful place. When, however, you enter it, you +soon find that it is dirty and full of foul smells. + +[Illustration: A Chinese Street. + +(From the picture by T. Hodgson Liddell, R.B.A.)] + +4. The streets are very narrow, and are always crowded with people. Many +of them are roofed in to keep them cool. Most of them are so narrow that +no carriage can pass along them. People who wish to ride must be carried +in a kind of box on the shoulders of two or more men. + +[Illustration: {Person riding in a box}] + +5. I am sure you would like to see the signboards that hang down in +front of the shops. The strange letters on them are painted in gold and +in bright colours. They look very gay indeed. + +6. The shops sell all sorts of things--silk, books, drugs, flowers, +china, and birds. Some of the shops only sell gold and silver paper. The +Chinese burn this paper at the graves of their friends. When they do +this they think that they are sending money for their dead friends to +spend in the other world. + +7. Many things are also sold in the streets. The street traders carry a +bamboo pole across the shoulder. From the ends of this pole they sling +the baskets in which they carry their wares. Many workmen ply their +trades in the open street, and you are sure to see quack doctors, +letter-writers, and money-changers. + +8. The Chinese do in the open street many things which we do inside our +houses. A Chinaman likes to eat his meals where every one can see him. + +9. Sometimes he will sit in front of his house and wash his feet. +Yesterday I saw a man having his tooth drawn out of doors. A crowd stood +round him, watching to see how it was done. + +10. How should you like to go for a ride in a wheelbarrow? In China the +wheelbarrow is often used for carrying people or goods from place to +place. It has a large wheel in the middle. Round the wheel there is a +platform for people or goods. + +[Illustration: {People riding in a wheelbarrow}] + +11. A broad river runs through the city. It is crowded with boats, in +which live many thousands of people. Many of these people never go +ashore at all. + +12. Over the sterns of the boats there are long baskets. These are the +backyards of the floating city. Hens, ducks, geese, and sometimes pigs, +are kept in these baskets. + +[Illustration: {A boy on a boat}] + +13. The little boys who live on the boats have a log of wood fastened to +their waists. This keeps them afloat if they fall overboard. The little +girls have no such lifebelts. In China nobody troubles about the girls. + +14. Nearly all the boats have an eye painted on their bows. Perhaps this +seems strange to you. The Chinese, however, say,-- + + "S'pose no got eye, no can see; + S'pose no can see, no can walkee." + + * * * * * + +20. CHINESE BOYS AND GIRLS. + + +1. Chinese fathers and mothers are very glad when their children are +boys. In China the boys are much petted. Their mothers give way to them, +and let them do as they please. + +2. Girls, however, are not welcome. Sometimes they are called +"Not-wanted" or "Ought-to-have-been-a-boy." + +3. A Chinese boy has always two names, sometimes four. He has one name +when he is a child, and another when he goes to school. He has a third +name when he begins to earn money. When he dies he has a fourth name. + +4. Chinese boys are very fond of flying kites, which are shaped like +fish or butterflies or dragons. Old gentlemen are just as fond of +kite-flying as boys. + +5. In China you will often see boys playing hopscotch or spinning +peg-tops. They also play shuttlecock, but they have no battledore. They +kick the shuttlecock with the sides of their feet. + +6. Chinese boys love to set off fireworks, such as crackers, wheels, and +rockets. If the fireworks make a loud noise, so much the better. + +7. Chinese children are taught to show very great respect to their +parents. They all bow and kneel to their fathers and mothers. A boy who +is not kind and good to his parents is thought to be a wicked wretch. + +8. A few days ago I went to see a Chinese school. The boys sit on stools +at tiny tables. In front of them they have a stone slab, a stick of +Chinese ink, and some brushes with which they write. + +[Illustration: {A boy at a table at school}] + +9. There is always a great din in a Chinese schoolroom. The boys shout +at the top of their voices. If they do not make a noise, the teacher +thinks that they are not learning. + +10. When a boy knows his lesson he goes up to his master to say it. He +turns his back to his master, and does not face him as you do. + +11. A Chinese boy becomes a man at sixteen years of age. He chooses his +work in life when he is quite a baby. Let me tell you how he does it. + +12. When he is one year old he is seated in the middle of such things as +money, books, and pens. Then the parents watch him to see what he will +play with. + +13. If he takes up the money, they say that he must be a trader or a +banker. If he takes up a book or a pen, they say that he must be a +writer or a teacher or a scholar. + + * * * * * + +21. HAIR, FINGERS, AND TOES. + + +1. Chinese men shave their heads, all but a small patch of hair. This is +allowed to grow very long, and is plaited into a pigtail. I have seen +Chinamen with coloured ribbons woven into their pigtails. + +[Illustration: {Two Chinamen}] + +2. When men are at work they twine their pigtails round their heads. +When they wish to show respect to any person they let down their +pigtails. A man who has a long, thick pigtail is very proud of it. + +3. Sometimes men who are sent to prison have their pigtails cut off. +This is thought to be a great disgrace. When they leave prison they buy +false pigtails to wear. + +4. When Chinamen fight they pull each other about by the pigtail. +Sometimes a schoolmaster punishes bad boys with his pigtail. + +5. Rich women are very proud of their tiny feet. Chinese ladies can wear +shoes about four inches long. Fancy mother wearing a doll's shoes! + +[Illustration: {Chinese women holding fans}] + +6. Girls have their feet bound up tightly when they are five years of +age. The bandages are made tighter every week, until the foot stops +growing. Of course, the poor girls suffer very much. The Chinese have a +saying: "Every pair of bound feet costs a bath of tears." + +7. When the girls grow up they cannot walk. They can only totter along, +and they have to lean on the arm of a maid to keep themselves from +falling. + +[Illustration: {Woman walking with the support of her maid}] + +8. I am glad to say that many parents do not now bind the feet of their +girls. They have learnt that it is both wicked and foolish to do so. At +one school in China all the girls have their feet unbound. They skip and +play about almost as well as Kate and May. + +9. You and I think that only dirty, untidy people let their nails grow +long. Rich people in China never cut their nails. They let them grow so +long that they have to wear shields to keep them from being broken. + +10. The dress of a Chinaman is very simple. He wears trousers and +several cotton or silk tunics. The outside tunic has very long, wide +sleeves; these are used as pockets. + +11. The trousers are loose, and are covered up to the knee by white +stockings. When a Chinaman is in full dress he wears a long gown. The +Chinese boy wears the same kind of clothes as his father. Every man, +woman, and child carries a fan. + +12. Chinese boots are made of cloth or satin, never of leather. The +soles are made of rags or paper. We blacken the uppers of our boots. +Chinamen whiten the soles of theirs. + +[Illustration: {Chinese boots}] + +13. Now I must end this letter. When I come home you must ask me to tell +you about the rice fields and the silk farms and the Great Wall. I have +a hundred more things to tell you about this wonderful land.--Your +loving FATHER. + +[Illustration: A Rich Chinaman's House. + +(From the photograph by J. Thomson, F.R.G.S.)] + + * * * * * + +22. A LETTER FROM JAPAN. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Once more I have made a long sea voyage, and once +more I am safely on shore. I am now in Japan. + +2. The Japs live on islands, just as we do. They are brave and clever +and busy, and they have many fine warships. Because of all these things +they are sometimes called the Britons of the Far East. + +3. Most of the people in the East are very backward. They have stood +still while the people of the West have gone forward. Not so the Japs. +They have learnt everything that the West can teach them. You will see +in Japan all the things on which we pride ourselves. + +4. The Japs are first-rate sailors. Some of their captains learnt to be +sailors on board our warships. They are also fine soldiers. You know +that not many years ago they beat the Russians both by land and by sea. + +5. I like the Japs better than any other people that I have met in the +East. Many of them still wear the dress of olden days, and keep to their +simple and pretty ways. Their country is beautiful, and they love +beautiful things. + +6. They are very fond indeed of flowers, which they grow very well. +Their gardens are lovely. When the flowers are in bloom the Japs troop +in thousands to see them. It is pretty to watch the delight of fathers +and mothers and children at the form, colour, and scent of the flowers. + +7. The Japs are very clever workmen. I have often stood and watched them +at work. They always try to beat their own best. Good work of any kind +gives them joy; bad work gives them pain. + +8. I have bought Jap fans for Kate and May. On these fans there are +pictures of a snow-clad mountain shaped like a sugar loaf. There is no +more beautiful mountain in all the world. + +[Illustration: {Snowy mountain}] + +9. This mountain began as a hole in the ground. Melted rocks boiled up +out of the hole and built up the mountain. In time the rocks grew cool +and hard. Some Japs believe that it was formed in a single night! + +10. Steam still comes out of a crack in the side of the mountain. This +shows that any day melted rocks may boil forth again. About two hundred +years ago the mountain threw out so much ash that it covered a town +sixty miles away. + +11. Sometimes the earth shakes and opens in great cracks. When the earth +"quakes" houses tumble down, and the tops of tall trees snap off. Very +often lives are lost. + + * * * * * + +23. JAP CHILDREN. + + +1. When a Jap boy is born there is great joy in his home. His mother's +friends all come to see him. They bring him presents, such as toys, +dried fish, and eggs. + +2. Very early in his life the little Jap baby is strapped on to his +sister's back. He goes with her wherever she goes. If the weather is +cold, the little girl covers him with her coat. When the sun is hot she +shelters him with her sunshade. + +3. When she plays she jumps and skips and runs about, and all the time +baby's little head jerks to and fro. He does not mind; he is quite +happy. You never hear a Jap baby cry. + +4. When a boy is about three years of age he learns to walk. He soon +finds his feet, and runs about on high wooden clogs. + +5. Jap boys are fond of pets and games. Wherever a boy goes he carries +with him a long pole. With this he makes flying leaps and does many +clever tricks. + +6. Every boy in Japan wishes to be either a soldier or a sailor when he +grows up. Even tiny little mites play with flags and drums and little +guns. When the boys are older they are taught to be brave, and to die if +need be for their country. + +7. The great day of the year for Jap boys is the fifth day of the fifth +month. On this day the Feast of Flags is held. Over each house where +there is a boy you see big paper fish floating in the air. + +[Illustration: {Flags on poles outside houses}] + +8. The shops are then full of toys. Most of the toys are soldiers, and +sometimes they are like the soldiers of olden days. Some are on foot, +and some are on horseback; some are generals, and some are drummers. + +[Illustration: The Toy Seller. + +(From the water-colour painting by H.E. Tidmarsh.)] + +9. The boys love to play at war. You can always make Jap boys happy by +giving them a toy army to play with. + +10. The greatest day of the year for the girls is the Feast of Dolls. On +this day the girls give doll parties to their little friends. All the +dolls, however old, are brought out and dressed up in fine new clothes. +The Feast of Dolls is a time of great fun and laughter. + +11. Jap children now play many of our games. They are very fond of +"prisoner's base," "fox and geese," and "tag." The boys love +kite-flying. + +[Illustration: {Children at play}] + +12. Sometimes they put glass on the strings of their kites, and with it +try to cut the strings of other boys' kites. They are very clever at +this game, and there is great laughter when a string is cut. + +13. In the house, during the day, girls like to blow soap bubbles. At +dusk they are fond of hunting fire-flies, and driving them to and fro +with fans. + +14. In the summer they catch grasshoppers, and keep them in small bamboo +cages. They say that the chirping of the grasshoppers brings them good +luck. + +15. All Japs are polite--even boys. When a boy goes to the house of a +friend he squats on his heels. Then he places his hands on the floor, +and bows until his forehead touches his toes. This he does again and +again, and all the time he speaks very politely. + +[Illustration: {Boys bowing}] + +16. Jap children are taught to be very kind and helpful to their elders, +and to the poor and the weak. Yesterday I saw a little girl run from her +mother to take the hand of a blind man and lead him across the street. + +17. Now, my dears, I must end this letter. To-morrow I start on my +homeward way. I shall sail across the ocean to the great land of +America. I hope you are all well, good, and happy. Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +24. A LETTER FROM CANADA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Look at the globe in my room and find Japan. Then +find America. You will see that a broad ocean lies between them. It is +called the Pacific Ocean. I have crossed this ocean, and I am now in the +great country of Canada. + +2. I am sure that you cannot guess where I am writing this letter. I am +writing it in the train. I have already been three days in the train, +and I am only half-way across Canada. + +3. I am glad to say that I am once more under the Union Jack. The whole +land of Canada is British, from sea to sea. Our flag floats above every +city. + +4. The first part of my journey pleased me most. The train ran through a +beautiful country, filled with splendid trees. Some of them are as high +as a church tower, and have trunks many yards round. There are no finer +trees in all the world. + +5. Later in the day our train ran by the side of a rushing river, which +was deep down in a narrow valley between the mountains. + +6. In this river there are millions of salmon. I saw men catching them. +You will see tins of salmon from this river in most of the grocers' +shops at home. + +7. As the train ran on, the mountains rose higher and higher, until +their tops were covered with snow. We then began to cross the great +Rocky Mountains. Up and up the train climbed, until the rails reached +their highest point. + +[Illustration: {The Rocky Mountains}] + +8. Then we began to descend. We ran through dark clefts in the rocks, +along the edges of steep cliffs, across rivers, and by the side of +lakes. High above us were the snowy mountain tops. It was all very grand +and very beautiful. + +9. At last we left the mountains behind us and reached the plains. We +are now speeding over these plains. The country is as flat as the palm +of your hand. Here and there, far apart, I can see farm-houses. On these +plains the best wheat in the world is grown. + +10. In winter the whole land is covered deep with snow, and the rivers +are frozen over. In April winter gives place to spring. Then the snow +melts, and the ice on the rivers breaks up. + +11. No sooner has the snow gone than the wheat begins to spring up. The +wheat grows very fast and ripens very quickly. Much of it is sent to +Britain. Very likely the loaf which you ate for breakfast this morning +was made of wheat which grew on the plains of Canada. + +[Illustration: Harvest-Time in Canada. + +(From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind permission of the +C.P.R. Co.)] + +12. In other parts of Canada there are forests which cover thousands of +miles of country. The trees in these forests are cut down, and are made +into planks which are sent to all parts of the world. + +13. The trees are felled during winter. Their trunks are piled up by the +side of a river. When the thaw comes they are thrown into the water. Men +follow them and push them back into the water if they drift ashore. + +[Illustration: {Men rolling logs}] + +14. The stream carries the logs down to the sawmills, where they are cut +up into planks. Love to all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +25. CHILDREN OF CANADA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am staying for a few days with a friend who has +a farm on the plains. His house is five miles from the railway. + +2. My friend met me at the station with a motor car, and drove me over +rough roads between huge fields. There are no hedges in this part of the +country. The fields are divided from each other by fences. + +3. This farm is much larger than any farm which you have seen in +England. The house is built of wood. All round it is a pretty garden. +Not far away are the stables and the barns. + +[Illustration: {Large farmhouse}] + +4. I am sure you would like to hear something about the farmer's +children. There are three of them--a girl and two boys. The girl is the +youngest, and she is about eight years of age. + +5. All the children make themselves very useful in the house. Servants +are hard to get in Canada, so people must learn to help themselves. The +boys clean the boots and chop wood. The girls think nothing of helping +to scrub the floors. + +6. After breakfast the children trudge off to school, which is three +miles away. They take their lunch with them. When they return in the +evening they have many odd jobs to do. + +7. In the playground of their school you will see many young trees +growing. There are very few trees on the plains, and far more are +needed. + +[Illustration: {Canadian schoolhouse}] + +8. On one day in each year the children make holiday, and plant trees in +the school grounds. The teacher tells them that when they grow up they +must plant trees on their farms. + +9. Harvest is the busiest time of the year. Then the children rise at +half-past four, and work all day long in the fields. Every one who can +work at all must do so at harvest time. + +10. There is also plenty of work to be done in the autumn. Everything +needed in the house must be brought in before the snow begins to fall. + +11. Winter is the real holiday time. No work can then be done on the +land. The rivers and lakes are frozen, and everywhere there is plenty of +skating. The wheels are taken off the carriages, and runners are put on +instead. Horses draw them very swiftly over the frozen snow. + +12. Look at the picture post-card which I send you with this letter. It +shows you how Canadian boys are dressed in winter. On the ground you see +a pair of snow-shoes. The boys can travel very quickly on these +snow-shoes without sinking into the snow. + +[Illustration: Boys of Canada in winter.] + +13. In the picture you also see a toboggan. It is a small sledge. The +boy drags his toboggan up to the top of a hill. He seats himself on it +and pushes off. Away he goes over the frozen snow like an arrow from a +bow. It is splendid fun. + +14. Those boys and girls whose homes are in towns live very much as you +do. They go to school, and they play in the streets and parks. When +summer comes many of them go to the seaside or to the lakeside for a +holiday. + +15. Sometimes a whole family goes camping in the woods. They then live +in tents or in little huts by the side of a river or a lake. What happy +times the children have! They go fishing, they bathe, and they dart to +and fro in canoes. + +16. Most of the young folks of Canada are strong and healthy. They are +happy and bright, and they are not afraid of work. No children are more +useful to their parents than the boys and girls of Canada. + + * * * * * + +26. THE RED MEN. + + +1. Tom will not forgive me unless I tell you something about the Red men +of America. He has often asked me about the picture of Red men which is +in my room at home.[1] + +[1] See page 102. {Page 102 contains the illustration below} + +[Illustration: Red Men and White Men. + +(From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind permission of the +C.P.R. Co.)] + +2. In the old days, before white men settled in America, the Red men +were masters of the land. They were tall and strong, and their skin was +of a dark copper colour. Their eyes were jet black, and their hair was +long and straight. + +[Illustration: {Red men in wigwams}] + +3. They wore very little clothing, even though the winters in North +America are very cold. From the time when they were babies they were +trained to bear heat and cold, hunger, thirst, and pain without +grumbling. + +4. When the white men landed in America, the villages of the Red men +were to be found all over the country. Each of these villages was the +home of a tribe. The houses were tents made of skin or huts made of +wood. + +5. The women or squaws did all the hard work. They planted and tilled +the fields, cooked the food, and made the clothes. The babies were put +into little bark cradles, which were sometimes hung from the branches of +trees, and were rocked to and fro by the wind. + +6. The Red men were nearly always at war, either amongst themselves or +against the white men. In battle they were very crafty and skilful. +Those who fell into their hands were sometimes treated very cruelly. + +7. Before the Red men went on the "warpath" they painted their faces, so +as to frighten their foes. Then they took up their bows and hatchets, +and, following their leader, strode silently away. + +8. The Red men did not care to fight in the open. They always tried to +catch their foes asleep or to take them by surprise. + +9. In those days the land was full of deer and other wild animals. On +the great plains where the wheat now grows huge herds of bison used to +feed. + +10. The Red men hunted the bison on their swift little ponies. When they +were close to the animals they shot at them with arrows. If the arrows +missed their mark, the Red men killed the bison with their knives. + +[Illustration: {Red men on horseback hunting bison}] + +11. When the white men came they hunted the bison with guns, and soon +killed them off. Only a few bisons remain, and these are now kept in +parks. + +12. There are not many Red men left in North America. Most of them have +died off. Many of those who now remain have given up their old way of +living. + + * * * * * + +27. THE ESKIMOS. + + +1. Here is another picture for you. Look at it carefully. It shows you +the people who live in the far north of Canada. They are called Eskimos. + +[Illustration: Amongst the Eskimos.] + +2. In the upper part of the picture you see a man on a sledge. He is +dressed in furs, and has fur gloves on his hands. His head and ears are +covered with a hood. In the far north of Canada the cold is so bitter in +winter that men's hands and ears would be frost-bitten if they were not +kept warm in this way. + +3. In winter the sea and the land are thickly frozen over. The whole +country is covered with ice and snow. The Eskimo has to travel over the +ice to get from place to place. He uses a sledge drawn by dogs. There is +a team of dogs in the upper part of the picture. + +4. Sometimes the sledge is overturned, and the men and dogs are thrown +into deep, wide cracks in the ice. Sometimes fierce storms arise, and +men and dogs perish together. Sometimes food runs short, and they die of +hunger. + +5. In the middle part of the picture you see a tent. The Eskimos can +only live in tents during the short summers; during the long dark +winters they live in huts. The walls are made of stones and sods. The +roof is of wood which has drifted to their shores. You must remember +that no trees will grow in these very cold lands. + +6. Some Eskimos make their winter houses of blocks of snow, with sheets +of ice for the windows. Perhaps you shiver at the thought of living in a +snow house, but you need not do so. + +[Illustration: {Snow house}] + +7. Really, a snow house is quite a snug home. The snow keeps in the heat +of the house, just as a blanket keeps in the heat of your body. Perhaps +you know that it is the blanket of snow spread over the ground in winter +which keeps the roots of the plants from being frozen. + +8. When summer comes, the snow and ice melt along the edge of the sea. +Then the Eskimo leaves his winter quarters for the seashore. + +9. The sea-shores of these very cold lands abound in bears, seals, +foxes, and other wild animals. The sea is full of fish, and millions of +gulls, geese, and other birds fly north for the summer. + +[Illustration: {Polar bear}] + +10. When a boy is ten years of age his father gives him a bow and arrows +and a canoe. Then he thinks himself a man indeed. In the lower part of +the picture you see a man in an Eskimo canoe. He is going to hunt seals +and small whales. + +11. Now I must bring this long letter to a close. I shall write you one +more before I start for home. I am eager to see you all again.--Your +loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +28. FATHER'S LAST LETTER. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--This is the last letter which I shall write to you +from abroad. I hope to sail for home in a week's time. I shall send you +a telegram to tell you when I shall arrive. You must all come to the +station to meet me. + +2. Look at the globe and find North America. The northern half is called +Canada, and the southern half is called the United States. I am now in +New York, the largest city of the United States. + +3. The people of the United States speak English. The forefathers of +many of them came from our islands. But the United States do not belong +to Britain. Their flag is not the Union Jack, but the Stars and Stripes. + +4. This morning at breakfast a black man waited upon me. His skin was +very dark, his lips were thick, and his hair was short and curly. + +5. Are you not surprised to hear that there are black men in America? +There are thousands of them in New York. In the southern part of the +United States there are more black men than white men. + +6. Most of the black men live in the hot part of the United States, +where cotton and sugar are grown. White people cannot work in the cotton +or sugar fields, because the sun is too hot for them. + +7. The black people who live in the United States were born in America. +They have never known any other land. America, however, is not their +real home. They really belong to Africa. + +8. How is it that we now find them in America? When the white men of +America began to grow cotton and sugar, they needed black men to work in +the fields. Men called "slavers" went to Africa in ships. They landed +and pushed inland. When they came to villages they seized the people and +drove them off to the ships. + +9. The poor blacks, who were thus dragged from their home and kindred, +were thrust into the holds of ships and carried to America. Sometimes +they suffered much on the voyage. The weakest of them died, and were +thrown overboard. + +10. When they reached America they were sold to the cotton-growers and +sugar-growers, who carried them off to work in the fields. Sometimes +they were kindly treated; sometimes they were flogged to make them work. +But whether kindly or cruelly treated, they were no longer men and +women, but slaves. + +11. This went on for many years. At last some kind-hearted men in the +northern states said, "It is wicked to own slaves. All the slaves in +America shall be set free." + +12. The farmers of the south were very angry when they heard this, and +said that they would not free their slaves. Then a fierce war broke out. +The North beat the South, and when the war came to an end all the slaves +in America were set free. + +13. The blacks still work in the cotton and sugar and tobacco fields; +but they now work for wages, just as I do. They are free to come and go +as they please. + +[Illustration: {Five black children}] + +14. The darkies are very merry and full of fun. When their work is over +they love to sing and dance to the music of the banjo. Some of their +songs are very pretty. I will sing some of them to you when I come home. +Good-bye, dears. I shall soon be with you now.--Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +29. HOME AGAIN. + + +1. The telegram came soon after breakfast. Father was coming home that +very day. We were so delighted that we sang and danced and clapped our +hands, just like the darkies. + +2. Mother was very busy. "You must all come and help me," she said. "The +house must be made beautiful for father's return." + +3. May and I worked with mother, but the day passed very slowly. +Father's train was to arrive at six o'clock. By half-past five we were +all at the station waiting for him. + +4. At last the train steamed in, and out jumped father. Oh, how we +hugged and kissed him! Father was well, and he looked very brown. + +5. I sat next to him in the cab. He told us that his ship had only +reached Liverpool that morning. He had taken the first train for home, +because he wished to see us so much. + +[Illustration: {Father in cab with one of his daughters}] + +6. After tea he opened one of his boxes. "I have brought each of you a +present," he said. "Sit down, and I will show you some pretty things." + +7. Mother's present was a dress from India. It had gold and beetles' +wings on it. They were a lovely shiny green, just like jewels. + +8. My present was a necklace of beautiful blue stones. May's was a +dolly, dressed just like an Indian lady. Tom's was a kite from Japan. It +was shaped just like a dragon. Of course, we were all delighted with our +gifts. + +9. Then father told us many things about his travels. "I have been right +round the world," he said. "I sailed to the East, and I went on and on +until I returned to the place from which I set out." + +[Illustration: {Father at home with his family}] + +"I know," cried Tom. "I have followed you all round the world on the +globe." + +10. May was sitting on father's knee. "Dad," she said, "I suppose you +are the very first man who has ever been right round the world." "Of +course he is," said Tom. + +11. Father laughed. "No, my dear," he replied; "thousands of men had +been round the world before I was born." + +12. "I'm so sorry," said May. "I did so want to tell the girls at school +that my father was the very first man who ever went round the world." + + + +EXERCISES. + +(_To be worked under the direction of the teacher_) + + * * * * * + +Lesson 1. + +1. The father travelled by train. In what other ways might he have +travelled? Which is the fastest way? Which is the slowest? + +2. What power drives the train? What other work does this power do? + +3. Look carefully at the first picture in this book. Describe it. + +4. Learn: _A globe is a small model of the earth._ Of what shape is +the earth? Of what shape are the sun, moon, and stars? + + +Lesson 2. + +1. The name of the town on the seashore (par. 2) is Dover. Turn to the +picture on page 11 {Illustration entitled "The White Cliffs of Dover"} +and describe the cliffs of Dover as seen from the sea. + +2. The distance between Dover and Calais is only twenty-one miles. +Learn: _A narrow passage of water joining two seas is called a strait._ +The word _strait_ means "narrow." This strait is called the Strait of +Dover. + +3. Model the Strait of Dover in clay or plasticine. Suppose the water +between England and France were to dry up, what would the strait be +then? Write out and learn: _A valley is a hollow between hills or +mountains._ + + +Lesson 3. + +1. The river which runs through Paris is called the Seine. The river +which runs through London is called the Thames. Learn: _A river is a +large stream of fresh water flowing across the land to join another +river, a lake, or the sea._ + +2. Look carefully at the picture on page 14 {Illustration entitled "In +the Gardens"} and describe it. + +3. Compare French boys with English boys. Compare French girls with +English girls. + + +Lesson 4. + +1. Look carefully at the picture on page 18 {Illustration entitled "The +Grape Harvest"} and describe it. + +[Illustration: {Silkworm on mulberry leaf}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of the silkworm and the mulberry leaf. + +3. Why do flowers bloom earlier in the south of France than in England? + +4. Describe the picture on page 20 {Illustration entitled "Games on +Board Father's Ship"}. + + +Lesson 5. + +1. The Nile carries much mud in its waters. If there is a stream near +your school, go to it and get a bottleful of water. Let this water stand +for a time and notice the mud which settles down. Where does this mud +come from? + +[Illustration: {Palm tree}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of a palm tree. The Arabs say that the palm +tree loves to have its foot in the water and its head in the fire. What +do you think this saying means? + +3. Look at the picture on page 23 {Illustration entitled "The Nile in +Flood"}. What animals do you see in the picture? Tell me something about +each of them. + + +Lesson 6. + +[Illustration: {Two pyramids}] + +1. Copy this little drawing of two of the oldest buildings in Egypt. +Such buildings are called _pyramids_. Write out this word six times. You +will see pyramids in the picture on page 23 {Illustration entitled "The +Nile in Flood"}. Of what shape is the ground on which a pyramid stands? +Make a _ground plan_ of a pyramid. + +2. How do we know what the men of Egypt were like in olden times? + +3. The picture on page 25 {Illustration entitled "The Chief City of +Egypt"} shows you a street in Cairo, the chief town of Egypt. Describe +the picture. + + +Lesson 7. + +1. Write out and learn: _A long deep ditch filled with water is called +a canal._ Model a canal in clay or plasticine. What is the difference +between a canal and a strait? + +[Illustration: {Lighthouse}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of a lighthouse. Write out and learn: _A +lighthouse is a tower near the sea. It shows a bright light at night to +warn sailors of rocks or shallow places._ + +3. Why does a big ship "go slow" through the Suez Canal? + + +Lesson 8. + +1. Write out and learn: _A desert is a rainless tract of country on +which little or nothing will grow._ How can a desert be turned into a +garden? + +[Illustration: {Arab tent}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of an Arab tent. Why do the Arabs who wander +from place to place live in tents? + +3. Write out and learn: _A green spot in a desert is called an +oasis._ Several of these green spots are called _oases_. + + +Lesson 9. + +1. The palm is said to have as many uses as there are days in the year. +Name some of these uses. + +2. Why is the camel called the "ship of the desert"? + +3. Go to a sand heap. Stand on it; you sink in. Put a piece of board on +the sand and stand on it; the board does not sink in much. Now turn to +the picture on page 105 {Illustration entitled "Boys of Canada in +Winter"}. You will see a pair of snow-shoes on the snow. A boy's foot +will sink into the snow. When he stands on the snow-shoes he does not +sink in. Find out why. Notice the camel's foot, and tell me why it does +not sink into the sand. + + +Lesson 10. + +1. In what ways do the people of Bombay differ from the people of your +town or village? + +2. Why are the people of hot lands dark in colour? + +3. Look at the picture on page 47 {Illustration entitled "The Village +Well"}. Describe it. + + +Lesson 11. + +1. What is the difference between our shops and the shops of Bombay? + +2. How do Indian boys play at marbles? + +[Illustration: {The Union Jack}] + +3. Copy this drawing of the Union Jack. Colour it with chalks. + + +Lesson 12. + +1. With a pair of scissors cut out a square of paper. Fold it into two; +then into four; then into eight, and lastly into sixteen. Open out the +paper. If the whole square stands for the size of India, one of the +small squares will stand for the size of our land. + +[Illustration: {Punkah}] + +2. Copy this drawing of a punkah. What is the use of a punkah? + +3. Suppose you forget to water your plants, what happens? Suppose you +water them too much, what happens? + + +Lesson 13. + +1. Write out and learn: _A mountain is land which rises high above the +level of the country round about it. A row of mountains joined together +by high ground is called a mountain range or chain._ + +2. Write out the following:--"Some mountains may be called water savings +banks. The rain freezes as it falls and becomes snow. On very high +mountains this snow never melts. It gets deeper and deeper, and the +lower part turns into ice. This ice creeps slowly down the mountain side +until it comes into air that is warm enough to melt it. The water which +flows away from the ice forms a river. Many large rivers begin in +melting ice-fields." + +3. Describe the picture on page 55 {Illustration of a town on the Ganges}. + + +Lesson 14. + +[Illustration: {Palanquin}] + +1. Make a copy of this little drawing. It shows you a palanquin--that +is, a box carried on poles. Rich ladies are carried from place to place +in India in palanquins of this kind. + +2. Compare the life of a rich Indian girl with that of our girls. + +3. "They sang 'God Save the King' for me." Who is their king? Have the +people of India ever seen him? + + +Lesson 15. + +1. Describe the picture on page 61 {Illustration entitled "An Indian +Rajah"}. + +2. Describe an elephant. Of what use is he? + +3. Tell me what you know of tigers. How are tigers hunted? + + +Lesson 16. + +1. In what way does a Burmese girl differ from an Indian girl? + +2. Copy the drawing of a Burmese girl on page 66 {Illustration of +Burmese woman with an umbrella}. + +3. Write out the following: "The Burmese alphabet is very hard to learn. +Dull boys often take a year to learn it. In the monks' schools the lazy +boys are sometimes punished by being made to carry the hard-working boys +on their backs up and down the schoolroom." + + +Lesson 17. + +1. What is the difference between Burmese football and British football? + +2. Describe the picture on page 68 {Illustration of boys playing Burmese +football}. + +3. Write out the following: "Rice is a grass on which many seeds grow. +These seeds are eaten. Rice will only grow in wet ground. The fields are +flooded with water, and then the rice-shoots are planted. The fields +must be kept flooded until the rice is ripe. In India, men sometimes +gather the rice in small boats." + + +Lesson 18. + +[Illustration: {Rickshaw}] + +1. Copy this little drawing of a rickshaw. + +2. Write out the following: "Tea is the name given to the dried leaves +and young shoots of the tea-plant. This plant is a large evergreen +shrub. It grows on the hillsides of Ceylon, and in many other places in +the East. When the leaves are picked, they are spread out in trays until +they wither; then they are rolled. Wet cloths are next placed over the +leaves, and they are put in a cool dark place, until they rot a little. +The leaves are then dried over a fire, and after cooling are packed in +air-tight chests. They are then sent to our country." + +3. Describe the picture on page 75 {Illustration entitled "Ceylon Girls +Playing the Tom-Tom"}. + + +Lesson 19. + +1. Old cities have walls round them. Why were these walls built? Why are +they of no use now? + +[Illustration: {Chinese wheelbarrow}] + +2. Copy this drawing of a Chinese wheelbarrow. + +3. Why do the Chinese paint an eye on the bows of their boats? + + +Lesson 20. + +1. Describe the picture on page 78 {Illustration entitled "A Chinese +Street"}. + +2. Say what you know about a Chinese school. + +3. How can you tell a Chinaman when you see him? + + +Lesson 21. + +1. Describe the picture on page 88 {Illustration entitled "A Rich +Chinaman's House"}. + +2. In what ways do Chinese girls differ from British girls? + +3. Write out the following: "The Great Wall of China is the longest wall +in the world. It was built about two thousand years ago, and was meant +to shut out the wild tribes which were then trying to conquer China. The +wall is more than twice as long as the island of Great Britain. It is +built of stone and earth, and is so broad that four horses can be driven +on it abreast. The wall is now in ruins." + + +Lesson 22. + +1. Write out and learn: _An island is land with water all round it. +People can only reach an island by sailing to it in a boat or by +crossing a bridge._ A small island is called an _islet_. + +2. Model an island in clay or plasticine. Suppose the water round an +island were to dry up, what would the island be then? + +[Illustration: {Snow-covered mountain}] + +3. Copy this little drawing. It shows you the sacred mountain of Japan. + +4. Write out and learn: _A volcano is a hole in the ground out of +which steam, ashes, mud, and melted rock are thrown. An earthquake is a +shaking or tearing apart of the ground._ + + +Lesson 23. + +1. Which should you prefer to be--a boy or a girl (1) in Japan, (2) in +India? + +2. Describe the picture on page 90 {Illustration entitled "The Toy Seller"}. + +3. Try to make a drawing of a kite just after its string has been cut by +the glass on the string of another kite. + + +Lesson 24. + +1. Write out and learn: _A plain is a wide tract of low-lying and +nearly level country. A high plain is called a plateau._ + +[Illustration: {Salmon}] + +2. Copy this drawing of a salmon. What do you know about salmon? + +3. Which should you like to do best--till the fields, cut down trees, or +catch salmon? Say why. + + +Lesson 25. + +1. Describe the picture on page 105 {Illustration entitled "Boys of +Canada in Winter"}. Why do the boys cover up their ears? + +2. What sports do these boys enjoy in winter? + +[Illustration: {Canoe}] + +3. Copy this drawing of a canoe. + + +Lesson 26. + +[Illustration: {Wigwam}] + +1. Copy this little drawing of a wigwam--that is, a Red man's tent. + +2. Describe the picture on page 102 {Illustration entitled "Red Men and +White Men"}. + +3. How did the Red men hunt the bison? What has become of the bison? + + +Lesson 27. + +1. Look carefully at the picture on page 111 {Illustration entitled +"Amongst the Eskimos"}. Compare it with the picture on page 35 +{Illustration entitled "Arabs of the Desert"}. + +2. Why are the Eskimos fishermen and hunters, and not farmers? + +3. How would you build a snow house? Would it be very cold to live in? +If not, why not? + + +Lesson 28. + +1. Describe the picture on page 102 {Illustration entitled "Red Men and +White Men"}. + +2. Write out the following: "The cotton plant loves sun and water, and +will only grow in the hot, moist parts of the world. It throws out +flower stalks, at the end of which pods appear. Inside the pods is a +soft, white down, which is called cotton. This is spun and woven into +cloth." + +3. What is the difference between cotton and wool? + + +Lesson 29. + +1. Look at a globe. Find a line running round the globe at the thickest +part. This is called the _Equator_, because it divides the earth +into two _equal_ parts. The hottest parts of the earth lie round +about the Equator. The distance round the earth at the Equator is 25,000 +miles. A railway train, running 50 miles an hour, and never stopping, +would require nearly three weeks for the journey. Find out whether +father's voyage was longer or shorter than this. + +2. Measure with a band of paper the distance on the globe from the +Equator on one side to the Equator on the other. Find half this distance +and mark it on the globe. Then mark the same distance on the other side +of the Equator. The points which you have marked are called the +_Poles_. One is the _North Pole_; the other is the _South +Pole_. + +3. Learn: _We divide the land of the earth into five great parts; +each of these parts is called a continent. There are five +continents_--_Europe, Asia, Africa, America, Australia. We divide +the water of the earth into five great parts. Each of these parts is +called an ocean. There are five oceans_--_Atlantic, Pacific, +Indian, Arctic, and Antarctic. The Arctic Ocean is round the North Pole; +the Antarctic Ocean is round the South Pole_. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Highroads of Geography, by Anonymous + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HIGHROADS OF GEOGRAPHY *** + +***** This file should be named 11218.txt or 11218.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/2/1/11218/ + +Produced by Julie Barkley, Susan Woodring and PG Distributed Proofreaders + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + diff --git a/11218.zip b/11218.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca81ba9 --- /dev/null +++ b/11218.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9356128 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #11218 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/11218) diff --git a/old/11218-h.zip b/old/11218-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b3371f --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h.zip diff --git a/old/11218-h/11218-h.htm b/old/11218-h/11218-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6181f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/11218-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,3800 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" + content="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> + + <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Highroads of + Geography.</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + * { font-family: Times;} + P { text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; } + .pic1 { margin-bottom: 0; } + .pic2 { clear: left; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; } + H2 { text-align: center; + margin-bottom: 1.5em; } + .lesson { text-align: left; } + .illus { margin: 0; + font-style: italic; } + HR { width: 33%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + clear: both; } + BODY{ margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + font-size: 14pt;} + .chapter { width: 70%; + margin-top: 2.75em; + margin-bottom: 1.5em; + clear: both; } + .title { width: 70%; + margin-top: 1.55em; + margin-bottom: 1.5em; } + .figure1 { margin: 1em; + border: thin silver solid; + text-align: center; + padding: 1em; + float: left; + margin-left: 0; } + .figure1r { margin: 1em; + border: thin silver solid; + text-align: center; + padding: 1em; + float: right; + margin-right: 0; } + .figure1c { margin: 1em; + border: thin silver solid; + text-align: center; + padding: 1em; } + .figure2l { margin: 0.5em; + border: none; + float: left; + margin-left: 0; } + .figure2r { margin: 0.5em; + border: none; + float: right; + margin-right: 0; } + .figure2c { margin: 1em; + border: none; } + .caption { text-indent: 0; + text-align: center; + margin-bottom: 0em; + font-size: 12pt; } + blockquote { margin-left: 8%; + margin-right: 8%; + margin-top: 0;} + LI { margin-bottom: .25em; } + UL { list-style-type: none; } + a { text-decoration: none; } + a:hover { background-color: #ffffcc } + // --> + </style> +</head> + +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Highroads of Geography, by Anonymous + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Highroads of Geography + +Author: Anonymous + +Release Date: February 21, 2004 [EBook #11218] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HIGHROADS OF GEOGRAPHY *** + + + + +Produced by Julie Barkley, Susan Woodring and PG Distributed Proofreaders + + + + + +</pre> + + <hr class="title"> + + <h2><i>THE ROYAL SCHOOL SERIES</i></h2> + + <h1>Highroads of Geography</h1> + + <h4 class="illus">Illustrated by Masterpieces of the following + artists:—</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">J. M. W. Turner, F. Goodall, E. A. + Hornel,</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">Talbot Kelly, W. Simpson, Edgar H.</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">Fisher, J. F. Lewis, T. H.</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">Liddell, Cyrus Cuneo,</h4> + + <h4 class="illus">&c.</h4> + + <center> + <div class="figure2c"> + <img src="illustrations/FigF-1.png" + width="35" + height="59" + alt=""> + </div> + </center><br> + + <h2 style="margin-bottom: 0;">Introductory Book—</h2> + + <h2 style="margin-top: 0;">Round the World with Father</h2> + + <h4>1916</h4><a name="PhotoF-1"></a> <br> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/PhotoF-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="422" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">That's where Daddy is!<br> + (<i>From the painting by J. Snowman.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center> + <hr class="chapter"> + <a name="CONTENTS"></a> + + <h2>CONTENTS.</h2> + + <div style="margin-left: 15%;"> + <ol> + <li><a href="#c1">Good-bye to Father</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c2">A Letter from France</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c3">In Paris</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c4">On the Way to Egypt</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c5">A Letter from Egypt</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c6">Children of Egypt</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c7">Through the Canal</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c8">Amongst the Arabs.—I.</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c9">Amongst the + Arabs.—II.</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c10">A Letter from India</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c11">In the Streets</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c12">Our Indian Cousin</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c13">In the Garden</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c14">Indian Boys and Girls</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c15">Elephants and Tigers</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c16">A Letter from + Burma.—I.</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c17">A Letter from + Burma.—II.</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c18">A Letter from Ceylon</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c19">A Letter from China</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c20">Chinese Boys and Girls</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c21">Hair, Fingers, and Toes</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c22">A Letter from Japan</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c23">Jap Children</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c24">A Letter from Canada</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c25">Children of Canada</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c26">The Red Men</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c27">The Eskimos</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c28">Father's Last Letter</a>,</li> + + <li><a href="#c29">Home Again</a>,</li> + </ol> + + <ul> + <li><a href="#Exercises">EXERCISES</a>,</li> + </ul> + </div> + <hr class="chapter"> + <a name="INTRODUCTORY_BOOK"></a> + + <h2>INTRODUCTORY BOOK.</h2><a name="c1"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L1">1. GOOD-BYE TO FATHER.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig01-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="325" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Father kissed us and said, "Good-bye, dears. Be good + children, and help mother as much as you can. The year will + soon pass away. What a merry time we will have when I come back + again!"</p> + + <p>2. Father kissed mother, and then stepped into the train. + The guard blew his whistle, and the train began to move. We + waved good-bye until it was out of sight.</p> + + <p>3. Then we all began to cry—even Tom, who thinks + himself such a man. It was <i>so</i> lonely without father.</p> + + <p>4. Tom was the first to dry his eyes. He turned to me and + said, "Stop that crying. You are the eldest, and you ought to + know better."</p> + + <p>5. He made mother take his arm, just as father used to do. + Then he began to whistle, to show that he did not care a bit. + All the way home he tried to make jokes.</p> + + <p>6. As soon as we had taken off our coats and hats, Tom + called us into the sitting-room. "Look here," he said: "we're + going to have no glum faces in this house. We must be bright + and cheerful, or mother will fret. You know father wouldn't + like that."</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig01-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="281" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>7. We said that we would do our best. So off we went to help + mother to make the beds and to dust the rooms. While we were + doing this we quite forgot to be sad.</p> + + <p>8. After tea we went into father's room and looked at the + globe. "I'm going to follow father right round the world," said + Tom. "Please show me which way he is going." Mother did so.</p> + + <p>9. "By this time next week," she said, "we shall have the + first of many long letters from father. I am sure we shall + enjoy reading them. He will tell us about the far-off lands + which he is going to see."</p> + + <p>10. "That will be grand," I said. "I hope he will tell us + <i>lots</i> about the children. I want to know what they look + like, what they wear, and what games they play."</p> + + <p>11. Tom said he would rather not hear about children. He + wanted to hear about savages and tigers and shipwrecks, and + things like that.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig01-3ed.png" + width="250" + height="416" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. A week later the postman brought us father's first + letter. How eager we were to hear it! Mother had to read it for + us two or three times.</p> + + <p>13. Every week for many weeks the postman brought us letters + from father. When he handed us a letter he used to say, "I'm + glad to see that your daddy is all right so far."</p> + + <p>14. This book is made up of father's letters from abroad. I + hope you will enjoy them as much as we did.</p><a name= + "c2"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L2">2. A LETTER FROM FRANCE.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am writing this letter in a + large seaport of the south of France. To-morrow I shall go on + board the big ship which is to take me to + Egypt.</p><a name="c2p2"></a> + + <p class="pic1">2. Let me tell you about my travels so far. The + train in which I left our town took me to London. Next day + another train took me to a small town on the + seashore.</p><a name="Photo02-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo02-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="393" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The White Cliffs of Dover.<br> + (<i>From the picture by J.M.W. Turner, R.A.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>3. About twenty miles of sea lie between this town and + France. At once I went on board the small steamer which was to + take me across. The sea was smooth and the sun was shining.</p> + + <p>4. I stood on the deck looking at the white cliffs of dear + old England. When I could see them no longer I found that we + were not far from France.</p> + + <p>5. In about an hour we reached a French town which in olden + days belonged to us. The steamer sailed right up to the railway + station.</p> + + <p>6. I had something to eat, and then took my place in the + train. Soon we were speeding towards Paris, the chief town of + France.</p> + + <p>7. I looked out of the window most of the time. We ran + through many meadows and cornfields. Here and there I saw rows + of poplar trees between the fields.</p> + + <p>8. Now and then we crossed rivers with barges on them. On + and on we went, past farmhouses and little villages, each with + its church. The French villages look brighter than ours. I + think this is because the houses are painted in gay + colours.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig02-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="277" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. I saw many men, women, and children working in the + fields. All of them wore wooden shoes. Most of the men and boys + were dressed in blue blouses.</p> + + <p>10. There was a little French boy in my carriage. He wore a + black blouse with a belt. His stockings were short, and did not + come up to his knickerbockers. He was rather pale, and his legs + were very thin.</p> + + <p>11. The boy was about Tom's age. He sat still, and held his + father's hand all the way. I don't think Tom would have done + this; he thinks himself too much of a man.</p> + + <p>12. After a time we crossed a broad river, and came to the + dull, dark station of a large city. As we left it, I saw the + tall spire of one of the grandest churches in all the + world.</p> + + <p>13. On we went, past farms and villages and small towns, + until at last we reached Paris.</p><a name="c3"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L3">3. IN + PARIS.</a></h2><a name="Photo03-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style= + "width: 640px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo03-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="437" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">In the Gardens.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center><br clear="all"> + + <p>1. Paris is a very grand and beautiful city. The French + people say that France is a great garden. They also say that + the finest flowers in this garden make up the nosegay which we + call Paris.</p> + + <p>2. A great river runs through Paris. All day long you can + see little steamboats darting to and fro on the river, like + swallows. Near to the river are some beautiful gardens.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig03-1ed.png" + width="450" + height="256" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>3. I sat in these gardens, at a little table under the + trees. As I sat there a man walked up the path. At once I heard + a great chirping and a flutter of wings.</p> + + <p>4. All the birds in the garden flocked to him. They seemed + to know him as an old friend. Some perched on his shoulders and + some on his hat. One bold little fellow tried to get into his + pocket. It was a pretty sight to see him feeding the birds.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig03-2ed.png" + width="250" + height="358" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>5. In the gardens there were many nurses carrying babies. + These nurses were very gay indeed. They wore gray cloaks and + white caps, with broad silk ribbons hanging down their + backs.</p> + + <p>6. Some of the older children were playing ball, but they + did not play very well. Until a few years ago French boys had + few outdoor games. Now they are learning to play tennis and + football.</p> + + <p>7. French boys are always clean and neatly dressed, however + poor they may be. They think more about lessons than our boys + do. Their school hours are much longer than ours.</p> + + <p>8. French girls have not so much freedom as our girls. A + grown-up person takes them to school and brings them home + again. Their mothers do not allow them to go for walks by + themselves. I wonder how Kate and May would like this.</p> + + <p>9. Some day I must take you to see Paris. You would love to + ramble through its streets. Many of them are planted with + trees. Under these trees you may see men and women sitting at + little tables. They eat and drink while a band plays merry + tunes.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig03-3ed.png" + width="275" + height="239" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. You would be sure to notice that the French people have + very good manners. When a Frenchman enters or leaves a shop he + raises his hat and bows. A Frenchman is always polite, and he + always tries to please you.</p> + + <p>11. I cannot now write anything more about Paris. I should + like to tell you about its beautiful buildings and its fine + shops, but I have no more time to spare.</p> + + <p>12. I hope you are all doing your best to make mother happy. + I am very well; I hope you are well too.—Your loving + FATHER.</p><a name="c4"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L4">4. ON THE WAY TO EGYPT.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am writing this letter on board + the big ship which is taking me to Egypt. Let me tell you what + I have seen and done since I left Paris.</p> + + <p>2. It is a long day's ride from Paris to the seaport from + which my ship set sail. Let me tell you about the journey. A + few hours after leaving Paris the train began to run through + vineyards.</p> + + <p class="pic1">3. At this time of the year a vineyard is a + pretty sight. The broad leaves of the vine are tinted with + crimson and gold. Beneath them are the purple or golden + grapes.</p><a name="Photo04-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo04-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="384" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">THE GRAPE HARVEST.<br> + (<i>From the picture by P.M. Dupuy in the Salon of 1909. + Bought by the State.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>4. As I passed through France the grapes were ripe, and were + being gathered. I could see women and children going up and + down between the rows of vines. They plucked the ripe fruit and + put it into baskets. When the baskets were filled they were + emptied into a big tub.</p> + + <p>5. When the tub was filled it was taken to a building near + at hand. In this building there is a press which squeezes the + juice out of the grapes. The grape juice is then made into + wine.</p> + + <p>6. As evening drew on we came to a large town where two big + rivers meet. It is a busy town, and has many smoky chimneys. + Much silk and velvet are made in this town.</p> + + <p>7. I think you know that silk is made by the silkworm. This + worm feeds on the leaves of the mulberry tree. In the south of + France there are thousands of mulberry trees. There are also + many orange and olive trees.</p> + + <p>8. The weather is much warmer in the south of France than it + is in England. In the early spring all sorts of pretty flowers + are grown on the hillsides. They are sent to England, and are + sold in the shops when our gardens are bare.</p> + + <p class="pic">9. Now I must hurry on. For some hours we ran by + the side of a swift river; with mountains on both sides of us. + Then we reached the big seaport, and there I found my ship + waiting for me.</p><a name="Photo04-2"></a> + + <div class="figure1r" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo04-2.jpg" + width="600" + height="377" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">GAMES ON BOARD FATHER'S SHIP.<br> + (<i>From the picture by W.L. Wylie. By kind permission of + the P. and O. Co.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>10. It is a huge ship, with hundreds of cabins, a large + dining-room, drawing-room and smoking-room. It is really a + floating hotel.</p> + + <p>11. Most of the people on board are going to India. All day + long they sit in chairs on the deck reading. Some of us play + games, and at night we have dances and concerts.</p> + + <p>12. We have now been four days at sea. To-morrow we shall + reach a town by the side of a great canal. This town and canal + are in Egypt.</p> + + <p>13. I hope you are still good and happy.—Best love to + you all. FATHER.</p><a name="c5"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L5">5. A LETTER FROM + EGYPT.</a></h2><a name="Photo05-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo05-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="301" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The Nile in Flood.<br> + (<i>From the picture by F. Goodall, R. A., in the + Guildhall Gallery. By permission of the Corporation of + London.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—With this letter I am sending you + a beautiful picture. Look at it carefully, and you will see + what Egypt is like.</p> + + <p>2. The water which you see in the picture is part of the + great river Nile. If there were no Nile to water the land, + Egypt would be nothing but a desert.</p> + + <p>3. Once a year, as a rule, the Nile rises and overflows its + banks. The waters spread out over the country and cover it with + rich mud. In this mud much cotton, sugar, grain, and rice are + grown.</p> + + <p>4. Egypt now belongs to the British. They have turned part + of the Nile into a huge lake, in which the water is stored.</p> + + <p>5. The water is let out of the lake when it is needed. It + runs into canals, and then into drains, which cross the fields + and water them.</p> + + <p>6. A sail along the Nile is very pleasant. There are lovely + tints of green on the water. As the boat glides on, many + villages are passed. Each of these has its snow-white + temple.</p> + + <p class="pic">7. All along the river bank there are palm + trees. They wave their crowns of green leaves high in the air. + The fields are gay with colour. Above all is the bright blue + sky.</p><a name="Photo05-2"></a> + + <div class="figure1r" + style="width: 449px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo05-2.jpg" + width="409" + height="600" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The Chief City of Egypt.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Talbot Kelly, R.I.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>8. Look at the picture again. At a short distance from the + water you see a village. It has a wall round it, and outside + the wall is a ditch. In October the ditch is full of water; in + spring it is dry.</p> + + <p>9. In and near this ditch the children and the dogs of the + villages play together. You can see two boys in the picture. + One of them is standing by his mother. The other boy is riding + on a buffalo.</p> + + <p>10. In the middle of the village there is an open space. + Sometimes this space is covered with bright green grass. Round + it are rows of palm trees. The house of the chief stands on one + side of this green.</p> + + <p>11. Every village has its well, and every well has its + water-wheel for drawing up the water. By the side of the well + the old men of the village sit smoking and chatting. The women + come to the well to fill their pitchers with water.</p> + + <p class="pic">12. All the houses are built of Nile mud. This + mud is dug out of the banks of the river. It is mixed with a + little chopped straw to hold it together. Then it is put into + moulds. After a time it is turned out of the moulds, and is + left to dry in the sun.</p><a name="c6"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L6">6. CHILDREN OF EGYPT.</a></h2> + + <p>1. In the picture you see two of the women of Egypt. One of + them is standing at the edge of the river. She is filling her + pitcher with water. The other woman is carrying a lamb in her + arms.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig06-1ed.png" + width="200" + height="428" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>2. The people of Egypt have changed but little since the + days of Moses. The men have brown faces, white teeth, and + bright black eyes. Most of them wear beards and shave their + heads.</p> + + <p>3. The women wear long dark cloaks. If they are well-to-do + they cover their faces with a veil. They think it wrong to let + their faces be seen by any men except their husbands.</p> + + <p>4. I think Kate would like to hear something about the + children. Those who have rich fathers wear beautiful clothes, + and have a very happy time. Poor children wear few clothes, and + are nearly always covered with dust.</p> + + <p>5. Many of the boys go to school, and are taught just as you + are. They read the same kind of books that you read.</p> + + <p>6. The children of Egypt always obey their parents, and are + never rude to them. I think they have very good manners.</p> + + <p>7. All the people of Egypt love singing. Their voices are + soft and sweet. The boatmen on the Nile sing as they row. The + fruit-sellers sing as they cry their wares in the streets.</p> + + <p>8. Many of the boys in the chief city of Egypt are donkey + drivers. In Egypt donkeys are far more used for riding than + horses. The donkeys are beautiful little animals, and they trot + along very quickly.</p> + + <p>9. Each donkey has a boy to run after it with a stick, and + to shout at it to make it go. The donkey boys are very jolly + little fellows. They always smile, however far they have to + run.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig06-2ed.png" + width="350" + height="327" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. Most donkey boys wear a white or blue gown, and have a + red cap, or fez, on the head. If a donkey boy sees an + Englishman coming, he runs to him and says, "My donkey is + called John Bull." If he sees an American coming, he says that + his donkey's name is Yankee Doodle.</p> + + <p>11. Sometimes the donkey boy will ask the rider,—</p> + + <p>"Very good donkey?"</p> + + <p>If the rider says "Yes," he will then ask,—</p> + + <p>"Very good donkey boy?"</p> + + <p>"Yes."</p> + + <p>12. "Very good saddle too?"</p> + + <p>"Yes."</p> + + <p>"<i>Then me have very good present!</i>"</p> + + <p>13. Now let me tell you something that will surprise you. + The people of Egypt in the old, old days thought that their + cats were gods.</p> + + <p class="pic">14. They prayed to them and built temples to + them. When the family cat died, all the people in the house + shaved their eyebrows to show how sorry they were.—Best + love to you all. FATHER.</p><a name="c7"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L7">7. THROUGH THE CANAL.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I have just sailed through a very + wonderful canal. It joins two great seas together, and is now + part of the way to India.</p> + + <p>2. By means of this canal we can sail from England to India + in three weeks. Before it was made the voyage took three months + or more.</p> + + <p>3. The canal was made more than forty years ago by a + Frenchman. He dug a great ditch, and joined together a number + of lakes. By doing so he made a waterway from sea to sea. This + waterway is about a hundred miles long.</p> + + <p>4. I joined my ship at the town which stands at the north + end of the canal. There is nothing to see in the town except + the lighthouse and the shops. On the sea wall there is a statue + of the Frenchman who made the canal.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig07-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="466" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>5. As we lay off the town we could see many little boats + darting to and fro. The boatmen were dressed in all the colours + of the rainbow—red, blue, green, and orange. In one boat + there were men and women playing and singing songs.</p> + + <p>6. By the side of our ship men were swimming in the water. I + threw a piece of silver into the water. One of the men dived, + and caught it before it reached the bottom.</p> + + <p>7. On the other side of the ship there were great barges + full of coal. Hundreds of men and women carried this coal to + the ship in little baskets upon their heads. They walked up and + down a plank, and all the time they made an awful noise which + they called singing.</p> + + <p>8. When all the coal was on board, the ship began to steam + slowly along the narrow canal. No ship is allowed to sail more + than four miles an hour, lest the "wash" should break down the + banks.</p> + + <p>9. Soon we passed out of the narrow canal into one of the + lakes. Our road was marked by buoys. Away to right and to left + of us stretched the sandy desert.</p> + + <p>10. In the afternoon we passed a station, where I saw a + number of camels laden with boxes of goods. They were going to + travel across the sands for many days.</p> + + <p>11. The sun went down in a sky of purple and gold. Then a + large electric light shone forth from our bows. It threw a + broad band of white light on the water and on the banks of the + canal. Where the light touched the sands it seemed to turn them + into silver.</p> + + <p class="pic">12. In less than twenty-four hours we reached + the town at the south end of the canal. A boat came out from + the shore, and this letter is going back with it.—Love to + you all. FATHER.</p><a name="c8"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L8">8. AMONGST THE + ARABS.—I.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig08-1ed.png" + width="350" + height="421" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am now sailing along the Red + Sea. The weather is very hot. All over the ship electric fans + are hard at work. In spite of them I cannot keep cool.</p> + + <p>2. Away on the left, or port, side of the ship I see high + hills. They are red in colour, and seem to be baked by the hot + sun. Even through my spy-glass I cannot see a speck of green on + them. All is red and bare.</p> + + <p>3. Beyond the hills lies the land of Arabia. It is a hot, + dry land, in which years sometimes pass without a shower of + rain. There is hardly ever a cloud in the sky, and there is no + dew at night.</p> + + <p>4. Much of the land is covered with sand. Little or nothing + will grow. You know that we call a sandy waste of this kind a + <i>desert</i>.</p> + + <p>5. Here and there in the desert a few springs are found. The + water of these springs causes grass and trees to grow well. + Around each spring is what looks like an island of green in the + midst of a red sea of sand. A green spot in a desert is called + an <i>oasis</i>.</p> + + <p>6. The Arabs live upon these green spots. Some of them dwell + in villages, and some wander from oasis to oasis. Those who + live in villages build their houses of sun-dried bricks; those + who wander from place to place live in tents.</p> + + <p>7. The Arabs are fine, fierce-looking men. They own flocks + of sheep, herds of goats, camels and horses.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig08-2ed.png" + width="450" + height="319" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>8. An Arab's tent is woven out of camel's hair. So are the + ropes of the tent. The poles are made of palm wood.</p> + + <p>9. Inside the tent there are leather buckets for drawing + water. There are also skin bags for carrying it across the + desert. There are no chairs or tables or beds in the tents. The + Arabs squat upon the ground and sleep on rugs.</p> + + <p>10. In front of an Arab tent you are almost sure to see a + woman grinding corn between two large stones. There is a hole + in the top stone, and into this she pours the grain.</p> + + <p>11. She turns the top stone round and round, and the grain + is ground into flour, which oozes out at the edges. With this + flour she makes cakes.</p><br clear="all"> + <a name="Photo08-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 440px; margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo08-1.jpg" + width="400" + height="611" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">Arabs of the Desert.</p> + </div> + </center><a name="c9"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L9">9. AMONGST THE + ARABS.—II.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig09-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="398" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Date palms grow on every oasis. The date palm is a + beautiful tree. It is very tall, and has a crown of leaves at + the top.</p> + + <p>2. The fruit grows in great golden clusters. Sometimes a + cluster of dates weighs twenty-five pounds.</p> + + <p>3. The date palm is beloved by the Arabs, because it is so + useful to them. They eat or sell the dates, and they use the + wood for their tents or houses. From the sap they make wine. + Out of the leaf-stalks they weave baskets.</p> + + <p>4. Some of the Arabs are traders. They carry their goods + from oasis to oasis on the backs of camels. A large number of + laden camels form a caravan.</p> + + <p>5. A camel is not pretty to look at, but the Arab could not + do without it. I think you can easily understand why the camel + is called the "ship of the desert." It carries its master or + its load across the sea of sand from one green island to + another.</p> + + <p>6. The hoofs of the camel are broad, and this prevents them + from sinking into the sand. The camel can go for a long time + without food or water.</p> + + <p class="pic">7. The camel is very useful to the Arab, both + when it is alive and when it is dead. It gives him milk to + drink, and its hair is useful for making clothes, tents, and + ropes.</p> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo09-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="426" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The Halt in the Desert.<br> + (<i>From the picture by J.F. Lewis, R.A., in the South + Kensington Museum.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>8. I think I told you that when I was sailing along the + canal I saw a caravan. It was then beginning to cross the + desert. Very likely, weeks or months will pass away before its + journey comes to an end.</p> + + <p>9. There are no roads across the desert, so it is very easy + for a caravan to lose its way. Then the men and camels wander + on until all their food and water are finished. At last they + fall to the ground, and die of hunger and thirst.</p> + + <p>10. Dreadful sand-storms often arise. The storm beats down + upon the caravan, and sometimes chokes both men and camels. A + journey across the desert is full of dangers.</p> + + <p>11. Before I close this letter, let me tell you a little + story. One day an Arab belonging to a caravan overslept himself + at an oasis. When he awoke, the caravan had started on its + journey again, and was many miles away.</p> + + <p>12. The Arab followed the caravan, in the hope of catching + it up. On and on he walked, but nothing could he see of it. + Then darkness came on, and he lay on the sand and slept until + morning.</p> + + <p>13. When the sun rose he began his journey again. Hours + passed, but still there was no sign of the caravan. At last he + was quite overcome by hunger and thirst. He fell to the ground, + and was too weak to rise again.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig09-2ed.png" + width="300" + height="275" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>14. Looking around, he saw something black lying on the + sand, not far away. He crawled to it, and found that it was a + small bag which had fallen from the back of a camel.</p> + + <p>15. The poor Arab was filled with joy. He hoped that the bag + would contain food of some sort. With trembling fingers he tore + it open. Alas! it was full of gold and jewels.</p> + + <p>16. "Woe is me!" cried the poor fellow; "had it been dates + my life would have been saved."</p> + + <p class="pic">17. This little story shows you that on the + desert dates may sometimes be worth much more than gold and + jewels. I hope you are well and happy.—Your loving + FATHER.</p><a name="c10"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L10">10. A LETTER FROM INDIA.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig10-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="451" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Hurrah! I am on shore again, + after nine long days at sea. Yesterday I reached Bombay, the + chief seaport of India.</p> + + <p>2. Soon after I landed a friend came to see me at my hotel. + He drove me round Bombay, and showed me all the sights. I wish + you had been with me to see them.</p> + + <p>3. Here in Bombay I seem to be in a new world altogether. It + is a world of wonderful light and colour. The bright hot sun + floods the streets and dazzles my eyes. Everywhere I see bright + colour—in the sky, the trees, the flowers, and the + dresses of the people.</p> + + <p>4. The streets are always full of people. They are dark + brown in colour; their hair is black, their eyes are bright, + and their teeth are as white as pearls. Most of the people are + bare-legged and bare-footed.</p> + + <p>5. The men wear white clothes, with turbans and sashes of + yellow, green, or blue. Yesterday was a feast-day. In the + morning I saw thousands of the people bathing in the sea. + Afterwards they roamed about the streets in their best clothes. + One crowd that I saw looked like a great tulip garden in full + bloom.</p> + + <p>6. The women wear a garment of red, blue, or some other + bright colour. This garment covers them from the neck to the + knee. Almost every woman wears rings of silver on her arms and + ankles. Some of them have great rings in their noses, as well + as rings in their ears and on their toes.</p> + + <p>7. You would be amused to see the people carrying their + burdens on their heads. Yesterday I saw a dozen men carrying a + grand piano on their heads.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig10-2ed.png" + width="175" + height="423" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>8. From childhood the women carry jars of water or baskets + of earth in this way. They hold themselves very upright and + walk like queens.</p> + + <p>9. Bombay is a very busy city. The streets are thronged with + carriages, motor cars, bullock carts, and electric trams. As + the people walk in the middle of the road, it is not easy for a + carriage to make its way through the streets.</p> + + <p>10. The drivers ring bells, or shout to warn the people: + "Hi, you woman with the baby on your hip, get out of the + way!—Hi, you man with the box on your head, get out of + the way!"</p> + + <p>11. I think you would like to see the bullock carts. They + are very small, and are drawn by two bullocks with humps on + their shoulders. The driver sits on the shaft and steers them + with a stick. These carts carry cotton to the mills or to the + docks.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig10-3ed.png" + width="450" + height="256" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. In some of the carriages and motor cars you may see rich + men wearing fine silk robes. Many of these rich men now dress + as we do, except that they wear turbans instead of + hats.</p><a name="c11"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L11">11. IN THE STREETS.</a></h2> + + <p>1. I should like you to see the shops of Bombay. Most of + them are quite unlike our British shops. They have no doors and + no windows, but are open to the street.</p> + + <p>2. Our shopkeepers try to make a fine show of their goods. + The Indian shopkeeper does nothing of the sort. He simply piles + his goods round his shop and squats in the midst of them. There + he sits waiting for people to come and buy.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig11-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="475" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>3. In our shops there is a fixed price for the goods. In + India nothing has a fixed price. You must bargain with the + shopkeeper if you wish to buy anything. Very likely he will ask + you three times the price which he hopes to get.</p> + + <p>4. Our penny is divided into four parts; each of these parts + is called a farthing. The Indian penny is divided into twelve + parts; each of these parts is called a "pie." An Indian boy or + girl can buy rice or sweets with one pie.</p> + + <p>5. There are thousands of beggars in India. They go to and + fro in front of the shops begging. The shopkeepers are very + kind to them, and never send them away without a present.</p> + + <p>6. Very good order is kept in the streets. At every street + corner stands a native policeman, dressed in blue, with a flat + yellow cap on his head and a club by his side. Some of the + policemen ride horses, and carry guns and lances.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig11-2ed.png" + width="150" + height="453" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>7. The parks of Bombay are large open spaces covered with + grass. Round them are rows of palm trees. In these parks you + may see men and boys playing all sorts of games.</p> + + <p>8. Indians are very fond of cricket, which they play very + well. Not many years ago an Indian prince was one of the best + players in England.</p> + + <p>9. Polo is also played in the parks of Bombay. It is an + Indian game, but Britons now play it too. Polo is just hockey + on horseback.</p> + + <p>10. The players ride ponies which are very quick and nimble. + Each player carries a mallet with a very long handle. With this + mallet he strikes a wooden ball and tries to drive it between + the goal posts.</p> + + <p>11. Last night I stopped to watch some Indian boys playing + marbles. When Tom plays the game, he places the marble between + his thumb and forefinger and shoots it out with his thumb.</p> + + <p>12. The Indian boy does not shoot the marble in this way at + all. He presses back the second finger of one hand with the + forefinger of the other. Then he lets go and strikes the marble + with the finger that was bent back. Some of the boys are very + clever at this game.</p> + + <p class="pic">13. Bombay has some very fine buildings. On the + top of most of them you see the Union Jack, the flag of + Britain. Not only Bombay but all India belongs to Britain. I + hope you are all well.—Best love. + FATHER.</p><br clear="all"> + <a name="Photo11-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px;margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo11-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="432" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">The Village Well.<br> + (<i>From the picture by W. Simpson, R.I.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center><a name="c12"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L12">12. OUR INDIAN COUSIN.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am now in the north of India, + not far from the great river Ganges. It is a long railway + journey from Bombay to this place. I have been in the train two + days and two nights.</p> + + <p>2. I am now beginning to understand what a vast land India + is. Do you know that it would make sixteen lands as large as + our own? One in every five of all the people on earth lives in + India.</p> + + <p>3. Perhaps you can guess why I have made this long journey + from Bombay. My brother, your uncle, is the chief man in this + part of the country. He and I have been parted for many years. + I am now living in his house.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig12-1ed.png" + width="450" + height="285" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>4. Let me tell you about little Hugh, your cousin. He was + born in India seven years ago, and he has never been to + England. He hopes to come "home" to see you all in a few + months' time.</p> + + <p>5. Hugh's home is a big house, all on the ground floor. It + has no upstairs. The rooms are very large and lofty. This is + because the weather is very hot for the greater part of the + year. If the rooms were not large and high, they would be too + hot to live in.</p> + + <p>6. In every room there is a beam of wood with a short + curtain hanging from it. This is the punkah. The beam is hung + from the roof by ropes. In the hot weather a boy sits outside + and pulls the punkah to and fro with a rope. In this way he + makes a little breeze, which keeps the room cool.</p> + + <p>7. The roof of the house juts out all round and is held up + by pillars. We sit outside, under the roof, whenever we can. + During the heat of the day we must stay indoors.</p> + + <p>8. The garden round the house is very large. There are many + tall palm trees in it. Some of the other trees bear most + beautiful blossoms of crimson, yellow, and blue. All along the + front of the house are many flowerpots, in which roses and + other English flowers are growing.</p> + + <p>9. A few days ago little Hugh came to me and asked if he + might show me what he called "the compound." I said "Yes." So + he took my hand and led me away.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig12-2ed.png" + width="325" + height="316" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. First he showed me the gardener. He is a short, dark + man, and he squats down to do his work. He is a very good + gardener, and he is proud of his flowers. Every morning he + comes to the house with a flower for Hugh's father and mother + and uncle.</p> + + <p>11. Next, Hugh took me to see the well. It is behind the + house. The mouth of the well is on the top of a mound. To reach + it you must walk up a sloping road. Above the mouth of the well + there is a wheel.</p> + + <p class="pic">12. A rope runs over this wheel. At one end of + the rope there is a large leather bag. The other end of the + rope is fastened to the necks of a pair of + bullocks.</p><a name="c13"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L13">13. IN THE GARDEN.</a></h2> + + <p>1. The bullocks walk backwards up the sloping road. This + lowers the leather bag into the well, where it is filled with + water. Then the bullocks walk down the sloping road. This pulls + the bag up to the mouth of the well.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig13-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="477" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>2. A man empties the water out of the bag into a tank by the + side of the well. The water runs out of this tank into the + garden, where it spreads out into many little streams. It is + this water which makes the trees, the plants, and the grass + grow so well in the garden.</p> + + <p>3. If the garden were not watered in this way, it would soon + be brown and bare. For many months at a time no rain falls in + India. Then dust a foot deep lies on the roads, and the ground + cracks with the heat.</p> + + <p>4. When the dry season is over the rain begins to fall. It + comes down in torrents for days together. In some places more + rain falls in a single day than we have in a whole year.</p> + + <p>5. During the "rains" the rivers become full to the brim, + and the whole land is fresh and green. Sometimes the "rains" do + not come at all. Then the crops wither away, and the people + starve.</p> + + <p>6. In our country we are never sure of the weather. It + changes so often that we talk about it a great deal. In India + nobody talks about the weather. During seven months of the year + every day is fine.</p> + + <p>7. In our country we almost always have plenty of water for + our crops, and for drinking and washing. Plenty of fresh water + is a great blessing to a land. In many parts of India water is + very scarce.</p> + + <p>8. I told you that the great river Ganges is not far away + from little Hugh's home. This grand river begins in the + mountains of North India. I wish you could see these mountains. + They are the highest on earth. They rise up from the plains + like a huge wall, and their tops are always covered with fields + of ice and snow.</p> + + <p>9. These ice-fields slowly move down the mountain sides. + Then they melt, and this gives rise to the Ganges and to the + other great rivers of North India.</p> + + <p>10. Millions of the Indian people love the Ganges, and they + have good reason to do so. It gives water and food to more than + twice as many people as dwell in the British + Islands.</p><a name="Fig13-2"></a> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig13-2ed.png" + width="550" + height="481" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>11. Many Indians think that every drop of water in the river + is holy. They believe that if they bathe in its waters their + souls will be washed clean from sin.</p> + + <p>12. There is a town by the side of the Ganges which the + Indians say is the holiest place on earth. It is full of + temples. Millions of Indians visit these temples every + year.</p> + + <p>13. All along the river bank there are stone steps leading + down to the water. Standing in the stream are men and women and + children who have come from all parts of India. They wash + themselves in the stream, and pour the holy water over their + heads as they pray.</p> + + <p>14. People who are very ill are carried to this place, that + they may die by the side of "Mother Ganges." They die happy if + they can see her or hear the sound of her waters during their + last moments.</p> + + <p>15. When they die their bodies are taken to the steps. There + they are washed in the river water, and are placed on piles of + wood. Friends set fire to the wood, and soon the bodies are + burnt to ashes. These ashes are thrown into the stream, which + bears them to the distant ocean.</p><a name="c14"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L14">14. INDIAN BOYS AND + GIRLS.</a></h2> + + <p>1. I am very fond of going about the streets with your + uncle. The Indian children always amuse me.</p> + + <p>2. When Indians grow up they are rather grave and sad. The + children, however, are always bright and merry. Indian fathers + and mothers are very fond of their boys. They care very little + for their girls.</p> + + <p>3. Boys soon become men in India. They begin work at an + early age, and they are married when they are about sixteen. + Girls are married a few years younger.</p> + + <p>4. Almost every boy follows the trade of his father. A + farmer's son becomes a farmer, a weaver's son becomes a weaver, + and so on.</p> + + <p>5. Many of the boys go to school, but not many of the girls. + They, poor things, begin to work in the house or in the field + almost as soon as they can walk. Much of the hard rough work in + India is done by poor women and girls.</p> + + <p>6. A rich father keeps his girls shut up in the back part of + his house. Their faces are never seen by any man except those + of their own family. If they go out of the house, they cover + themselves from head to foot with a thick veil. Sometimes they + are carried from place to place in a closely shut box on + poles.</p> + + <p>7. Are you not sorry for these poor rich girls? I am. They + can never play merry games with boy friends, or go for long + walks in the country.</p> + + <p>8. They know nothing of the beautiful world in which they + live. Their rooms are fine, their dresses are grand, and their + jewels are lovely; but they are only poor prisoners after + all.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig14-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="326" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. Yesterday I went with your uncle to see a village school. + There were only twenty boys in it. The roof was off the + schoolhouse, so the classes were held in the open air.</p> + + <p>10. The boys sat on forms, just as you do. The teacher wrote + on a blackboard, and taught the children to do sums with a ball + frame. Each boy had a reading-book. It was not printed in + English, but in the tongue spoken in that part of the + country.</p> + + <p>11. Some of the boys wrote in copy-books, but most of them + wrote on thin boards, which they used instead of slates. + Instead of a pencil they used a pen made of a reed.</p> + + <p>12. Chalk was ground up and wetted in a little cup. The boys + dipped their reed pens into the cup, just as you dip your steel + pen into the ink. The letters and figures which they wrote were + very different from ours.</p> + + <p>13. Some of the boys read their books very well, and worked + hard sums. They sang "God save the King" for me in their own + tongue.</p> + + <p class="pic">14. In the towns there are large and good + schools. Some of the scholars are very clever indeed. I think + Indian boys are much fonder of their lessons than our + boys.</p><a name="c15"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L15">15. ELEPHANTS AND + TIGERS.</a></h2><a name="Photo15-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1r" + style="width: 440px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo15-1.jpg" + width="400" + height="554" + alt=""><br> + + + <p class="caption">AN INDIAN RAJAH.</p> + </div> + + <p>1. In his last letter Tom asked me to tell him something + about elephants and tigers. I will try to do so.</p> + + <p>2. Yesterday your uncle and I went out to shoot pigeons. An + Indian chief, or rajah, lent us an elephant to carry us to the + shooting ground.</p> + + <p>3. A driver sat on the neck of the huge animal. Instead of a + whip he had a goad of sharp steel. I did not see him prick the + elephant with this goad. He guided the animal with voice and + hand.</p> + + <p>4. On the elephant's back there was a large pad upon which + we were to sit. I could see no ladder, so I wondered how I was + to climb up. Just then the elephant knelt down on his hind + legs.</p> + + <p>5. Your uncle showed me how to get up. "Here," he said, "is + a ladder of two steps. The first step is the elephant's foot, + the second is the loop of his tail."</p> + + <p>6. He held the end of the elephant's tail in his hand and + bent it to make a loop. When I put my foot on it he lifted the + tail, and in this way helped me on to the elephant's back.</p> + + <p>7. When your uncle had climbed up, the elephant jogged off + at a good pace. He went along rough, narrow paths, over ditches + and the beds of streams. Never once did he make a false + step.</p> + + <p>8. An elephant costs a great deal of money. Only princes and + rich men can afford to keep them. Sometimes a great prince has + as many as a hundred elephants in his stables.</p> + + <p>9. When a prince rides through a city in state his elephants + wear rich cloths, which are studded with gems. Sometimes the + elephants' heads are painted and their tusks are covered with + gold.</p> + + <p>10. In the drawing-room of your uncle's house there is a + beautiful tiger skin. The tiger that used to wear this skin was + shot by your uncle about three years ago.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig15-1ed.png" + width="350" + height="172" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>11. It was a man-eating tiger—that is, an old tiger + that could no longer run fast enough to catch deer. This + man-eater used to hide near a village. He would creep up + silently behind men and women, and stun them with a blow of his + paw. Then he would drag them away and eat them.</p> + + <p>12. The people of the village came to your uncle and begged + him to kill the man-eater. He agreed to do so. Near to the + tiger's drinking-place a little hut was built in a tree. One + night your uncle sat in this hut with his gun on his knee, + waiting for the tiger to come.</p> + + <p>13. Slowly the hours went by, and your uncle felt sure that + the tiger had gone to another place to drink. Just as he was + thinking of going home to bed the huge animal crept into the + moonlight.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig15-2ed.png" + width="375" + height="490" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>14. Nearer and nearer he came. Then your uncle lifted his + gun, took a steady aim, and shot the tiger through the + heart.</p> + + <p>15. In the morning there was great joy among the people of + the village because their fierce foe was dead. They hung + garlands of flowers round your uncle's neck, and sang his + praises in many songs.</p> + + <p>16. Now I must close this very long letter.—Best love + to you all. FATHER.</p><br clear="all"> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px; margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo15-2.jpg" + width="600" + height="419" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">A Tiger Shoot.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Edgar H. Fischer, in the Royal + Academy, 1911.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center><a name="c16"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L16">16. A LETTER FROM + BURMA.—I.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Since I last wrote to you I have + visited several of the large cities of India. A week ago I was + in the largest city of all.</p> + + <p>2. On Christmas morning I sailed down the mouth of the + Ganges into the open sea, on my way to the country of + Burma.</p> + + <p>3. Now I am in the chief town of Burma, and you will expect + me to tell you something about the land and its people. From + what I have seen, I think Burma is a prettier country than + India.</p><a name="Fig16-1"></a> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig16-1ed.png" + width="175" + height="391" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>4. In the chief town there seem to be people from many + lands. I saw Chinamen, with their pigtails hanging down their + backs. I also saw Indians from across the sea, and white men + from our own country. Of course, there were also many Burmese, + as the people of Burma are called.</p> + + <p>5. Kate and May will like to hear something about the + Burmese girls and women. They are not at all sad like the + Indians, but are very bright and gay. As I write these lines I + see a party of Burmese girls passing my window, I can hear them + laughing.</p> + + <p>6. They are very dainty in their dress. One girl wears a + skirt of pink silk and a blouse of light green. She has + bracelets on her arms, ear-rings in her ears, a string of coral + round her neck, and flowers in her hair.</p> + + <p>7. In one hand she carries a bamboo sunshade; in the other + she holds a big paper cigar! She is very fond of smoking, and + you never see her without a cigar. On her feet she wears + sandals.</p> + + <p>8. The men are gentle and rather lazy. The women have far + more "go" in them than the men. Many of them keep shops, and + are very good traders. The wife is the chief person in every + home.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig16-2ed.png" + width="200" + height="467" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. The men also wear skirts, and sometimes their jackets are + very gay. They wrap a handkerchief of pink, or of some other + bright colour, round their head.</p> + + <p>10. The Burmese worship Buddha, a prince who lived more than + two thousand years ago. He was a very noble man, and he gave up + all the pleasant things of life that nothing might turn his + thoughts from goodness.</p> + + <p>11. Amongst other things he taught men to be kind to + animals. All animals are well treated in Burma.</p> + + <p>12. All over the land you see temples to Buddha. These + temples grow narrower and narrower the higher they rise. They + all end in a spire above which there is a kind of umbrella. It + is made of metal, and all round its edge are silver or golden + bells, which make pretty music as they are blown to and fro by + the wind.</p> + + <p>13. By the side of many of these temples you may see a great + image of Buddha. Most of the images are made of brass. The + Burmese pray before these images, and offer flowers and candles + and rice to them.</p><a name="Fig16-3"></a> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig16-3ed.png" + width="350" + height="501" + alt=""> + </div><br clear="all"> + <a name="c17"></a> + <hr class="chapter" + style="clear: none;"> + + <h2><a href="#L17">17. A LETTER FROM + BURMA.—II.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig17-1ed.png" + width="150" + height="423" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Wherever you go in Burma you see monks. They have shaven + heads, and they wear yellow robes. Every morning they go out to + beg. Boys in yellow robes go with them, and carry large bowls + in their hands.</p> + + <p>2. The people come out of their houses and put food into the + bowls. The monks do not thank them. They say that he who gives + is more blessed than he who takes.</p> + + <p>3. The monks live in houses built of teak wood. In every + village you can see a monk's house standing in a grove of palm + trees. In these houses the monks keep school.</p> + + <p>4. Every Burmese boy lives for some time in one of the + monks' houses. Here he learns to read and write, and is taught + to be a good man.</p> + + <p>5. I went to see the most beautiful of all the monks' + houses. It is in a city far up in the country. The building is + of dark-brown teak wood, and has many roofs, one above the + other. It is covered with carving, and here and there it is + gilded.</p> + + <p>6. Many boys in yellow robes were playing beneath the trees. + They were the scholars of the school. One of the boys told me + that he was never going to leave the place. When he was old + enough he meant to be a monk.</p> + + <p>7. In the city I saw the palace of the king from whom we + took Burma. It stands inside a large space, with high walls all + round it. Outside the wall is a broad ditch full of water. When + I saw the ditch it was overgrown with water-plants covered with + pink blossoms.</p> + + <p>8. Many buildings, something like the monks' houses, form + the king's palace. Some of the buildings are very richly + carved, and are covered with gold leaf. Inside one of them I + saw great teak pillars, also covered with gold.</p> + + <p>9. The chief building ends in a very lofty spire, with a + beautiful metal umbrella above it. The Burmese used to believe + that this spire was in the very middle of the earth.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig17-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="378" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. Another fine building is a high lookout tower. From the + top of it there is a grand view. On one side I saw a hill + covered with temples. At the foot of the hill there were four + hundred and fifty of these temples. There must be thousands of + them in and near the city.</p> + + <p>11. As I drove to my hotel last night I saw a number of boys + playing Burmese football. They do not take sides, nor do they + try to kick goals. The football is made of basket-work.</p> + + <p>12. The boys stand round in a ring, and the game is to keep + the ball from touching the ground. The boys pass the ball from + one to the other by knocking it up with their heads, arms, + hands, legs, or toes. Some of the boys are very clever at this + game.</p> + + <p>13. Burma has many beautiful rivers and some fine mountains. + By the side of the rivers much rice is grown. Away in the north + there are grand forests filled with wild animals. Tigers are + often shot within twenty miles of the old king's palace.</p> + + <p class="pic">14. Now I have filled my paper, and I must bring + this letter to an end. I hope you are all well and happy. I am + leaving Burma tomorrow.—Best love to you all. + FATHER.</p><a name="c18"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L18">18. A LETTER FROM + CEYLON.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig18-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="199" + alt=""> + </div> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig18-2ed.png" + width="300" + height="517" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p class="pic2">1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—A week ago I landed + in the beautiful island of Ceylon. It lies to the south of + India. Get mother to show it to you on the globe.</p> + + <p>2. I am still under the British flag, the Union Jack. I can + see it waving from the top of a big building. The people of + Ceylon are proud to call themselves British.</p> + + <p>3. I have just been for a ride through the streets of the + chief town. I rode in a rickshaw—that is, a kind of large + baby-carriage drawn by a man. My rickshaw had rubber on its + wheels, so we went along very smoothly and quickly.</p> + + <p>4. Some of the carts are drawn by little bullocks that trot + along as fast as a pony. I often meet carts with a high cover + of thatch. These carts carry the tea, which grows on the hills, + down to the ships in the harbour.</p> + + <p>5. Some of the men of Ceylon wear tortoise-shell combs in + their hair. They are very proud of these combs, and some of + them are very handsome.</p> + + <p class="pic">6. The children of Ceylon seem very happy. They + are pretty and clean, and always obey their parents. Many of + them learn to speak and read English. They love dancing and + singing, and they never quarrel.</p><a name="Photo18-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo18-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="469" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">Ceylon Girls Playing the + Tom-Tom.<br> + (<i>From the picture by E.A. Hornel. By permission of + the Corporation of Manchester.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center> + + <p>7. By the next ship home I am sending mother a chest of tea. + The tea grew on the hills of Ceylon. I made a journey to these + hills by train. On the way we passed through thick forests, and + by the side of beautiful rivers.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig18-3ed.png" + width="300" + height="508" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>8. Ceylon is very rich in plants and trees. The cocoanut + palm grows almost everywhere. On one of the rivers I saw a raft + of cocoanuts. A man swam behind it and pushed it along.</p> + + <p>9. With this letter I send you a picture of a tea-garden. + Notice the men and women plucking the leaf. Many of them come + from the south of India. Look at the white planter. He comes, + as you know, from our own country.</p> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo18-2.jpg" + width="600" + height="466" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">IN A CEYLON TEA PLANTATION.</p> + </div> + + <p>10. In the middle of Ceylon there are many high mountains. + The highest is called Adam's Peak. It stands like a great wedge + high above the other hills.</p> + + <p>11. The people of Ceylon believe that it is a holy mountain. + They say that once upon a time Buddha climbed to the top of + this mountain. To prove that he did so they show you his + footprint. It is more than five feet long!</p> + + <p>12. A little temple has been built over the footprint. Men, + women, and children climb the mountain, to lay little gifts + before the footprint, and to strew sweet flowers about it. When + this is done, the children kneel down and ask their parents to + bless them.</p> + + <p>13. To-morrow I leave Ceylon on a long voyage to China. You + will not hear from me for several weeks. I hope you are all + well, and that you are still good children.—I remain, + your loving Father.</p><a name="c19"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L19">19. A LETTER FROM + CHINA.</a></h2><a name="Photo19-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 440px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo19-1.jpg" + width="400" + height="571" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">A Chinese Street.<br> + (<i>From the picture by T. Hodgson Liddell, + R.B.A.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Three weeks have gone by since I + last wrote to you. I have made my voyage safely, and I am now + in a great city of China called Canton.</p> + + <p>2. Ask mother to show you China on the globe. You see at + once that it is a vast country. It is larger than the whole of + Europe. One-fourth of all the people in the world live in + China.</p> + + <p>3. All round this city of Canton there is a high wall. From + the wall the city seems to be a beautiful place. When, however, + you enter it, you soon find that it is dirty and full of foul + smells.</p><br clear="all"> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig19-1ed.png" + width="400" + height="413" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>4. The streets are very narrow, and are always crowded with + people. Many of them are roofed in to keep them cool. Most of + them are so narrow that no carriage can pass along them. People + who wish to ride must be carried in a kind of box on the + shoulders of two or more men.</p> + + <p>5. I am sure you would like to see the signboards that hang + down in front of the shops. The strange letters on them are + painted in gold and in bright colours. They look very gay + indeed.</p> + + <p>6. The shops sell all sorts of things—silk, books, + drugs, flowers, china, and birds. Some of the shops only sell + gold and silver paper. The Chinese burn this paper at the + graves of their friends. When they do this they think that they + are sending money for their dead friends to spend in the other + world.</p> + + <p>7. Many things are also sold in the streets. The street + traders carry a bamboo pole across the shoulder. From the ends + of this pole they sling the baskets in which they carry their + wares. Many workmen ply their trades in the open street, and + you are sure to see quack doctors, letter-writers, and + money-changers.</p> + + <p>8. The Chinese do in the open street many things which we do + inside our houses. A Chinaman likes to eat his meals where + every one can see him.</p> + + <p>9. Sometimes he will sit in front of his house and wash his + feet. Yesterday I saw a man having his tooth drawn out of + doors. A crowd stood round him, watching to see how it was + done.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig19-2ed.png" + width="350" + height="333" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. How should you like to go for a ride in a wheelbarrow? + In China the wheelbarrow is often used for carrying people or + goods from place to place. It has a large wheel in the middle. + Round the wheel there is a platform for people or goods.</p> + + <p>11. A broad river runs through the city. It is crowded with + boats, in which live many thousands of people. Many of these + people never go ashore at all.</p> + + <p>12. Over the sterns of the boats there are long baskets. + These are the backyards of the floating city. Hens, ducks, + geese, and sometimes pigs, are kept in these baskets.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig19-3ed.png" + width="350" + height="358" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>13. The little boys who live on the boats have a log of wood + fastened to their waists. This keeps them afloat if they fall + overboard. The little girls have no such lifebelts. In China + nobody troubles about the girls.</p> + + <p class="pic2">14. Nearly all the boats have an eye painted on + their bows. Perhaps this seems strange to you. The Chinese, + however, say,—</p> + + <blockquote> + "<i>S'pose no got eye, no can see;<br> + S'pose no can see, no can walkee</i>" + </blockquote><a name="c20"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L20">20. CHINESE BOYS AND + GIRLS.</a></h2> + + <p>1. Chinese fathers and mothers are very glad when their + children are boys. In China the boys are much petted. Their + mothers give way to them, and let them do as they please.</p> + + <p>2. Girls, however, are not welcome. Sometimes they are + called "Not-wanted" or "Ought-to-have-been-a-boy."</p> + + <p>3. A Chinese boy has always two names, sometimes four. He + has one name when he is a child, and another when he goes to + school. He has a third name when he begins to earn money. When + he dies he has a fourth name.</p> + + <p>4. Chinese boys are very fond of flying kites, which are + shaped like fish or butterflies or dragons. Old gentlemen are + just as fond of kite-flying as boys.</p> + + <p>5. In China you will often see boys playing hopscotch or + spinning peg-tops. They also play shuttlecock, but they have no + battledore. They kick the shuttlecock with the sides of their + feet.</p> + + <p>6. Chinese boys love to set off fireworks, such as crackers, + wheels, and rockets. If the fireworks make a loud noise, so + much the better.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig20-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="391" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>7. Chinese children are taught to show very great respect to + their parents. They all bow and kneel to their fathers and + mothers. A boy who is not kind and good to his parents is + thought to be a wicked wretch.</p> + + <p>8. A few days ago I went to see a Chinese school. The boys + sit on stools at tiny tables. In front of them they have a + stone slab, a stick of Chinese ink, and some brushes with which + they write.</p> + + <p>9. There is always a great din in a Chinese schoolroom. The + boys shout at the top of their voices. If they do not make a + noise, the teacher thinks that they are not learning.</p> + + <p>10. When a boy knows his lesson he goes up to his master to + say it. He turns his back to his master, and does not face him + as you do.</p> + + <p>11. A Chinese boy becomes a man at sixteen years of age. He + chooses his work in life when he is quite a baby. Let me tell + you how he does it.</p> + + <p>12. When he is one year old he is seated in the middle of + such things as money, books, and pens. Then the parents watch + him to see what he will play with.</p> + + <p>13. If he takes up the money, they say that he must be a + trader or a banker. If he takes up a book or a pen, they say + that he must be a writer or a teacher or a + scholar.</p><a name="c21"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L21">21. HAIR, FINGERS, AND + TOES.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig21-1ed.png" + width="300" + height="335" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Chinese men shave their heads, all but a small patch of + hair. This is allowed to grow very long, and is plaited into a + pigtail. I have seen Chinamen with coloured ribbons woven into + their pigtails.</p> + + <p>2. When men are at work they twine their pigtails round + their heads. When they wish to show respect to any person they + let down their pigtails. A man who has a long, thick pigtail is + very proud of it.</p> + + <p>3. Sometimes men who are sent to prison have their pigtails + cut off. This is thought to be a great disgrace. When they + leave prison they buy false pigtails to wear.</p> + + <p>4. When Chinamen fight they pull each other about by the + pigtail. Sometimes a schoolmaster punishes bad boys with his + pigtail.</p> + + <p>5. Rich women are very proud of their tiny feet. Chinese + ladies can wear shoes about four inches long. Fancy mother + wearing a doll's shoes!</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig21-2ed.png" + width="325" + height="400" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>6. Girls have their feet bound up tightly when they are five + years of age. The bandages are made tighter every week, until + the foot stops growing. Of course, the poor girls suffer very + much. The Chinese have a saying: "Every pair of bound feet + costs a bath of tears."</p> + + <p>7. When the girls grow up they cannot walk. They can only + totter along, and they have to lean on the arm of a maid to + keep themselves from falling.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig21-3ed.png" + width="275" + height="406" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>8. I am glad to say that many parents do not now bind the + feet of their girls. They have learnt that it is both wicked + and foolish to do so. At one school in China all the girls have + their feet unbound. They skip and play about almost as well as + Kate and May.</p> + + <p>9. You and I think that only dirty, untidy people let their + nails grow long. Rich people in China never cut their nails. + They let them grow so long that they have to wear shields to + keep them from being broken.</p> + + <p>10. The dress of a Chinaman is very simple. He wears + trousers and several cotton or silk tunics. The outside tunic + has very long, wide sleeves; these are used as pockets.</p> + + <p>11. The trousers are loose, and are covered up to the knee + by white stockings. When a Chinaman is in full dress he wears a + long gown. The Chinese boy wears the same kind of clothes as + his father. Every man, woman, and child carries a fan.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig21-4ed.png" + width="250" + height="92" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. Chinese boots are made of cloth or satin, never of + leather. The soles are made of rags or paper. We blacken the + uppers of our boots. Chinamen whiten the soles of theirs.</p> + + <p>13. Now I must end this letter. When I come home you must + ask me to tell you about the rice fields and the silk farms and + the Great Wall. I have a hundred more things to tell you about + this wonderful land.—Your loving + FATHER.</p><a name="Photo21-1"></a> + + <center> + <div class="figure1c" + style="width: 640px; margin-bottom: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo21-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="426" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">A Rich Chinaman's House.<br> + (<i>From the photograph by J. Thomson, + F.R.G.S.</i>)</p> + </div> + </center><a name="c22"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L22">22. A LETTER FROM JAPAN.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Once more I have made a long sea + voyage, and once more I am safely on shore. I am now in + Japan.</p> + + <p>2. The Japs live on islands, just as we do. They are brave + and clever and busy, and they have many fine warships. Because + of all these things they are sometimes called the Britons of + the Far East.</p> + + <p>3. Most of the people in the East are very backward. They + have stood still while the people of the West have gone + forward. Not so the Japs. They have learnt everything that the + West can teach them. You will see in Japan all the things on + which we pride ourselves.</p> + + <p>4. The Japs are first-rate sailors. Some of their captains + learnt to be sailors on board our warships. They are also fine + soldiers. You know that not many years ago they beat the + Russians both by land and by sea.</p> + + <p>5. I like the Japs better than any other people that I have + met in the East. Many of them still wear the dress of olden + days, and keep to their simple and pretty ways. Their country + is beautiful, and they love beautiful things.</p> + + <p>6. They are very fond indeed of flowers, which they grow + very well. Their gardens are lovely. When the flowers are in + bloom the Japs troop in thousands to see them. It is pretty to + watch the delight of fathers and mothers and children at the + form, colour, and scent of the flowers.</p> + + <p>7. The Japs are very clever workmen. I have often stood and + watched them at work. They always try to beat their own best. + Good work of any kind gives them joy; bad work gives them + pain.</p> + + <p>8. I have bought Jap fans for Kate and May. On these fans + there are pictures of a snow-clad mountain shaped like a sugar + loaf. There is no more beautiful mountain in all the world.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig22-1ed.png" + width="500" + height="226" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. This mountain began as a hole in the ground. Melted rocks + boiled up out of the hole and built up the mountain. In time + the rocks grew cool and hard. Some Japs believe that it was + formed in a single night!</p> + + <p>10. Steam still comes out of a crack in the side of the + mountain. This shows that any day melted rocks may boil forth + again. About two hundred years ago the mountain threw out so + much ash that it covered a town sixty miles away.</p> + + <p>11. Sometimes the earth shakes and opens in great cracks. + When the earth "quakes" houses tumble down, and the tops of + tall trees snap off. Very often lives are + lost.</p><a name="c23"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L23">23. JAP CHILDREN.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig23-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="448" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. When a Jap boy is born there is great joy in his home. + His mother's friends all come to see him. They bring him + presents, such as toys, dried fish, and eggs.</p> + + <p>2. Very early in his life the little Jap baby is strapped on + to his sister's back. He goes with her wherever she goes. If + the weather is cold, the little girl covers him with her coat. + When the sun is hot she shelters him with her sunshade.</p> + + <p>3. When she plays she jumps and skips and runs about, and + all the time baby's little head jerks to and fro. He does not + mind; he is quite happy. You never hear a Jap baby cry.</p> + + <p>4. When a boy is about three years of age he learns to walk. + He soon finds his feet, and runs about on high wooden + clogs.</p> + + <p>5. Jap boys are fond of pets and games. Wherever a boy goes + he carries with him a long pole. With this he makes flying + leaps and does many clever tricks.</p> + + <p>6. Every boy in Japan wishes to be either a soldier or a + sailor when he grows up. Even tiny little mites play with flags + and drums and little guns. When the boys are older they are + taught to be brave, and to die if need be for their + country.</p> + + <p>7. The great day of the year for Jap boys is the fifth day + of the fifth month. On this day the Feast of Flags is held. + Over each house where there is a boy you see big paper fish + floating in the air.</p> + + <p class="pic">8. The shops are then full of toys. Most of the + toys are soldiers, and sometimes they are like the soldiers of + olden days. Some are on foot, and some are on horseback; some + are generals, and some are drummers.</p><a name= + "Photo23-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo23-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="373" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">The Toy Seller.<br> + (<i>From the water-colour painting by H.E. + Tidmarsh.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>9. The boys love to play at war. You can always make Jap + boys happy by giving them a toy army to play with.</p> + + <p>10. The greatest day of the year for the girls is the Feast + of Dolls. On this day the girls give doll parties to their + little friends. All the dolls, however old, are brought out and + dressed up in fine new clothes. The Feast of Dolls is a time of + great fun and laughter.</p> + + <p>11. Jap children now play many of our games. They are very + fond of "prisoner's base," "fox and geese," and "tag." The boys + love kite-flying.</p> + + <div class="figure2r" + style="clear: all;"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig23-2ed.png" + width="350" + height="393" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. Sometimes they put glass on the strings of their kites, + and with it try to cut the strings of other boys' kites. They + are very clever at this game, and there is great laughter when + a string is cut.</p> + + <p>13. In the house, during the day, girls like to blow soap + bubbles. At dusk they are fond of hunting fire-flies, and + driving them to and fro with fans.</p> + + <p>14. In the summer they catch grasshoppers, and keep them in + small bamboo cages. They say that the chirping of the + grasshoppers brings them good luck.</p> + + <p>15. All Japs are polite—even boys. When a boy goes to + the house of a friend he squats on his heels. Then he places + his hands on the floor, and bows until his forehead touches his + toes. This he does again and again, and all the time he speaks + very politely.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig23-3ed.png" + width="300" + height="353" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>16. Jap children are taught to be very kind and helpful to + their elders, and to the poor and the weak. Yesterday I saw a + little girl run from her mother to take the hand of a blind man + and lead him across the street.</p> + + <p>17. Now, my dears, I must end this letter. To-morrow I start + on my homeward way. I shall sail across the ocean to the great + land of America. I hope you are all well, good, and happy. Your + loving FATHER.</p><a name="c24"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L24">24. A LETTER FROM + CANADA.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—Look at the globe in my room and + find Japan. Then find America. You will see that a broad ocean + lies between them. It is called the Pacific Ocean. I have + crossed this ocean, and I am now in the great country of + Canada.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig24-1ed.png" + width="450" + height="353" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>2. I am sure that you cannot guess where I am writing this + letter. I am writing it in the train. I have already been three + days in the train, and I am only half-way across Canada.</p> + + <p>3. I am glad to say that I am once more under the Union + Jack. The whole land of Canada is British, from sea to sea. Our + flag floats above every city.</p> + + <p>4. The first part of my journey pleased me most. The train + ran through a beautiful country, filled with splendid trees. + Some of them are as high as a church tower, and have trunks + many yards round. There are no finer trees in all the + world.</p> + + <p>5. Later in the day our train ran by the side of a rushing + river, which was deep down in a narrow valley between the + mountains.</p> + + <p>6. In this river there are millions of salmon. I saw men + catching them. You will see tins of salmon from this river in + most of the grocers' shops at home.</p> + + <p>7. As the train ran on, the mountains rose higher and + higher, until their tops were covered with snow. We then began + to cross the great Rocky Mountains. Up and up the train + climbed, until the rails reached their highest point.</p> + + <p class="pic">8. Then we began to descend. We ran through dark + clefts in the rocks, along the edges of steep cliffs, across + rivers, and by the side of lakes. High above us were the snowy + mountain tops. It was all very grand and very beautiful.</p> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo24-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="419" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">Harvest-Time in Canada.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind + permission of the C.P.R. Co.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>9. At last we left the mountains behind us and reached the + plains. We are now speeding over these plains. The country is + as flat as the palm of your hand. Here and there, far apart, I + can see farm-houses. On these plains the best wheat in the + world is grown.</p> + + <p>10. In winter the whole land is covered deep with snow, and + the rivers are frozen over. In April winter gives place to + spring. Then the snow melts, and the ice on the rivers breaks + up.</p> + + <p>11. No sooner has the snow gone than the wheat begins to + spring up. The wheat grows very fast and ripens very quickly. + Much of it is sent to Britain. Very likely the loaf which you + ate for breakfast this morning was made of wheat which grew on + the plains of Canada.</p> + + <p>12. In other parts of Canada there are forests which cover + thousands of miles of country. The trees in these forests are + cut down, and are made into planks which are sent to all parts + of the world.</p> + + <p>13. The trees are felled during winter. Their trunks are + piled up by the side of a river. When the thaw comes they are + thrown into the water. Men follow them and push them back into + the water if they drift ashore.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig24-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="424" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>14. The stream carries the logs down to the sawmills, where + they are cut up into planks. Love to all. + FATHER.</p><a name="c25"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L25">25. CHILDREN OF CANADA.</a></h2> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig25-1ed.png" + width="500" + height="223" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—I am staying for a few days with + a friend who has a farm on the plains. His house is five miles + from the railway.</p> + + <p>2. My friend met me at the station with a motor car, and + drove me over rough roads between huge fields. There are no + hedges in this part of the country. The fields are divided from + each other by fences.</p> + + <p>3. This farm is much larger than any farm which you have + seen in England. The house is built of wood. All round it is a + pretty garden. Not far away are the stables and the barns.</p> + + <p>4. I am sure you would like to hear something about the + farmer's children. There are three of them—a girl and two + boys. The girl is the youngest, and she is about eight years of + age.</p> + + <p>5. All the children make themselves very useful in the + house. Servants are hard to get in Canada, so people must learn + to help themselves. The boys clean the boots and chop wood. The + girls think nothing of helping to scrub the floors.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig25-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="326" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>6. After breakfast the children trudge off to school, which + is three miles away. They take their lunch with them. When they + return in the evening they have many odd jobs to do.</p> + + <p>7. In the playground of their school you will see many young + trees growing. There are very few trees on the plains, and far + more are needed.</p> + + <p>8. On one day in each year the children make holiday, and + plant trees in the school grounds. The teacher tells them that + when they grow up they must plant trees on their farms.</p> + + <p>9. Harvest is the busiest time of the year. Then the + children rise at half-past four, and work all day long in the + fields. Every one who can work at all must do so at harvest + time.</p> + + <p>10. There is also plenty of work to be done in the autumn. + Everything needed in the house must be brought in before the + snow begins to fall.</p> + + <p class="pic">11. Winter is the real holiday time. No work can + then be done on the land. The rivers and lakes are frozen, and + everywhere there is plenty of skating. The wheels are taken off + the carriages, and runners are put on instead. Horses draw them + very swiftly over the frozen snow.</p><a name="Photo25-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 390px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo25-1.jpg" + width="350" + height="472" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">BOYS OF CANADA IN WINTER.</p> + </div> + + <p>12. Look at the picture post-card which I send you with this + letter. It shows you how Canadian boys are dressed in winter. + On the ground you see a pair of snow-shoes. The boys can travel + very quickly on these snow-shoes without sinking into the + snow.</p> + + <p>13. In the picture you also see a toboggan. It is a small + sledge. The boy drags his toboggan up to the top of a hill. He + seats himself on it and pushes off. Away he goes over the + frozen snow like an arrow from a bow. It is splendid fun.</p> + + <p>14. Those boys and girls whose homes are in towns live very + much as you do. They go to school, and they play in the streets + and parks. When summer comes many of them go to the seaside or + to the lakeside for a holiday.</p> + + <p>15. Sometimes a whole family goes camping in the woods. They + then live in tents or in little huts by the side of a river or + a lake. What happy times the children have! They go fishing, + they bathe, and they dart to and fro in canoes.</p> + + <p>16. Most of the young folks of Canada are strong and + healthy. They are happy and bright, and they are not afraid of + work. No children are more useful to their parents than the + boys and girls of Canada.</p><a name="c26"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L26">26. THE RED + MEN.</a></h2><a name="Photo26-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 640px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo26-1.jpg" + width="600" + height="419" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">Red Men and White Men.<br> + (<i>From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind + permission of the C.P.R. Co.</i>)</p> + </div> + + <p>1. Tom will not forgive me unless I tell you something about + the Red men of America. He has often asked me about the picture + of Red men which is in my room at home.</p> + + <div class="figure2r" + style="clear: left;"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig26-1ed.png" + width="375" + height="453" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>2. In the old days, before white men settled in America, the + Red men were masters of the land. They were tall and strong, + and their skin was of a dark copper colour. Their eyes were jet + black, and their hair was long and straight.</p> + + <p>3. They wore very little clothing, even though the winters + in North America are very cold. From the time when they were + babies they were trained to bear heat and cold, hunger, thirst, + and pain without grumbling.</p> + + <p>4. When the white men landed in America, the villages of the + Red men were to be found all over the country. Each of these + villages was the home of a tribe. The houses were tents made of + skin or huts made of wood.</p> + + <p>5. The women or squaws did all the hard work. They planted + and tilled the fields, cooked the food, and made the clothes. + The babies were put into little bark cradles, which were + sometimes hung from the branches of trees, and were rocked to + and fro by the wind.</p> + + <p>6. The Red men were nearly always at war, either amongst + themselves or against the white men. In battle they were very + crafty and skilful. Those who fell into their hands were + sometimes treated very cruelly.</p> + + <p>7. Before the Red men went on the "warpath" they painted + their faces, so as to frighten their foes. Then they took up + their bows and hatchets, and, following their leader, strode + silently away.</p> + + <p>8. The Red men did not care to fight in the open. They + always tried to catch their foes asleep or to take them by + surprise.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig26-2ed.png" + width="400" + height="434" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>9. In those days the land was full of deer and other wild + animals. On the great plains where the wheat now grows huge + herds of bison used to feed.</p> + + <p>10. The Red men hunted the bison on their swift little + ponies. When they were close to the animals they shot at them + with arrows. If the arrows missed their mark, the Red men + killed the bison with their knives.</p> + + <p>11. When the white men came they hunted the bison with guns, + and soon killed them off. Only a few bisons remain, and these + are now kept in parks.</p> + + <p>12. There are not many Red men left in North America. Most + of them have died off. Many of those who now remain have given + up their old way of living.</p><a name="c27"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L27">27. THE + ESKIMOS.</a></h2><a name="Photo27-1"></a> + + <div class="figure1" + style="width: 440px; margin-top: 0;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo27-1.jpg" + width="400" + height="611" + alt=""> + + <p class="caption">Amongst the Eskimos.</p> + </div> + + <p>1. Here is another picture for you. Look at it carefully. It + shows you the people who live in the far north of Canada. They + are called Eskimos.</p> + + <p>2. In the upper part of the picture you see a man on a + sledge. He is dressed in furs, and has fur gloves on his hands. + His head and ears are covered with a hood. In the far north of + Canada the cold is so bitter in winter that men's hands and + ears would be frost-bitten if they were not kept warm in this + way.</p> + + <p>3. In winter the sea and the land are thickly frozen over. + The whole country is covered with ice and snow. The Eskimo has + to travel over the ice to get from place to place. He uses a + sledge drawn by dogs. There is a team of dogs in the upper part + of the picture.</p> + + <p>4. Sometimes the sledge is overturned, and the men and dogs + are thrown into deep, wide cracks in the ice. Sometimes fierce + storms arise, and men and dogs perish together. Sometimes food + runs short, and they die of hunger.</p> + + <p>5. In the middle part of the picture you see a tent. The + Eskimos can only live in tents during the short summers; during + the long dark winters they live in huts. The walls are made of + stones and sods. The roof is of wood which has drifted to their + shores. You must remember that no trees will grow in these very + cold lands.</p> + + <p>6. Some Eskimos make their winter houses of blocks of snow, + with sheets of ice for the windows. Perhaps you shiver at the + thought of living in a snow house, but you need not do so.</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig27-1ed.png" + width="425" + height="239" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>7. Really, a snow house is quite a snug home. The snow keeps + in the heat of the house, just as a blanket keeps in the heat + of your body. Perhaps you know that it is the blanket of snow + spread over the ground in winter which keeps the roots of the + plants from being frozen.</p> + + <p>8. When summer comes, the snow and ice melt along the edge + of the sea. Then the Eskimo leaves his winter quarters for the + seashore.</p> + + <p>9. The sea-shores of these very cold lands abound in bears, + seals, foxes, and other wild animals. The sea is full of fish, + and millions of gulls, geese, and other birds fly north for the + summer.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig27-2ed.png" + width="375" + height="182" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. When a boy is ten years of age his father gives him a + bow and arrows and a canoe. Then he thinks himself a man + indeed. In the lower part of the picture you see a man in an + Eskimo canoe. He is going to hunt seals and small whales.</p> + + <p>11. Now I must bring this long letter to a close. I shall + write you one more before I start for home. I am eager to see + you all again.—Your loving FATHER.</p><a name="c28"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L28">28. FATHER'S LAST + LETTER.</a></h2> + + <p>1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,—This is the last letter which I + shall write to you from abroad. I hope to sail for home in a + week's time. I shall send you a telegram to tell you when I + shall arrive. You must all come to the station to meet me.</p> + + <p>2. Look at the globe and find North America. The northern + half is called Canada, and the southern half is called the + United States. I am now in New York, the largest city of the + United States.</p> + + <p>3. The people of the United States speak English. The + forefathers of many of them came from our islands. But the + United States do not belong to Britain. Their flag is not the + Union Jack, but the Stars and Stripes.</p> + + <p>4. This morning at breakfast a black man waited upon me. His + skin was very dark, his lips were thick, and his hair was short + and curly.</p> + + <p>5. Are you not surprised to hear that there are black men in + America? There are thousands of them in New York. In the + southern part of the United States there are more black men + than white men.</p> + + <p>6. Most of the black men live in the hot part of the United + States, where cotton and sugar are grown. White people cannot + work in the cotton or sugar fields, because the sun is too hot + for them.</p> + + <p>7. The black people who live in the United States were born + in America. They have never known any other land. America, + however, is not their real home. They really belong to + Africa.</p> + + <p>8. How is it that we now find them in America? When the + white men of America began to grow cotton and sugar, they + needed black men to work in the fields. Men called "slavers" + went to Africa in ships. They landed and pushed inland. When + they came to villages they seized the people and drove them off + to the ships.</p> + + <p>9. The poor blacks, who were thus dragged from their home + and kindred, were thrust into the holds of ships and carried to + America. Sometimes they suffered much on the voyage. The + weakest of them died, and were thrown overboard.</p> + + <p>10. When they reached America they were sold to the + cotton-growers and sugar-growers, who carried them off to work + in the fields. Sometimes they were kindly treated; sometimes + they were flogged to make them work. But whether kindly or + cruelly treated, they were no longer men and women, but + slaves.</p> + + <p>11. This went on for many years. At last some kind-hearted + men in the northern states said, "It is wicked to own slaves. + All the slaves in America shall be set free."</p> + + <div class="figure1r" + style="width: 490px;"> + <img src="illustrations/Photo28-1.jpg" + width="450" + height="181" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>12. The farmers of the south were very angry when they heard + this, and said that they would not free their slaves. Then a + fierce war broke out. The North beat the South, and when the + war came to an end all the slaves in America were set free.</p> + + <p>13. The blacks still work in the cotton and sugar and + tobacco fields; but they now work for wages, just as I do. They + are free to come and go as they please.</p> + + <p>14. The darkies are very merry and full of fun. When their + work is over they love to sing and dance to the music of the + banjo. Some of their songs are very pretty. I will sing some of + them to you when I come home. Good-bye, dears. I shall soon be + with you now.—Your loving FATHER.</p><a name="c29"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2><a href="#L29">29. HOME AGAIN.</a></h2> + + <p>1. The telegram came soon after breakfast. Father was coming + home that very day. We were so delighted that we sang and + danced and clapped our hands, just like the darkies.</p> + + <p>2. Mother was very busy. "You must all come and help me," + she said. "The house must be made beautiful for father's + return."</p> + + <p>3. May and I worked with mother, but the day passed very + slowly. Father's train was to arrive at six o'clock. By + half-past five we were all at the station waiting for him.</p> + + <div class="figure2l"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig29-1ed.png" + width="250" + height="321" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>4. At last the train steamed in, and out jumped father. Oh, + how we hugged and kissed him! Father was well, and he looked + very brown.</p> + + <p>5. I sat next to him in the cab. He told us that his ship + had only reached Liverpool that morning. He had taken the first + train for home, because he wished to see us so much.</p> + + <p>6. After tea he opened one of his boxes. "I have brought + each of you a present," he said. "Sit down, and I will show you + some pretty things."</p> + + <p>7. Mother's present was a dress from India. It had gold and + beetles' wings on it. They were a lovely shiny green, just like + jewels.</p> + + <p>8. My present was a necklace of beautiful blue stones. May's + was a dolly, dressed just like an Indian lady. Tom's was a kite + from Japan. It was shaped just like a dragon. Of course, we + were all delighted with our gifts.</p> + + <p>9. Then father told us many things about his travels. "I + have been right round the world," he said. "I sailed to the + East, and I went on and on until I returned to the place from + which I set out."</p> + + <p>"I know," cried Tom. "I have followed you all round the + world on the globe."</p> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/Fig29-2ed.png" + width="425" + height="286" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>10. May was sitting on father's knee. "Dad," she said, "I + suppose you are the very first man who has ever been right + round the world." "Of course he is," said Tom.</p> + + <p>11. Father laughed. "No, my dear," he replied; "thousands of + men had been round the world before I was born."</p> + + <p>12. "I'm so sorry," said May. "I did so want to tell the + girls at school that my father was the very first man who ever + went round the world."</p><a name="Exercises"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h2>EXERCISES.</h2> + + <h3>(<i>To be worked under the direction of the + teacher</i>)</h3><a name="L1"></a> + <hr class="chapter"> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c1">Lesson 1.</a></h3> + + <p>1. The father travelled by train. In what other ways might + he have travelled? Which is the fastest way? Which is the + slowest?</p> + + <p>2. What power drives the train? What other work does this + power do?</p> + + <p>3. Look carefully at the <a href="#PhotoF-1">first + picture</a> in this book. Describe it.</p> + + <p>4. Learn: <i>A globe is a small model of the earth.</i> Of + what shape is the earth? Of what shape are the sun, moon, and + stars?</p><a name="L2"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c2">Lesson 2.</a></h3> + + <p>1. The name of the town on the seashore (<a href= + "#c2p2">par. 2</a>) is Dover. Turn to the picture on + <a href="#Photo02-1">page 11</a> and describe the cliffs of + Dover as seen from the sea.</p> + + <p>2. The distance between Dover and Calais is only twenty-one + miles. Learn: <i>A narrow passage of water joining two seas is + called a strait.</i> The word <i>strait</i> means "narrow." + This strait is called the Strait of Dover.</p> + + <p>3. Model the Strait of Dover in clay or plasticine. Suppose + the water between England and France were to dry up, what would + the strait be then? Write out and learn: <i>A valley is a + hollow between hills or mountains.</i></p><a name="L3"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c3">Lesson 3.</a></h3> + + <p>1. The river which runs through Paris is called the Seine. + The river which runs through London is called the Thames. + Learn: <i>A river is a large stream of fresh water flowing + across the land to join another river, a lake, or the + sea.</i></p> + + <p>2. Look carefully at the picture on <a href= + "#Photo03-1">page 14</a> and describe it.</p> + + <p>3. Compare French boys with English boys. Compare French + girls with English girls.</p><a name="L4"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c4">Lesson 4.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE04ed.png" + width="325" + height="204" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Look carefully at the picture on <a href= + "#Photo04-1">page 18</a> and describe it.</p> + + <p>2. Copy this little drawing of the silkworm and the mulberry + leaf.</p> + + <p>3. Why do flowers bloom earlier in the south of France than + in England?</p> + + <p>4. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo04-2">page + 20</a>.</p><a name="L5"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c5">Lesson 5.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE05ed.png" + width="175" + height="375" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. The Nile carries much mud in its waters. If there is a + stream near your school, go to it and get a bottleful of water. + Let this water stand for a time and notice the mud which + settles down. Where does this mud come from?</p> + + <p>2. Copy this little drawing of a palm tree. The Arabs say + that the palm tree loves to have its foot in the water and its + head in the fire. What do you think this saying means?</p> + + <p>3. Look at the picture on <a href="#Photo05-1">page 23</a>. + What animals do you see in the picture? Tell me something about + each of them.</p><a name="L6"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c6">Lesson 6.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE06ed.png" + width="350" + height="137" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Copy this little drawing of two of the oldest buildings + in Egypt. Such buildings are called <i>pyramids</i>. Write out + this word six times. You will see pyramids in the picture on + <a href="#Photo05-1">page 23</a>. Of what shape is the ground + on which a pyramid stands? Make a <i>ground plan</i> of a + pyramid.</p> + + <p>2. How do we know what the men of Egypt were like in olden + times?</p> + + <p>3. The picture on <a href="#Photo05-2">page 25</a> shows you + a street in Cairo, the chief town of Egypt. Describe the + picture.</p><a name="L7"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c7">Lesson 7.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE07ed.png" + width="275" + height="376" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>A long deep ditch filled with + water is called a canal.</i> Model a canal in clay or + plasticine. What is the difference between a canal and a + strait?</p> + + <p>2. Copy this little drawing of a lighthouse. Write out and + learn: <i>A lighthouse is a tower near the sea. It shows a + bright light at night to warn sailors of rocks or shallow + places.</i></p> + + <p>3. Why does a big ship "go slow" through the Suez + Canal?</p><a name="L8"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c8">Lesson 8.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE08ed.png" + width="500" + height="105" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>A desert is a rainless tract of + country on which little or nothing will grow.</i> How can a + desert be turned into a garden?</p> + + <p>2. Copy this little drawing of an Arab tent. Why do the + Arabs who wander from place to place live in tents?</p> + + <p>3. Write out and learn: <i>A green spot in a desert is + called an oasis.</i> Several of these green spots are called + <i>oases</i>.</p><a name="L9"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c9">Lesson 9.</a></h3> + + <p>1. The palm is said to have as many uses as there are days + in the year. Name some of these uses.</p> + + <p>2. Why is the camel called the "ship of the desert"?</p> + + <p>3. Go to a sand heap. Stand on it; you sink in. Put a piece + of board on the sand and stand on it; the board does not sink + in much. Now turn to the picture on <a href="#Photo25-1">page + 105</a>. You will see a pair of snow-shoes on the snow. A boy's + foot will sink into the snow. When he stands on the snow-shoes + he does not sink in. Find out why. Notice the camel's foot, and + tell me why it does not sink into the sand.</p><a name= + "L10"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c10">Lesson 10.</a></h3> + + <p>1. In what ways do the people of Bombay differ from the + people of your town or village?</p> + + <p>2. Why are the people of hot lands dark in colour?</p> + + <p>3. Look at the picture on <a href="#Photo11-1">page 47</a>. + Describe it.</p><a name="L11"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c11">Lesson 11.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE11ed.png" + width="300" + height="285" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. What is the difference between our shops and the shops of + Bombay?</p> + + <p>2. How do Indian boys play at marbles?</p> + + <p>3. Copy this drawing of the Union Jack. Colour it with + chalks.</p><a name="L12"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c12">Lesson 12.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE12ed.png" + width="325" + height="231" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. With a pair of scissors cut out a square of paper. Fold + it into two; then into four; then into eight, and lastly into + sixteen. Open out the paper. If the whole square stands for the + size of India, one of the small squares will stand for the size + of our land.</p> + + <p>2. Copy this drawing of a punkah. What is the use of a + punkah?</p> + + <p>3. Suppose you forget to water your plants, what happens? + Suppose you water them too much, what + happens?</p><a name="L13"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c13">Lesson 13.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>A mountain is land which rises + high above the level of the country round about it. A row of + mountains joined together by high ground is called a mountain + range or chain.</i></p> + + <p>2. Write out the following:—"Some mountains may be + called water savings banks. The rain freezes as it falls and + becomes snow. On very high mountains this snow never melts. It + gets deeper and deeper, and the lower part turns into ice. This + ice creeps slowly down the mountain side until it comes into + air that is warm enough to melt it. The water which flows away + from the ice forms a river. Many large rivers begin in melting + ice-fields."</p> + + <p>3. Describe the picture on <a href="#Fig13-2">page + 55</a>.</p><a name="L14"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c14">Lesson 14.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE14ed.png" + width="550" + height="146" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Make a copy of this little drawing. It shows you a + palanquin—that is, a box carried on poles. Rich ladies + are carried from place to place in India in palanquins of this + kind.</p> + + <p>2. Compare the life of a rich Indian girl with that of our + girls.</p> + + <p>3. "They sang 'God Save the King' for me." Who is their + king? Have the people of India ever seen him?</p><a name= + "L15"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c15">Lesson 15.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo15-1">page + 61</a>.</p> + + <p>2. Describe an elephant. Of what use is he?</p> + + <p>3. Tell me what you know of tigers. How are tigers + hunted?</p><a name="L16"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c16">Lesson 16.</a></h3> + + <p>1. In what way does a Burmese girl differ from an Indian + girl?</p> + + <p>2. Copy the drawing of a Burmese girl on <a href= + "#Fig16-1">page 66</a>.</p> + + <p>3. Write out the following: "The Burmese alphabet is very + hard to learn. Dull boys often take a year to learn it. In the + monks' schools the lazy boys are sometimes punished by being + made to carry the hard-working boys on their backs up and down + the schoolroom."</p><a name="L17"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c17">Lesson 17.</a></h3> + + <p>1. What is the difference between Burmese football and + British football?</p> + + <p>2. Describe the picture on <a href="#Fig16-3">page + 68</a>.</p> + + <p>3. Write out the following: "Rice is a grass on which many + seeds grow. These seeds are eaten. Rice will only grow in wet + ground. The fields are flooded with water, and then the + rice-shoots are planted. The fields must be kept flooded until + the rice is ripe. In India, men sometimes gather the rice in + small boats."</p><a name="L18"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c18">Lesson 18.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE18ed.png" + width="450" + height="216" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Copy this little drawing of a rickshaw.</p> + + <p>2. Write out the following: "Tea is the name given to the + dried leaves and young shoots of the tea-plant. This plant is a + large evergreen shrub. It grows on the hillsides of Ceylon, and + in many other places in the East. When the leaves are picked, + they are spread out in trays until they wither; then they are + rolled. Wet cloths are next placed over the leaves, and they + are put in a cool dark place, until they rot a little. The + leaves are then dried over a fire, and after cooling are packed + in air-tight chests. They are then sent to our country."</p> + + <p>3. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo18-1">page + 75</a>.</p><a name="L19"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c19">Lesson 19.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE19ed.png" + width="425" + height="181" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Old cities have walls round them. Why were these walls + built? Why are they of no use now?</p> + + <p>2. Copy this drawing of a Chinese wheelbarrow.</p> + + <p>3. Why do the Chinese paint an eye on the bows of their + boats?</p><a name="L20"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c20">Lesson 20.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo19-1">page + 78</a>.</p> + + <p>2. Say what you know about a Chinese school.</p> + + <p>3. How can you tell a Chinaman when you see + him?</p><a name="L21"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c21">Lesson 21.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo21-1">page + 88</a>.</p> + + <p>2. In what ways do Chinese girls differ from British + girls?</p> + + <p>3. Write out the following: "The Great Wall of China is the + longest wall in the world. It was built about two thousand + years ago, and was meant to shut out the wild tribes which were + then trying to conquer China. The wall is more than twice as + long as the island of Great Britain. It is built of stone and + earth, and is so broad that four horses can be driven on it + abreast. The wall is now in ruins."</p><a name="L22"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c22">Lesson 22.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE22ed.png" + width="400" + height="128" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>An island is land with water all + round it. People can only reach an island by sailing to it in a + boat or by crossing a bridge.</i> A small island is called an + <i>islet</i>.</p> + + <p>2. Model an island in clay or plasticine. Suppose the water + round an island were to dry up, what would the island be + then?</p> + + <p>3. Copy this little drawing. It shows you the sacred + mountain of Japan.</p> + + <p>4. Write out and learn: <i>A volcano is a hole in the ground + out of which steam, ashes, mud, and melted rock are thrown. An + earthquake is a shaking or tearing apart of the + ground.</i></p><a name="L23"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c23">Lesson 23.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Which should you prefer to be—a boy or a girl (1) + in Japan, (2) in India?</p> + + <p>2. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo23-1">page + 90</a>.</p> + + <p>3. Try to make a drawing of a kite just after its string has + been cut by the glass on the string of another + kite.</p><a name="L24"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c24">Lesson 24.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE24ed.png" + width="425" + height="149" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Write out and learn: <i>A plain is a wide tract of + low-lying and nearly level country. A high plain is called a + plateau.</i></p> + + <p>2. Copy this drawing of a salmon. What do you know about + salmon?</p> + + <p>3. Which should you like to do best—till the fields, + cut down trees, or catch salmon? Say why.</p><a name="L25"></a> + + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c25">Lesson 25.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE25ed.png" + width="475" + height="125" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo25-1">page + 105</a>. Why do the boys cover up their ears?</p> + + <p>2. What sports do these boys enjoy in winter?</p> + + <p>3. Copy this drawing of a canoe.</p><a name="L26"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c26">Lesson 26.</a></h3> + + <div class="figure2r"> + <img src="illustrations/FigE26ed.png" + width="300" + height="277" + alt=""> + </div> + + <p>1. Copy this little drawing of a wigwam—that is, a Red + man's tent.</p> + + <p>2. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo26-1">page + 102</a>.</p> + + <p>3. How did the Red men hunt the bison? What has become of + the bison?</p><a name="L27"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c27">Lesson 27.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Look carefully at the picture on <a href= + "#Photo27-1">page 111</a>. Compare it with the picture on + <a href="#Photo08-1">page 35</a>.</p> + + <p>2. Why are the Eskimos fishermen and hunters, and not + farmers?</p> + + <p>3. How would you build a snow house? Would it be very cold + to live in? If not, why not?</p><a name="L28"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c28">Lesson 28.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Describe the picture on <a href="#Photo26-1">page + 102</a>.</p> + + <p>2. Write out the following: "The cotton plant loves sun and + water, and will only grow in the hot, moist parts of the world. + It throws out flower stalks, at the end of which pods appear. + Inside the pods is a soft, white down, which is called cotton. + This is spun and woven into cloth."</p> + + <p>3. What is the difference between cotton and + wool?</p><a name="L29"></a> + <hr> + + <h3 class="lesson"><a href="#c29">Lesson 29.</a></h3> + + <p>1. Look at a globe. Find a line running round the globe at + the thickest part. This is called the <i>Equator</i>, because + it divides the earth into two <i>equal</i> parts. The hottest + parts of the earth lie round about the Equator. The distance + round the earth at the Equator is 25,000 miles. A railway + train, running 50 miles an hour, and never stopping, would + require nearly three weeks for the journey. Find out whether + father's voyage was longer or shorter than this.</p> + + <p>2. Measure with a band of paper the distance on the globe + from the Equator on one side to the Equator on the other. Find + half this distance and mark it on the globe. Then mark the same + distance on the other side of the Equator. The points which you + have marked are called the <i>Poles</i>. One is the <i>North + Pole</i>; the other is the <i>South Pole</i>.</p> + + <p>3. Learn: <i>We divide the land of the earth into five great + parts; each of these parts is called a continent. There are + five continents</i>—<i>Europe, Asia, Africa, America, + Australia. We divide the water of the earth into five great + parts. Each of these parts is called an ocean. There are five + oceans</i>—<i>Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Arctic, and + Antarctic. The Arctic Ocean is round the North Pole; the + Antarctic Ocean is round the South Pole</i>.</p><br> + <br> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Highroads of Geography, by Anonymous + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HIGHROADS OF GEOGRAPHY *** + +***** This file should be named 11218-h.htm or 11218-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/2/1/11218/ + +Produced by Julie Barkley, Susan Woodring and PG Distributed Proofreaders + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f400c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d981c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-3ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d274fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig01-3ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig02-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig02-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..649069d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig02-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..275e638 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf2b3d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-3ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..18187c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig03-3ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..35201a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..99b7491 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig06-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig07-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig07-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c39c7d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig07-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..83452f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddb7387 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig08-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae4097a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9d59fe --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig09-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..93649fa --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..00ab7c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-3ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d45e0e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig10-3ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e1ef50 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9685224 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig11-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..239c524 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..19cffd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig12-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..888c291 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e83b480 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig13-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig14-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig14-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..482a55d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig14-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..65e9db7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6193b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig15-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..39d69bc --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..145cf96 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-3ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a5c1f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig16-3ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c7db1c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e31555c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig17-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2eae72b --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bd873a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-3ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce3403c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig18-3ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d47747 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b83989a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-3ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb018f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig19-3ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig20-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig20-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..27b4230 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig20-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba32800 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce11400 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-3ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecd14db --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-3ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-4ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-4ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..396f5a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig21-4ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig22-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig22-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6288fd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig22-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea9e825 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e45f9f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-3ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-3ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..61e31e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig23-3ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1486b8e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c9a39a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig24-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..72ef70a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c5942b --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig25-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..62b9af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1f3d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig26-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a49305c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..828ed03 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig27-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-1ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-1ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b641574 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-1ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-2ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-2ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d67649 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Fig29-2ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE04ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE04ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fe8c6d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE04ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE05ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE05ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b269288 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE05ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE06ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE06ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..48484e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE06ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE07ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE07ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9ded80 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE07ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE08ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE08ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b4577f --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE08ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE11ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE11ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3208b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE11ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE12ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE12ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad1a0a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE12ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE14ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE14ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3023e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE14ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE18ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE18ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e901810 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE18ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE19ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE19ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5caaf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE19ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE22ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE22ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b158d1a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE22ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE24ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE24ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb74dce --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE24ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE25ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE25ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aece075 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE25ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE26ed.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE26ed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f6e883 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigE26ed.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigF-1.png b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigF-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..164502c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/FigF-1.png diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo02-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo02-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f4d0e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo02-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo03-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo03-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5842c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo03-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..df2b7ff --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-2.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc16c26 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo04-2.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..689266f --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-2.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa5459a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo05-2.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo08-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo08-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..feb463d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo08-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo09-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo09-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8270d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo09-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo11-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo11-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e3f148 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo11-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..08bb341 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-2.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..02c09eb --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo15-2.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6258b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-2.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d82d020 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo18-2.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo19-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo19-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..afbe508 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo19-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo21-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo21-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9881c13 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo21-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo23-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo23-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..33f9467 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo23-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo24-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo24-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cdaa1a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo24-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo25-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo25-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7055c6e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo25-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo26-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo26-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a849687 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo26-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo27-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo27-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d442059 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo27-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo28-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo28-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e5bb5b --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/Photo28-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218-h/illustrations/PhotoF-1.jpg b/old/11218-h/illustrations/PhotoF-1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..10d10d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218-h/illustrations/PhotoF-1.jpg diff --git a/old/11218.txt b/old/11218.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cb3425 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2904 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Highroads of Geography, by Anonymous + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Highroads of Geography + +Author: Anonymous + +Release Date: February 21, 2004 [EBook #11218] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HIGHROADS OF GEOGRAPHY *** + + + + +Produced by Julie Barkley, Susan Woodring and PG Distributed Proofreaders + + + + +[Transcriber's Note: Descriptions of illustrations which have no +captions and of page references are found in {curly brackets}.] + +[Illustration: That's where Daddy is! + +(From the painting by J. Snowman.)] + + + + + +THE ROYAL SCHOOL SERIES + + +Highroads of Geography + + +_Illustrated by Masterpieces of the following artists:--J.M.W. Turner, +F. Goodall, E.A. Hornel, Talbot Kelly, W. Simpson, Edgar H. Fisher, J.F. +Lewis, T.H. Liddell, Cyrus Cuneo, &c._ + + + +Introductory Book--Round the World with Father + + +1916 + + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +1. Good-bye to Father, + +2. A Letter from France, + +3. In Paris, + +4. On the Way to Egypt, + +5. A Letter from Egypt, + +6. Children of Egypt, + +7. Through the Canal, + +8. Amongst the Arabs.--I., + +9. Amongst the Arabs.--II., + +10. A Letter from India, + +11. In the Streets, + +12. Our Indian Cousin, + +13. In the Garden, + +14. Indian Boys and Girls, + +15. Elephants and Tigers, + +16. A Letter from Burma.--I., + +17. A Letter from Burma.--II., + +18. A Letter from Ceylon, + +19. A Letter from China, + +20. Chinese Boys and Girls, + +21. Hair, Fingers, and Toes, + +22. A Letter from Japan, + +23. Jap Children, + +24. A Letter from Canada, + +25. Children of Canada, + +26. The Red Men, + +27. The Eskimos. + +28. Father's Last Letter, + +29. Home Again, + +EXERCISES, + + + + + +INTRODUCTORY BOOK. + + +I. GOOD-BYE TO FATHER. + + +1. Father kissed us and said, "Good-bye, dears. Be good children, and +help mother as much as you can. The year will soon pass away. What a +merry time we will have when I come back again!" + +2. Father kissed mother, and then stepped into the train. The guard blew +his whistle, and the train began to move. We waved good-bye until it was +out of sight. + +[Illustration: {Children waving good-bye to their father as the train +pulls away}] + +3. Then we all began to cry--even Tom, who thinks himself such a man. It +was _so_ lonely without father. + +4. Tom was the first to dry his eyes. He turned to me and said, "Stop +that crying. You are the eldest, and you ought to know better." + +5. He made mother take his arm, just as father used to do. Then he began +to whistle, to show that he did not care a bit. All the way home he +tried to make jokes. + +6. As soon as we had taken off our coats and hats, Tom called us into +the sitting-room. "Look here," he said: "we're going to have no glum +faces in this house. We must be bright and cheerful, or mother will +fret. You know father wouldn't like that." + +[Illustration: {Children in the sitting-room}] + +7. We said that we would do our best. So off we went to help mother to +make the beds and to dust the rooms. While we were doing this we quite +forgot to be sad. + +8. After tea we went into father's room and looked at the globe. "I'm +going to follow father right round the world," said Tom. "Please show me +which way he is going." Mother did so. + +9. "By this time next week," she said, "we shall have the first of many +long letters from father. I am sure we shall enjoy reading them. He will +tell us about the far-off lands which he is going to see." + +10. "That will be grand," I said. "I hope he will tell us _lots_ +about the children. I want to know what they look like, what they wear, +and what games they play." + +11. Tom said he would rather not hear about children. He wanted to hear +about savages and tigers and shipwrecks, and things like that. + +[Illustration: {Postman delivering a letter}] + +12. A week later the postman brought us father's first letter. How eager +we were to hear it! Mother had to read it for us two or three times. + +13. Every week for many weeks the postman brought us letters from +father. When he handed us a letter he used to say, "I'm glad to see that +your daddy is all right so far." + +14. This book is made up of father's letters from abroad. I hope you +will enjoy them as much as we did. + + * * * * * + +2. A LETTER FROM FRANCE. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am writing this letter in a large seaport of the +south of France. To-morrow I shall go on board the big ship which is to +take me to Egypt. + +2. Let me tell you about my travels so far. The train in which I left +our town took me to London. Next day another train took me to a small +town on the seashore. + +3. About twenty miles of sea lie between this town and France. At once I +went on board the small steamer which was to take me across. The sea was +smooth and the sun was shining. + +[Illustration: The White Cliffs of Dover. + +(From the picture by J. M. W. Turner, R.A.)] + +4. I stood on the deck looking at the white cliffs of dear old England. +When I could see them no longer I found that we were not far from +France. + +5. In about an hour we reached a French town which in olden days +belonged to us. The steamer sailed right up to the railway station. + +6. I had something to eat, and then took my place in the train. Soon we +were speeding towards Paris, the chief town of France. + +7. I looked out of the window most of the time. We ran through many +meadows and cornfields. Here and there I saw rows of poplar trees +between the fields. + +8. Now and then we crossed rivers with barges on them. On and on we +went, past farmhouses and little villages, each with its church. The +French villages look brighter than ours. I think this is because the +houses are painted in gay colours. + +9. I saw many men, women, and children working in the fields. All of +them wore wooden shoes. Most of the men and boys were dressed in blue +blouses. + +[Illustration: {People working in a field}] + +10. There was a little French boy in my carriage. He wore a black blouse +with a belt. His stockings were short, and did not come up to his +knickerbockers. He was rather pale, and his legs were very thin. + +11. The boy was about Tom's age. He sat still, and held his father's +hand all the way. I don't think Tom would have done this; he thinks +himself too much of a man. + +12. After a time we crossed a broad river, and came to the dull, dark +station of a large city. As we left it, I saw the tall spire of one of +the grandest churches in all the world. + +13. On we went, past farms and villages and small towns, until at last +we reached Paris. + + * * * * * + +3. IN PARIS. + + +[Illustration: In the Gardens. + +(From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I.)] + +1. Paris is a very grand and beautiful city. The French people say that +France is a great garden. They also say that the finest flowers in this +garden make up the nosegay which we call Paris. + +2. A great river runs through Paris. All day long you can see little +steamboats darting to and fro on the river, like swallows. Near to the +river are some beautiful gardens. + +[Illustration: {View of Paris}] + +3. I sat in these gardens, at a little table under the trees. As I sat +there a man walked up the path. At once I heard a great chirping and a +flutter of wings. + +[Illustration: {A man with birds}] + +4. All the birds in the garden flocked to him. They seemed to know him +as an old friend. Some perched on his shoulders and some on his hat. One +bold little fellow tried to get into his pocket. It was a pretty sight +to see him feeding the birds. + +5. In the gardens there were many nurses carrying babies. These nurses +were very gay indeed. They wore gray cloaks and white caps, with broad +silk ribbons hanging down their backs. + +6. Some of the older children were playing ball, but they did not play +very well. Until a few years ago French boys had few outdoor games. Now +they are learning to play tennis and football. + +7. French boys are always clean and neatly dressed, however poor they +may be. They think more about lessons than our boys do. Their school +hours are much longer than ours. + +8. French girls have not so much freedom as our girls. A grown-up person +takes them to school and brings them home again. Their mothers do not +allow them to go for walks by themselves. I wonder how Kate and May +would like this. + +9. Some day I must take you to see Paris. You would love to ramble +through its streets. Many of them are planted with trees. Under these +trees you may see men and women sitting at little tables. They eat and +drink while a band plays merry tunes. + +[Illustration: {People at a table, being waited on}] + +10. You would be sure to notice that the French people have very good +manners. When a Frenchman enters or leaves a shop he raises his hat and +bows. A Frenchman is always polite, and he always tries to please you. + +11. I cannot now write anything more about Paris. I should like to tell +you about its beautiful buildings and its fine shops, but I have no more +time to spare. + +12. I hope you are all doing your best to make mother happy. I am very +well; I hope you are well too.--Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +4. ON THE WAY TO EGYPT. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am writing this letter on board the big ship +which is taking me to Egypt. Let me tell you what I have seen and done +since I left Paris. + +2. It is a long day's ride from Paris to the seaport from which my ship +set sail. Let me tell you about the journey. A few hours after leaving +Paris the train began to run through vineyards. + +3. At this time of the year a vineyard is a pretty sight. The broad +leaves of the vine are tinted with crimson and gold. Beneath them are +the purple or golden grapes. + +4. As I passed through France the grapes were ripe, and were being +gathered. I could see women and children going up and down between the +rows of vines. They plucked the ripe fruit and put it into baskets. When +the baskets were filled they were emptied into a big tub. + +[Illustration: THE GRAPE HARVEST. + +(From the picture by P.M. Dupuy in the Salon of 1909. Bought by the +State.)] + +5. When the tub was filled it was taken to a building near at hand. In +this building there is a press which squeezes the juice out of the +grapes. The grape juice is then made into wine. + +6. As evening drew on we came to a large town where two big rivers meet. +It is a busy town, and has many smoky chimneys. Much silk and velvet are +made in this town. + +7. I think you know that silk is made by the silkworm. This worm feeds +on the leaves of the mulberry tree. In the south of France there are +thousands of mulberry trees. There are also many orange and olive trees. + +8. The weather is much warmer in the south of France than it is in +England. In the early spring all sorts of pretty flowers are grown on +the hillsides. They are sent to England, and are sold in the shops when +our gardens are bare. + +9. Now I must hurry on. For some hours we ran by the side of a swift +river; with mountains on both sides of us. Then we reached the big +seaport, and there I found my ship waiting for me. + +10. It is a huge ship, with hundreds of cabins, a large dining-room, +drawing-room and smoking-room. It is really a floating hotel. + +11. Most of the people on board are going to India. All day long they +sit in chairs on the deck reading. Some of us play games, and at night +we have dances and concerts. + +[Illustration: GAMES ON BOARD FATHER'S SHIP. + +(From the picture by W.L. Wylie. By kind permission of the P. and O. +Co.)] + +12. We have now been four days at sea. To-morrow we shall reach a town +by the side of a great canal. This town and canal are in Egypt. + +13. I hope you are still good and happy.--Best love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +5. A LETTER FROM EGYPT. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--With this letter I am sending you a beautiful +picture. Look at it carefully, and you will see what Egypt is like. + +2. The water which you see in the picture is part of the great river +Nile. If there were no Nile to water the land, Egypt would be nothing +but a desert. + +3. Once a year, as a rule, the Nile rises and overflows its banks. The +waters spread out over the country and cover it with rich mud. In this +mud much cotton, sugar, grain, and rice are grown. + +[Illustration: The Nile in Flood. + +(From the picture by F. Goodall, R. A., in the Guildhall Gallery. By +permission of the Corporation of London.)] + +4. Egypt now belongs to the British. They have turned part of the Nile +into a huge lake, in which the water is stored. + +5. The water is let out of the lake when it is needed. It runs into +canals, and then into drains, which cross the fields and water them. + +6. A sail along the Nile is very pleasant. There are lovely tints of +green on the water. As the boat glides on, many villages are passed. +Each of these has its snow-white temple. + +7. All along the river bank there are palm trees. They wave their crowns +of green leaves high in the air. The fields are gay with colour. Above +all is the bright blue sky. + +8. Look at the picture again. At a short distance from the water you see +a village. It has a wall round it, and outside the wall is a ditch. In +October the ditch is full of water; in spring it is dry. + +9. In and near this ditch the children and the dogs of the villages play +together. You can see two boys in the picture. One of them is standing +by his mother. The other boy is riding on a buffalo. + +10. In the middle of the village there is an open space. Sometimes this +space is covered with bright green grass. Round it are rows of palm +trees. The house of the chief stands on one side of this green. + +11. Every village has its well, and every well has its water-wheel for +drawing up the water. By the side of the well the old men of the village +sit smoking and chatting. The women come to the well to fill their +pitchers with water. + +12. All the houses are built of Nile mud. This mud is dug out of the +banks of the river. It is mixed with a little chopped straw to hold it +together. Then it is put into moulds. After a time it is turned out of +the moulds, and is left to dry in the sun. + +[Illustration: The Chief City of Egypt. + +(From the picture by Talbot Kelly, R.I.)] + + * * * * * + +6. CHILDREN OF EGYPT. + + +[Illustration: {An Egyptian woman}] + +1. In the picture you see two of the women of Egypt. One of them is +standing at the edge of the river. She is filling her pitcher with +water. The other woman is carrying a lamb in her arms. + +2. The people of Egypt have changed but little since the days of Moses. +The men have brown faces, white teeth, and bright black eyes. Most of +them wear beards and shave their heads. + +3. The women wear long dark cloaks. If they are well-to-do they cover +their faces with a veil. They think it wrong to let their faces be seen +by any men except their husbands. + +4. I think Kate would like to hear something about the children. Those +who have rich fathers wear beautiful clothes, and have a very happy +time. Poor children wear few clothes, and are nearly always covered with +dust. + +5. Many of the boys go to school, and are taught just as you are. They +read the same kind of books that you read. + +6. The children of Egypt always obey their parents, and are never rude +to them. I think they have very good manners. + +7. All the people of Egypt love singing. Their voices are soft and +sweet. The boatmen on the Nile sing as they row. The fruit-sellers sing +as they cry their wares in the streets. + +8. Many of the boys in the chief city of Egypt are donkey drivers. In +Egypt donkeys are far more used for riding than horses. The donkeys are +beautiful little animals, and they trot along very quickly. + +[Illustration: {A boy with two donkeys}] + +9. Each donkey has a boy to run after it with a stick, and to shout at +it to make it go. The donkey boys are very jolly little fellows. They +always smile, however far they have to run. + +10. Most donkey boys wear a white or blue gown, and have a red cap, or +fez, on the head. If a donkey boy sees an Englishman coming, he runs to +him and says, "My donkey is called John Bull." If he sees an American +coming, he says that his donkey's name is Yankee Doodle. + +11. Sometimes the donkey boy will ask the rider,-- + +"Very good donkey?" + +If the rider says "Yes," he will then ask,-- + +"Very good donkey boy?" + +"Yes." + +12. "Very good saddle too?" + +"Yes." + +"_Then me have very good present!_" + +13. Now let me tell you something that will surprise you. The people of +Egypt in the old, old days thought that their cats were gods. + +14. They prayed to them and built temples to them. When the family cat +died, all the people in the house shaved their eyebrows to show how +sorry they were.--Best love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +7. THROUGH THE CANAL. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I have just sailed through a very wonderful canal. +It joins two great seas together, and is now part of the way to India. + +2. By means of this canal we can sail from England to India in three +weeks. Before it was made the voyage took three months or more. + +3. The canal was made more than forty years ago by a Frenchman. He dug a +great ditch, and joined together a number of lakes. By doing so he made +a waterway from sea to sea. This waterway is about a hundred miles long. + +4. I joined my ship at the town which stands at the north end of the +canal. There is nothing to see in the town except the lighthouse and the +shops. On the sea wall there is a statue of the Frenchman who made the +canal. + +5. As we lay off the town we could see many little boats darting to and +fro. The boatmen were dressed in all the colours of the rainbow--red, +blue, green, and orange. In one boat there were men and women playing +and singing songs. + +6. By the side of our ship men were swimming in the water. I threw a +piece of silver into the water. One of the men dived, and caught it +before it reached the bottom. + +[Illustration: {Side of a ship, with men swimming below}] + +7. On the other side of the ship there were great barges full of coal. +Hundreds of men and women carried this coal to the ship in little +baskets upon their heads. They walked up and down a plank, and all the +time they made an awful noise which they called singing. + +8. When all the coal was on board, the ship began to steam slowly along +the narrow canal. No ship is allowed to sail more than four miles an +hour, lest the "wash" should break down the banks. + +9. Soon we passed out of the narrow canal into one of the lakes. Our +road was marked by buoys. Away to right and to left of us stretched the +sandy desert. + +10. In the afternoon we passed a station, where I saw a number of camels +laden with boxes of goods. They were going to travel across the sands +for many days. + +11. The sun went down in a sky of purple and gold. Then a large electric +light shone forth from our bows. It threw a broad band of white light on +the water and on the banks of the canal. Where the light touched the +sands it seemed to turn them into silver. + +12. In less than twenty-four hours we reached the town at the south end +of the canal. A boat came out from the shore, and this letter is going +back with it.--Love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +8. AMONGST THE ARABS.--I. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am now sailing along the Red Sea. The weather is +very hot. All over the ship electric fans are hard at work. In spite of +them I cannot keep cool. + +2. Away on the left, or port, side of the ship I see high hills. They +are red in colour, and seem to be baked by the hot sun. Even through my +spy-glass I cannot see a speck of green on them. All is red and bare. + +3. Beyond the hills lies the land of Arabia. It is a hot, dry land, in +which years sometimes pass without a shower of rain. There is hardly +ever a cloud in the sky, and there is no dew at night. + +4. Much of the land is covered with sand. Little or nothing will grow. +You know that we call a sandy waste of this kind a _desert_. + +[Illustration: {Desert oasis}] + +5. Here and there in the desert a few springs are found. The water of +these springs causes grass and trees to grow well. Around each spring is +what looks like an island of green in the midst of a red sea of sand. A +green spot in a desert is called an _oasis_. + +6. The Arabs live upon these green spots. Some of them dwell in +villages, and some wander from oasis to oasis. Those who live in +villages build their houses of sun-dried bricks; those who wander from +place to place live in tents. + +[Illustration: Arabs of the Desert.] + +7. The Arabs are fine, fierce-looking men. They own flocks of sheep, +herds of goats, camels and horses. + +8. An Arab's tent is woven out of camel's hair. So are the ropes of the +tent. The poles are made of palm wood. + +9. Inside the tent there are leather buckets for drawing water. There +are also skin bags for carrying it across the desert. There are no +chairs or tables or beds in the tents. The Arabs squat upon the ground +and sleep on rugs. + +[Illustration: {Arab tent}] + +10. In front of an Arab tent you are almost sure to see a woman grinding +corn between two large stones. There is a hole in the top stone, and +into this she pours the grain. + +11. She turns the top stone round and round, and the grain is ground +into flour, which oozes out at the edges. With this flour she makes +cakes. + + * * * * * + +9. AMONGST THE ARABS.--II. + + +1. Date palms grow on every oasis. The date palm is a beautiful tree. It +is very tall, and has a crown of leaves at the top. + +2. The fruit grows in great golden clusters. Sometimes a cluster of +dates weighs twenty-five pounds. + +3. The date palm is beloved by the Arabs, because it is so useful to +them. They eat or sell the dates, and they use the wood for their tents +or houses. From the sap they make wine. Out of the leaf-stalks they +weave baskets. + +4. Some of the Arabs are traders. They carry their goods from oasis to +oasis on the backs of camels. A large number of laden camels form a +caravan. + +[Illustration: {Caravan of camels}] + +5. A camel is not pretty to look at, but the Arab could not do without +it. I think you can easily understand why the camel is called the "ship +of the desert." It carries its master or its load across the sea of sand +from one green island to another. + +[Illustration: The Halt in the Desert. + +(From the picture by J.F. Lewis, R.A., in the South Kensington +Museum.)] + +6. The hoofs of the camel are broad, and this prevents them from sinking +into the sand. The camel can go for a long time without food or water. + +7. The camel is very useful to the Arab, both when it is alive and when +it is dead. It gives him milk to drink, and its hair is useful for +making clothes, tents, and ropes. + +8. I think I told you that when I was sailing along the canal I saw a +caravan. It was then beginning to cross the desert. Very likely, weeks +or months will pass away before its journey comes to an end. + +9. There are no roads across the desert, so it is very easy for a +caravan to lose its way. Then the men and camels wander on until all +their food and water are finished. At last they fall to the ground, and +die of hunger and thirst. + +10. Dreadful sand-storms often arise. The storm beats down upon the +caravan, and sometimes chokes both men and camels. A journey across the +desert is full of dangers. + +11. Before I close this letter, let me tell you a little story. One day +an Arab belonging to a caravan overslept himself at an oasis. When he +awoke, the caravan had started on its journey again, and was many miles +away. + +12. The Arab followed the caravan, in the hope of catching it up. On and +on he walked, but nothing could he see of it. Then darkness came on, and +he lay on the sand and slept until morning. + +13. When the sun rose he began his journey again. Hours passed, but +still there was no sign of the caravan. At last he was quite overcome by +hunger and thirst. He fell to the ground, and was too weak to rise +again. + +14. Looking around, he saw something black lying on the sand, not far +away. He crawled to it, and found that it was a small bag which had +fallen from the back of a camel. + +15. The poor Arab was filled with joy. He hoped that the bag would +contain food of some sort. With trembling fingers he tore it open. Alas! +it was full of gold and jewels. + +16. "Woe is me!" cried the poor fellow; "had it been dates my life would +have been saved." + +[Illustration: {An Arab dying of thirst in the desert}] + +17. This little story shows you that on the desert dates may sometimes +be worth much more than gold and jewels. I hope you are well and +happy.--Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +10. A LETTER FROM INDIA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Hurrah! I am on shore again, after nine long days +at sea. Yesterday I reached Bombay, the chief seaport of India. + +2. Soon after I landed a friend came to see me at my hotel. He drove me +round Bombay, and showed me all the sights. I wish you had been with me +to see them. + +3. Here in Bombay I seem to be in a new world altogether. It is a world +of wonderful light and colour. The bright hot sun floods the streets and +dazzles my eyes. Everywhere I see bright colour--in the sky, the trees, +the flowers, and the dresses of the people. + +4. The streets are always full of people. They are dark brown in colour; +their hair is black, their eyes are bright, and their teeth are as white +as pearls. Most of the people are bare-legged and bare-footed. + +[Illustration: {Busy Bombay street scene}] + +5. The men wear white clothes, with turbans and sashes of yellow, green, +or blue. Yesterday was a feast-day. In the morning I saw thousands of +the people bathing in the sea. Afterwards they roamed about the streets +in their best clothes. One crowd that I saw looked like a great tulip +garden in full bloom. + +6. The women wear a garment of red, blue, or some other bright colour. +This garment covers them from the neck to the knee. Almost every woman +wears rings of silver on her arms and ankles. Some of them have great +rings in their noses, as well as rings in their ears and on their toes. + +7. You would be amused to see the people carrying their burdens on their +heads. Yesterday I saw a dozen men carrying a grand piano on their +heads. + +8. From childhood the women carry jars of water or baskets of earth in +this way. They hold themselves very upright and walk like queens. + +[Illustration: {Woman carrying a basket on her head}] + +9. Bombay is a very busy city. The streets are thronged with carriages, +motor cars, bullock carts, and electric trams. As the people walk in the +middle of the road, it is not easy for a carriage to make its way +through the streets. + +10. The drivers ring bells, or shout to warn the people: "Hi, you woman +with the baby on your hip, get out of the way!--Hi, you man with the box +on your head, get out of the way!" + +11. I think you would like to see the bullock carts. They are very +small, and are drawn by two bullocks with humps on their shoulders. The +driver sits on the shaft and steers them with a stick. These carts carry +cotton to the mills or to the docks. + +[Illustration: {A bullock cart}] + +12. In some of the carriages and motor cars you may see rich men wearing +fine silk robes. Many of these rich men now dress as we do, except that +they wear turbans instead of hats. + + * * * * * + +11. IN THE STREETS. + + +1. I should like you to see the shops of Bombay. Most of them are quite +unlike our British shops. They have no doors and no windows, but are +open to the street. + +2. Our shopkeepers try to make a fine show of their goods. The Indian +shopkeeper does nothing of the sort. He simply piles his goods round his +shop and squats in the midst of them. There he sits waiting for people +to come and buy. + +[Illustration: {An Indian shopkeeper}] + +3. In our shops there is a fixed price for the goods. In India nothing +has a fixed price. You must bargain with the shopkeeper if you wish to +buy anything. Very likely he will ask you three times the price which he +hopes to get. + +4. Our penny is divided into four parts; each of these parts is called a +farthing. The Indian penny is divided into twelve parts; each of these +parts is called a "pie." An Indian boy or girl can buy rice or sweets +with one pie. + +5. There are thousands of beggars in India. They go to and fro in front +of the shops begging. The shopkeepers are very kind to them, and never +send them away without a present. + +6. Very good order is kept in the streets. At every street corner stands +a native policeman, dressed in blue, with a flat yellow cap on his head +and a club by his side. Some of the policemen ride horses, and carry +guns and lances. + +[Illustration: {An Indian policeman}] + +7. The parks of Bombay are large open spaces covered with grass. Round +them are rows of palm trees. In these parks you may see men and boys +playing all sorts of games. + +8. Indians are very fond of cricket, which they play very well. Not many +years ago an Indian prince was one of the best players in England. + +9. Polo is also played in the parks of Bombay. It is an Indian game, but +Britons now play it too. Polo is just hockey on horseback. + +10. The players ride ponies which are very quick and nimble. Each player +carries a mallet with a very long handle. With this mallet he strikes a +wooden ball and tries to drive it between the goal posts. + +11. Last night I stopped to watch some Indian boys playing marbles. When +Tom plays the game, he places the marble between his thumb and +forefinger and shoots it out with his thumb. + +12. The Indian boy does not shoot the marble in this way at all. He +presses back the second finger of one hand with the forefinger of the +other. Then he lets go and strikes the marble with the finger that was +bent back. Some of the boys are very clever at this game. + +13. Bombay has some very fine buildings. On the top of most of them you +see the Union Jack, the flag of Britain. Not only Bombay but all India +belongs to Britain. I hope you are all well.--Best love. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +12. OUR INDIAN COUSIN. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am now in the north of India, not far from the +great river Ganges. It is a long railway journey from Bombay to this +place. I have been in the train two days and two nights. + +2. I am now beginning to understand what a vast land India is. Do you +know that it would make sixteen lands as large as our own? One in every +five of all the people on earth lives in India. + +3. Perhaps you can guess why I have made this long journey from Bombay. +My brother, your uncle, is the chief man in this part of the country. He +and I have been parted for many years. I am now living in his house. + +4. Let me tell you about little Hugh, your cousin. He was born in India +seven years ago, and he has never been to England. He hopes to come +"home" to see you all in a few months' time. + +5. Hugh's home is a big house, all on the ground floor. It has no +upstairs. The rooms are very large and lofty. This is because the +weather is very hot for the greater part of the year. If the rooms were +not large and high, they would be too hot to live in. + +[Illustration: {Hugh's house}] + +6. In every room there is a beam of wood with a short curtain hanging +from it. This is the punkah. The beam is hung from the roof by ropes. In +the hot weather a boy sits outside and pulls the punkah to and fro with +a rope. In this way he makes a little breeze, which keeps the room cool. + +7. The roof of the house juts out all round and is held up by pillars. +We sit outside, under the roof, whenever we can. During the heat of the +day we must stay indoors. + +8. The garden round the house is very large. There are many tall palm +trees in it. Some of the other trees bear most beautiful blossoms of +crimson, yellow, and blue. All along the front of the house are many +flowerpots, in which roses and other English flowers are growing. + +9. A few days ago little Hugh came to me and asked if he might show me +what he called "the compound." I said "Yes." So he took my hand and led +me away. + +10. First he showed me the gardener. He is a short, dark man, and he +squats down to do his work. He is a very good gardener, and he is proud +of his flowers. Every morning he comes to the house with a flower for +Hugh's father and mother and uncle. + +[Illustration: {Gardener at work}] + +11. Next, Hugh took me to see the well. It is behind the house. The +mouth of the well is on the top of a mound. To reach it you must walk up +a sloping road. Above the mouth of the well there is a wheel. + +12. A rope runs over this wheel. At one end of the rope there is a large +leather bag. The other end of the rope is fastened to the necks of a +pair of bullocks. + +[Illustration: The Village Well. + +(From the picture by W. Simpson, R.I.)] + + * * * * * + +13. IN THE GARDEN. + + +1. The bullocks walk backwards up the sloping road. This lowers the +leather bag into the well, where it is filled with water. Then the +bullocks walk down the sloping road. This pulls the bag up to the mouth +of the well. + +2. A man empties the water out of the bag into a tank by the side of the +well. The water runs out of this tank into the garden, where it spreads +out into many little streams. It is this water which makes the trees, +the plants, and the grass grow so well in the garden. + +[Illustration: {Oxen drawing water from a well}] + +3. If the garden were not watered in this way, it would soon be brown +and bare. For many months at a time no rain falls in India. Then dust a +foot deep lies on the roads, and the ground cracks with the heat. + +4. When the dry season is over the rain begins to fall. It comes down in +torrents for days together. In some places more rain falls in a single +day than we have in a whole year. + +5. During the "rains" the rivers become full to the brim, and the whole +land is fresh and green. Sometimes the "rains" do not come at all. Then +the crops wither away, and the people starve. + +6. In our country we are never sure of the weather. It changes so often +that we talk about it a great deal. In India nobody talks about the +weather. During seven months of the year every day is fine. + +7. In our country we almost always have plenty of water for our crops, +and for drinking and washing. Plenty of fresh water is a great blessing +to a land. In many parts of India water is very scarce. + +8. I told you that the great river Ganges is not far away from little +Hugh's home. This grand river begins in the mountains of North India. I +wish you could see these mountains. They are the highest on earth. They +rise up from the plains like a huge wall, and their tops are always +covered with fields of ice and snow. + +9. These ice-fields slowly move down the mountain sides. Then they melt, +and this gives rise to the Ganges and to the other great rivers of North +India. + +10. Millions of the Indian people love the Ganges, and they have good +reason to do so. It gives water and food to more than twice as many +people as dwell in the British Islands. + +11. Many Indians think that every drop of water in the river is holy. +They believe that if they bathe in its waters their souls will be washed +clean from sin. + +[Illustration: {Town on the Ganges}] + +12. There is a town by the side of the Ganges which the Indians say is +the holiest place on earth. It is full of temples. Millions of Indians +visit these temples every year. + +13. All along the river bank there are stone steps leading down to the +water. Standing in the stream are men and women and children who have +come from all parts of India. They wash themselves in the stream, and +pour the holy water over their heads as they pray. + +14. People who are very ill are carried to this place, that they may die +by the side of "Mother Ganges." They die happy if they can see her or +hear the sound of her waters during their last moments. + +15. When they die their bodies are taken to the steps. There they are +washed in the river water, and are placed on piles of wood. Friends set +fire to the wood, and soon the bodies are burnt to ashes. These ashes +are thrown into the stream, which bears them to the distant ocean. + + * * * * * + +14. INDIAN BOYS AND GIRLS. + + +1. I am very fond of going about the streets with your uncle. The Indian +children always amuse me. + +2. When Indians grow up they are rather grave and sad. The children, +however, are always bright and merry. Indian fathers and mothers are +very fond of their boys. They care very little for their girls. + +3. Boys soon become men in India. They begin work at an early age, and +they are married when they are about sixteen. Girls are married a few +years younger. + +4. Almost every boy follows the trade of his father. A farmer's son +becomes a farmer, a weaver's son becomes a weaver, and so on. + +5. Many of the boys go to school, but not many of the girls. They, poor +things, begin to work in the house or in the field almost as soon as +they can walk. Much of the hard rough work in India is done by poor +women and girls. + +6. A rich father keeps his girls shut up in the back part of his house. +Their faces are never seen by any man except those of their own family. +If they go out of the house, they cover themselves from head to foot +with a thick veil. Sometimes they are carried from place to place in a +closely shut box on poles. + +7. Are you not sorry for these poor rich girls? I am. They can never +play merry games with boy friends, or go for long walks in the country. + +8. They know nothing of the beautiful world in which they live. Their +rooms are fine, their dresses are grand, and their jewels are lovely; +but they are only poor prisoners after all. + +9. Yesterday I went with your uncle to see a village school. There were +only twenty boys in it. The roof was off the schoolhouse, so the classes +were held in the open air. + +[Illustration: {A village schoolhouse}] + +10. The boys sat on forms, just as you do. The teacher wrote on a +blackboard, and taught the children to do sums with a ball frame. Each +boy had a reading-book. It was not printed in English, but in the tongue +spoken in that part of the country. + +11. Some of the boys wrote in copy-books, but most of them wrote on thin +boards, which they used instead of slates. Instead of a pencil they used +a pen made of a reed. + +12. Chalk was ground up and wetted in a little cup. The boys dipped +their reed pens into the cup, just as you dip your steel pen into the +ink. The letters and figures which they wrote were very different from +ours. + +13. Some of the boys read their books very well, and worked hard sums. +They sang "God save the King" for me in their own tongue. + +14. In the towns there are large and good schools. Some of the scholars +are very clever indeed. I think Indian boys are much fonder of their +lessons than our boys. + + * * * * * + +15. ELEPHANTS AND TIGERS. + + +1. In his last letter Tom asked me to tell him something about elephants +and tigers. I will try to do so. + +2. Yesterday your uncle and I went out to shoot pigeons. An Indian +chief, or rajah, lent us an elephant to carry us to the shooting ground. + +[Illustration: AN INDIAN RAJAH.] + +3. A driver sat on the neck of the huge animal. Instead of a whip he had +a goad of sharp steel. I did not see him prick the elephant with this +goad. He guided the animal with voice and hand. + +4. On the elephant's back there was a large pad upon which we were to +sit. I could see no ladder, so I wondered how I was to climb up. Just +then the elephant knelt down on his hind legs. + +5. Your uncle showed me how to get up. "Here," he said, "is a ladder of +two steps. The first step is the elephant's foot, the second is the loop +of his tail." + +6. He held the end of the elephant's tail in his hand and bent it to +make a loop. When I put my foot on it he lifted the tail, and in this +way helped me on to the elephant's back. + +7. When your uncle had climbed up, the elephant jogged off at a good +pace. He went along rough, narrow paths, over ditches and the beds of +streams. Never once did he make a false step. + +8. An elephant costs a great deal of money. Only princes and rich men +can afford to keep them. Sometimes a great prince has as many as a +hundred elephants in his stables. + +9. When a prince rides through a city in state his elephants wear rich +cloths, which are studded with gems. Sometimes the elephants' heads are +painted and their tusks are covered with gold. + +10. In the drawing-room of your uncle's house there is a beautiful tiger +skin. The tiger that used to wear this skin was shot by your uncle about +three years ago. + +[Illustration: {Tiger skin rug}] + +11. It was a man-eating tiger--that is, an old tiger that could no +longer run fast enough to catch deer. This man-eater used to hide near a +village. He would creep up silently behind men and women, and stun them +with a blow of his paw. Then he would drag them away and eat them. + +12. The people of the village came to your uncle and begged him to kill +the man-eater. He agreed to do so. Near to the tiger's drinking-place a +little hut was built in a tree. One night your uncle sat in this hut +with his gun on his knee, waiting for the tiger to come. + +13. Slowly the hours went by, and your uncle felt sure that the tiger +had gone to another place to drink. Just as he was thinking of going +home to bed the huge animal crept into the moonlight. + +14. Nearer and nearer he came. Then your uncle lifted his gun, took a +steady aim, and shot the tiger through the heart. + +[Illustration: {Tiger being shot}] + +15. In the morning there was great joy among the people of the village +because their fierce foe was dead. They hung garlands of flowers round +your uncle's neck, and sang his praises in many songs. + +[Illustration: A Tiger Shoot. + +(From the picture by Edgar H. Fisher, in the Royal Academy, 1911.)] + +16. Now I must close this very long letter.--Best love to you all. +FATHER. + + * * * * * + +16. A LETTER FROM BURMA.--I. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Since I last wrote to you I have visited several +of the large cities of India. A week ago I was in the largest city of +all. + +2. On Christmas morning I sailed down the mouth of the Ganges into the +open sea, on my way to the country of Burma. + +3. Now I am in the chief town of Burma, and you will expect me to tell +you something about the land and its people. From what I have seen, I +think Burma is a prettier country than India. + +4. In the chief town there seem to be people from many lands. I saw +Chinamen, with their pigtails hanging down their backs. I also saw +Indians from across the sea, and white men from our own country. Of +course, there were also many Burmese, as the people of Burma are called. + +5. Kate and May will like to hear something about the Burmese girls and +women. They are not at all sad like the Indians, but are very bright and +gay. As I write these lines I see a party of Burmese girls passing my +window, I can hear them laughing. + +6. They are very dainty in their dress. One girl wears a skirt of pink +silk and a blouse of light green. She has bracelets on her arms, +ear-rings in her ears, a string of coral round her neck, and flowers in +her hair. + +[Illustration: {Burmese woman carrying an umbrella}] + +7. In one hand she carries a bamboo sunshade; in the other she holds a +big paper cigar! She is very fond of smoking, and you never see her +without a cigar. On her feet she wears sandals. + +8. The men are gentle and rather lazy. The women have far more "go" in +them than the men. Many of them keep shops, and are very good traders. +The wife is the chief person in every home. + +9. The men also wear skirts, and sometimes their jackets are very gay. +They wrap a handkerchief of pink, or of some other bright colour, round +their head. + +[Illustration: {A Burmese man}] + +10. The Burmese worship Buddha, a prince who lived more than two +thousand years ago. He was a very noble man, and he gave up all the +pleasant things of life that nothing might turn his thoughts from +goodness. + +11. Amongst other things he taught men to be kind to animals. All +animals are well treated in Burma. + +12. All over the land you see temples to Buddha. These temples grow +narrower and narrower the higher they rise. They all end in a spire +above which there is a kind of umbrella. It is made of metal, and all +round its edge are silver or golden bells, which make pretty music as +they are blown to and fro by the wind. + +13. By the side of many of these temples you may see a great image of +Buddha. Most of the images are made of brass. The Burmese pray before +these images, and offer flowers and candles and rice to them. + +[Illustration: {Statue of Buddha}] + + * * * * * + +17. A LETTER FROM BURMA.--II. + + +1. Wherever you go in Burma you see monks. They have shaven heads, and +they wear yellow robes. Every morning they go out to beg. Boys in yellow +robes go with them, and carry large bowls in their hands. + +2. The people come out of their houses and put food into the bowls. The +monks do not thank them. They say that he who gives is more blessed than +he who takes. + +3. The monks live in houses built of teak wood. In every village you can +see a monk's house standing in a grove of palm trees. In these houses +the monks keep school. + +4. Every Burmese boy lives for some time in one of the monks' houses. +Here he learns to read and write, and is taught to be a good man. + +5. I went to see the most beautiful of all the monks' houses. It is in a +city far up in the country. The building is of dark-brown teak wood, and +has many roofs, one above the other. It is covered with carving, and +here and there it is gilded. + +6. Many boys in yellow robes were playing beneath the trees. They were +the scholars of the school. One of the boys told me that he was never +going to leave the place. When he was old enough he meant to be a monk. + +[Illustration: {Burmese boy in robes}] + +7. In the city I saw the palace of the king from whom we took Burma. It +stands inside a large space, with high walls all round it. Outside the +wall is a broad ditch full of water. When I saw the ditch it was +overgrown with water-plants covered with pink blossoms. + +8. Many buildings, something like the monks' houses, form the king's +palace. Some of the buildings are very richly carved, and are covered +with gold leaf. Inside one of them I saw great teak pillars, also +covered with gold. + +9. The chief building ends in a very lofty spire, with a beautiful metal +umbrella above it. The Burmese used to believe that this spire was in +the very middle of the earth. + +10. Another fine building is a high lookout tower. From the top of it +there is a grand view. On one side I saw a hill covered with temples. At +the foot of the hill there were four hundred and fifty of these temples. +There must be thousands of them in and near the city. + +11. As I drove to my hotel last night I saw a number of boys playing +Burmese football. They do not take sides, nor do they try to kick goals. +The football is made of basket-work. + +12. The boys stand round in a ring, and the game is to keep the ball +from touching the ground. The boys pass the ball from one to the other +by knocking it up with their heads, arms, hands, legs, or toes. Some of +the boys are very clever at this game. + +[Illustration: {Boys playing Burmese football}] + +13. Burma has many beautiful rivers and some fine mountains. By the side +of the rivers much rice is grown. Away in the north there are grand +forests filled with wild animals. Tigers are often shot within twenty +miles of the old king's palace. + +14. Now I have filled my paper, and I must bring this letter to an end. +I hope you are all well and happy. I am leaving Burma tomorrow.--Best +love to you all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +18. A LETTER FROM CEYLON. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--A week ago I landed in the beautiful island of +Ceylon. It lies to the south of India. Get mother to show it to you on +the globe. + +2. I am still under the British flag, the Union Jack. I can see it +waving from the top of a big building. The people of Ceylon are proud to +call themselves British. + +3. I have just been for a ride through the streets of the chief town. I +rode in a rickshaw--that is, a kind of large baby-carriage drawn by a +man. My rickshaw had rubber on its wheels, so we went along very +smoothly and quickly. + +[Illustration: {Rickshaw with passenger}] + +4. Some of the carts are drawn by little bullocks that trot along as +fast as a pony. I often meet carts with a high cover of thatch. These +carts carry the tea, which grows on the hills, down to the ships in the +harbour. + +5. Some of the men of Ceylon wear tortoise-shell combs in their hair. +They are very proud of these combs, and some of them are very handsome. + +[Illustration: {Ceylon family--a man, a woman, and two babies}] + +6. The children of Ceylon seem very happy. They are pretty and clean, +and always obey their parents. Many of them learn to speak and read +English. They love dancing and singing, and they never quarrel. + +[Illustration: Ceylon Girls Playing the Tom-Tom. + +(From the picture by E.A. Hornel. By permission of the Corporation of +Manchester.)] + +7. By the next ship home I am sending mother a chest of tea. The tea +grew on the hills of Ceylon. I made a journey to these hills by train. +On the way we passed through thick forests, and by the side of beautiful +rivers. + +8. Ceylon is very rich in plants and trees. The cocoanut palm grows +almost everywhere. On one of the rivers I saw a raft of cocoanuts. A man +swam behind it and pushed it along. + +[Illustration: {Cocoanut palm tree}] + +9. With this letter I send you a picture of a tea-garden. Notice the men +and women plucking the leaf. Many of them come from the south of India. +Look at the white planter. He comes, as you know, from our own country. + +[Illustration: IN A CEYLON TEA PLANTATION.] + +10. In the middle of Ceylon there are many high mountains. The highest +is called Adam's Peak. It stands like a great wedge high above the other +hills. + +11. The people of Ceylon believe that it is a holy mountain. They say +that once upon a time Buddha climbed to the top of this mountain. To +prove that he did so they show you his footprint. It is more than five +feet long! + +12. A little temple has been built over the footprint. Men, women, and +children climb the mountain, to lay little gifts before the footprint, +and to strew sweet flowers about it. When this is done, the children +kneel down and ask their parents to bless them. + +13. To-morrow I leave Ceylon on a long voyage to China. You will not +hear from me for several weeks. I hope you are all well, and that you +are still good children.--I remain, your loving Father. + + * * * * * + +19. A LETTER FROM CHINA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Three weeks have gone by since I last wrote to +you. I have made my voyage safely, and I am now in a great city of China +called Canton. + +2. Ask mother to show you China on the globe. You see at once that it is +a vast country. It is larger than the whole of Europe. One-fourth of all +the people in the world live in China. + +3. All round this city of Canton there is a high wall. From the wall the +city seems to be a beautiful place. When, however, you enter it, you +soon find that it is dirty and full of foul smells. + +[Illustration: A Chinese Street. + +(From the picture by T. Hodgson Liddell, R.B.A.)] + +4. The streets are very narrow, and are always crowded with people. Many +of them are roofed in to keep them cool. Most of them are so narrow that +no carriage can pass along them. People who wish to ride must be carried +in a kind of box on the shoulders of two or more men. + +[Illustration: {Person riding in a box}] + +5. I am sure you would like to see the signboards that hang down in +front of the shops. The strange letters on them are painted in gold and +in bright colours. They look very gay indeed. + +6. The shops sell all sorts of things--silk, books, drugs, flowers, +china, and birds. Some of the shops only sell gold and silver paper. The +Chinese burn this paper at the graves of their friends. When they do +this they think that they are sending money for their dead friends to +spend in the other world. + +7. Many things are also sold in the streets. The street traders carry a +bamboo pole across the shoulder. From the ends of this pole they sling +the baskets in which they carry their wares. Many workmen ply their +trades in the open street, and you are sure to see quack doctors, +letter-writers, and money-changers. + +8. The Chinese do in the open street many things which we do inside our +houses. A Chinaman likes to eat his meals where every one can see him. + +9. Sometimes he will sit in front of his house and wash his feet. +Yesterday I saw a man having his tooth drawn out of doors. A crowd stood +round him, watching to see how it was done. + +10. How should you like to go for a ride in a wheelbarrow? In China the +wheelbarrow is often used for carrying people or goods from place to +place. It has a large wheel in the middle. Round the wheel there is a +platform for people or goods. + +[Illustration: {People riding in a wheelbarrow}] + +11. A broad river runs through the city. It is crowded with boats, in +which live many thousands of people. Many of these people never go +ashore at all. + +12. Over the sterns of the boats there are long baskets. These are the +backyards of the floating city. Hens, ducks, geese, and sometimes pigs, +are kept in these baskets. + +[Illustration: {A boy on a boat}] + +13. The little boys who live on the boats have a log of wood fastened to +their waists. This keeps them afloat if they fall overboard. The little +girls have no such lifebelts. In China nobody troubles about the girls. + +14. Nearly all the boats have an eye painted on their bows. Perhaps this +seems strange to you. The Chinese, however, say,-- + + "S'pose no got eye, no can see; + S'pose no can see, no can walkee." + + * * * * * + +20. CHINESE BOYS AND GIRLS. + + +1. Chinese fathers and mothers are very glad when their children are +boys. In China the boys are much petted. Their mothers give way to them, +and let them do as they please. + +2. Girls, however, are not welcome. Sometimes they are called +"Not-wanted" or "Ought-to-have-been-a-boy." + +3. A Chinese boy has always two names, sometimes four. He has one name +when he is a child, and another when he goes to school. He has a third +name when he begins to earn money. When he dies he has a fourth name. + +4. Chinese boys are very fond of flying kites, which are shaped like +fish or butterflies or dragons. Old gentlemen are just as fond of +kite-flying as boys. + +5. In China you will often see boys playing hopscotch or spinning +peg-tops. They also play shuttlecock, but they have no battledore. They +kick the shuttlecock with the sides of their feet. + +6. Chinese boys love to set off fireworks, such as crackers, wheels, and +rockets. If the fireworks make a loud noise, so much the better. + +7. Chinese children are taught to show very great respect to their +parents. They all bow and kneel to their fathers and mothers. A boy who +is not kind and good to his parents is thought to be a wicked wretch. + +8. A few days ago I went to see a Chinese school. The boys sit on stools +at tiny tables. In front of them they have a stone slab, a stick of +Chinese ink, and some brushes with which they write. + +[Illustration: {A boy at a table at school}] + +9. There is always a great din in a Chinese schoolroom. The boys shout +at the top of their voices. If they do not make a noise, the teacher +thinks that they are not learning. + +10. When a boy knows his lesson he goes up to his master to say it. He +turns his back to his master, and does not face him as you do. + +11. A Chinese boy becomes a man at sixteen years of age. He chooses his +work in life when he is quite a baby. Let me tell you how he does it. + +12. When he is one year old he is seated in the middle of such things as +money, books, and pens. Then the parents watch him to see what he will +play with. + +13. If he takes up the money, they say that he must be a trader or a +banker. If he takes up a book or a pen, they say that he must be a +writer or a teacher or a scholar. + + * * * * * + +21. HAIR, FINGERS, AND TOES. + + +1. Chinese men shave their heads, all but a small patch of hair. This is +allowed to grow very long, and is plaited into a pigtail. I have seen +Chinamen with coloured ribbons woven into their pigtails. + +[Illustration: {Two Chinamen}] + +2. When men are at work they twine their pigtails round their heads. +When they wish to show respect to any person they let down their +pigtails. A man who has a long, thick pigtail is very proud of it. + +3. Sometimes men who are sent to prison have their pigtails cut off. +This is thought to be a great disgrace. When they leave prison they buy +false pigtails to wear. + +4. When Chinamen fight they pull each other about by the pigtail. +Sometimes a schoolmaster punishes bad boys with his pigtail. + +5. Rich women are very proud of their tiny feet. Chinese ladies can wear +shoes about four inches long. Fancy mother wearing a doll's shoes! + +[Illustration: {Chinese women holding fans}] + +6. Girls have their feet bound up tightly when they are five years of +age. The bandages are made tighter every week, until the foot stops +growing. Of course, the poor girls suffer very much. The Chinese have a +saying: "Every pair of bound feet costs a bath of tears." + +7. When the girls grow up they cannot walk. They can only totter along, +and they have to lean on the arm of a maid to keep themselves from +falling. + +[Illustration: {Woman walking with the support of her maid}] + +8. I am glad to say that many parents do not now bind the feet of their +girls. They have learnt that it is both wicked and foolish to do so. At +one school in China all the girls have their feet unbound. They skip and +play about almost as well as Kate and May. + +9. You and I think that only dirty, untidy people let their nails grow +long. Rich people in China never cut their nails. They let them grow so +long that they have to wear shields to keep them from being broken. + +10. The dress of a Chinaman is very simple. He wears trousers and +several cotton or silk tunics. The outside tunic has very long, wide +sleeves; these are used as pockets. + +11. The trousers are loose, and are covered up to the knee by white +stockings. When a Chinaman is in full dress he wears a long gown. The +Chinese boy wears the same kind of clothes as his father. Every man, +woman, and child carries a fan. + +12. Chinese boots are made of cloth or satin, never of leather. The +soles are made of rags or paper. We blacken the uppers of our boots. +Chinamen whiten the soles of theirs. + +[Illustration: {Chinese boots}] + +13. Now I must end this letter. When I come home you must ask me to tell +you about the rice fields and the silk farms and the Great Wall. I have +a hundred more things to tell you about this wonderful land.--Your +loving FATHER. + +[Illustration: A Rich Chinaman's House. + +(From the photograph by J. Thomson, F.R.G.S.)] + + * * * * * + +22. A LETTER FROM JAPAN. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Once more I have made a long sea voyage, and once +more I am safely on shore. I am now in Japan. + +2. The Japs live on islands, just as we do. They are brave and clever +and busy, and they have many fine warships. Because of all these things +they are sometimes called the Britons of the Far East. + +3. Most of the people in the East are very backward. They have stood +still while the people of the West have gone forward. Not so the Japs. +They have learnt everything that the West can teach them. You will see +in Japan all the things on which we pride ourselves. + +4. The Japs are first-rate sailors. Some of their captains learnt to be +sailors on board our warships. They are also fine soldiers. You know +that not many years ago they beat the Russians both by land and by sea. + +5. I like the Japs better than any other people that I have met in the +East. Many of them still wear the dress of olden days, and keep to their +simple and pretty ways. Their country is beautiful, and they love +beautiful things. + +6. They are very fond indeed of flowers, which they grow very well. +Their gardens are lovely. When the flowers are in bloom the Japs troop +in thousands to see them. It is pretty to watch the delight of fathers +and mothers and children at the form, colour, and scent of the flowers. + +7. The Japs are very clever workmen. I have often stood and watched them +at work. They always try to beat their own best. Good work of any kind +gives them joy; bad work gives them pain. + +8. I have bought Jap fans for Kate and May. On these fans there are +pictures of a snow-clad mountain shaped like a sugar loaf. There is no +more beautiful mountain in all the world. + +[Illustration: {Snowy mountain}] + +9. This mountain began as a hole in the ground. Melted rocks boiled up +out of the hole and built up the mountain. In time the rocks grew cool +and hard. Some Japs believe that it was formed in a single night! + +10. Steam still comes out of a crack in the side of the mountain. This +shows that any day melted rocks may boil forth again. About two hundred +years ago the mountain threw out so much ash that it covered a town +sixty miles away. + +11. Sometimes the earth shakes and opens in great cracks. When the earth +"quakes" houses tumble down, and the tops of tall trees snap off. Very +often lives are lost. + + * * * * * + +23. JAP CHILDREN. + + +1. When a Jap boy is born there is great joy in his home. His mother's +friends all come to see him. They bring him presents, such as toys, +dried fish, and eggs. + +2. Very early in his life the little Jap baby is strapped on to his +sister's back. He goes with her wherever she goes. If the weather is +cold, the little girl covers him with her coat. When the sun is hot she +shelters him with her sunshade. + +3. When she plays she jumps and skips and runs about, and all the time +baby's little head jerks to and fro. He does not mind; he is quite +happy. You never hear a Jap baby cry. + +4. When a boy is about three years of age he learns to walk. He soon +finds his feet, and runs about on high wooden clogs. + +5. Jap boys are fond of pets and games. Wherever a boy goes he carries +with him a long pole. With this he makes flying leaps and does many +clever tricks. + +6. Every boy in Japan wishes to be either a soldier or a sailor when he +grows up. Even tiny little mites play with flags and drums and little +guns. When the boys are older they are taught to be brave, and to die if +need be for their country. + +7. The great day of the year for Jap boys is the fifth day of the fifth +month. On this day the Feast of Flags is held. Over each house where +there is a boy you see big paper fish floating in the air. + +[Illustration: {Flags on poles outside houses}] + +8. The shops are then full of toys. Most of the toys are soldiers, and +sometimes they are like the soldiers of olden days. Some are on foot, +and some are on horseback; some are generals, and some are drummers. + +[Illustration: The Toy Seller. + +(From the water-colour painting by H.E. Tidmarsh.)] + +9. The boys love to play at war. You can always make Jap boys happy by +giving them a toy army to play with. + +10. The greatest day of the year for the girls is the Feast of Dolls. On +this day the girls give doll parties to their little friends. All the +dolls, however old, are brought out and dressed up in fine new clothes. +The Feast of Dolls is a time of great fun and laughter. + +11. Jap children now play many of our games. They are very fond of +"prisoner's base," "fox and geese," and "tag." The boys love +kite-flying. + +[Illustration: {Children at play}] + +12. Sometimes they put glass on the strings of their kites, and with it +try to cut the strings of other boys' kites. They are very clever at +this game, and there is great laughter when a string is cut. + +13. In the house, during the day, girls like to blow soap bubbles. At +dusk they are fond of hunting fire-flies, and driving them to and fro +with fans. + +14. In the summer they catch grasshoppers, and keep them in small bamboo +cages. They say that the chirping of the grasshoppers brings them good +luck. + +15. All Japs are polite--even boys. When a boy goes to the house of a +friend he squats on his heels. Then he places his hands on the floor, +and bows until his forehead touches his toes. This he does again and +again, and all the time he speaks very politely. + +[Illustration: {Boys bowing}] + +16. Jap children are taught to be very kind and helpful to their elders, +and to the poor and the weak. Yesterday I saw a little girl run from her +mother to take the hand of a blind man and lead him across the street. + +17. Now, my dears, I must end this letter. To-morrow I start on my +homeward way. I shall sail across the ocean to the great land of +America. I hope you are all well, good, and happy. Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +24. A LETTER FROM CANADA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--Look at the globe in my room and find Japan. Then +find America. You will see that a broad ocean lies between them. It is +called the Pacific Ocean. I have crossed this ocean, and I am now in the +great country of Canada. + +2. I am sure that you cannot guess where I am writing this letter. I am +writing it in the train. I have already been three days in the train, +and I am only half-way across Canada. + +3. I am glad to say that I am once more under the Union Jack. The whole +land of Canada is British, from sea to sea. Our flag floats above every +city. + +4. The first part of my journey pleased me most. The train ran through a +beautiful country, filled with splendid trees. Some of them are as high +as a church tower, and have trunks many yards round. There are no finer +trees in all the world. + +5. Later in the day our train ran by the side of a rushing river, which +was deep down in a narrow valley between the mountains. + +6. In this river there are millions of salmon. I saw men catching them. +You will see tins of salmon from this river in most of the grocers' +shops at home. + +7. As the train ran on, the mountains rose higher and higher, until +their tops were covered with snow. We then began to cross the great +Rocky Mountains. Up and up the train climbed, until the rails reached +their highest point. + +[Illustration: {The Rocky Mountains}] + +8. Then we began to descend. We ran through dark clefts in the rocks, +along the edges of steep cliffs, across rivers, and by the side of +lakes. High above us were the snowy mountain tops. It was all very grand +and very beautiful. + +9. At last we left the mountains behind us and reached the plains. We +are now speeding over these plains. The country is as flat as the palm +of your hand. Here and there, far apart, I can see farm-houses. On these +plains the best wheat in the world is grown. + +10. In winter the whole land is covered deep with snow, and the rivers +are frozen over. In April winter gives place to spring. Then the snow +melts, and the ice on the rivers breaks up. + +11. No sooner has the snow gone than the wheat begins to spring up. The +wheat grows very fast and ripens very quickly. Much of it is sent to +Britain. Very likely the loaf which you ate for breakfast this morning +was made of wheat which grew on the plains of Canada. + +[Illustration: Harvest-Time in Canada. + +(From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind permission of the +C.P.R. Co.)] + +12. In other parts of Canada there are forests which cover thousands of +miles of country. The trees in these forests are cut down, and are made +into planks which are sent to all parts of the world. + +13. The trees are felled during winter. Their trunks are piled up by the +side of a river. When the thaw comes they are thrown into the water. Men +follow them and push them back into the water if they drift ashore. + +[Illustration: {Men rolling logs}] + +14. The stream carries the logs down to the sawmills, where they are cut +up into planks. Love to all. FATHER. + + * * * * * + +25. CHILDREN OF CANADA. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--I am staying for a few days with a friend who has +a farm on the plains. His house is five miles from the railway. + +2. My friend met me at the station with a motor car, and drove me over +rough roads between huge fields. There are no hedges in this part of the +country. The fields are divided from each other by fences. + +3. This farm is much larger than any farm which you have seen in +England. The house is built of wood. All round it is a pretty garden. +Not far away are the stables and the barns. + +[Illustration: {Large farmhouse}] + +4. I am sure you would like to hear something about the farmer's +children. There are three of them--a girl and two boys. The girl is the +youngest, and she is about eight years of age. + +5. All the children make themselves very useful in the house. Servants +are hard to get in Canada, so people must learn to help themselves. The +boys clean the boots and chop wood. The girls think nothing of helping +to scrub the floors. + +6. After breakfast the children trudge off to school, which is three +miles away. They take their lunch with them. When they return in the +evening they have many odd jobs to do. + +7. In the playground of their school you will see many young trees +growing. There are very few trees on the plains, and far more are +needed. + +[Illustration: {Canadian schoolhouse}] + +8. On one day in each year the children make holiday, and plant trees in +the school grounds. The teacher tells them that when they grow up they +must plant trees on their farms. + +9. Harvest is the busiest time of the year. Then the children rise at +half-past four, and work all day long in the fields. Every one who can +work at all must do so at harvest time. + +10. There is also plenty of work to be done in the autumn. Everything +needed in the house must be brought in before the snow begins to fall. + +11. Winter is the real holiday time. No work can then be done on the +land. The rivers and lakes are frozen, and everywhere there is plenty of +skating. The wheels are taken off the carriages, and runners are put on +instead. Horses draw them very swiftly over the frozen snow. + +12. Look at the picture post-card which I send you with this letter. It +shows you how Canadian boys are dressed in winter. On the ground you see +a pair of snow-shoes. The boys can travel very quickly on these +snow-shoes without sinking into the snow. + +[Illustration: Boys of Canada in winter.] + +13. In the picture you also see a toboggan. It is a small sledge. The +boy drags his toboggan up to the top of a hill. He seats himself on it +and pushes off. Away he goes over the frozen snow like an arrow from a +bow. It is splendid fun. + +14. Those boys and girls whose homes are in towns live very much as you +do. They go to school, and they play in the streets and parks. When +summer comes many of them go to the seaside or to the lakeside for a +holiday. + +15. Sometimes a whole family goes camping in the woods. They then live +in tents or in little huts by the side of a river or a lake. What happy +times the children have! They go fishing, they bathe, and they dart to +and fro in canoes. + +16. Most of the young folks of Canada are strong and healthy. They are +happy and bright, and they are not afraid of work. No children are more +useful to their parents than the boys and girls of Canada. + + * * * * * + +26. THE RED MEN. + + +1. Tom will not forgive me unless I tell you something about the Red men +of America. He has often asked me about the picture of Red men which is +in my room at home.[1] + +[1] See page 102. {Page 102 contains the illustration below} + +[Illustration: Red Men and White Men. + +(From the picture by Cyrus Cuneo, R.I. By kind permission of the +C.P.R. Co.)] + +2. In the old days, before white men settled in America, the Red men +were masters of the land. They were tall and strong, and their skin was +of a dark copper colour. Their eyes were jet black, and their hair was +long and straight. + +[Illustration: {Red men in wigwams}] + +3. They wore very little clothing, even though the winters in North +America are very cold. From the time when they were babies they were +trained to bear heat and cold, hunger, thirst, and pain without +grumbling. + +4. When the white men landed in America, the villages of the Red men +were to be found all over the country. Each of these villages was the +home of a tribe. The houses were tents made of skin or huts made of +wood. + +5. The women or squaws did all the hard work. They planted and tilled +the fields, cooked the food, and made the clothes. The babies were put +into little bark cradles, which were sometimes hung from the branches of +trees, and were rocked to and fro by the wind. + +6. The Red men were nearly always at war, either amongst themselves or +against the white men. In battle they were very crafty and skilful. +Those who fell into their hands were sometimes treated very cruelly. + +7. Before the Red men went on the "warpath" they painted their faces, so +as to frighten their foes. Then they took up their bows and hatchets, +and, following their leader, strode silently away. + +8. The Red men did not care to fight in the open. They always tried to +catch their foes asleep or to take them by surprise. + +9. In those days the land was full of deer and other wild animals. On +the great plains where the wheat now grows huge herds of bison used to +feed. + +10. The Red men hunted the bison on their swift little ponies. When they +were close to the animals they shot at them with arrows. If the arrows +missed their mark, the Red men killed the bison with their knives. + +[Illustration: {Red men on horseback hunting bison}] + +11. When the white men came they hunted the bison with guns, and soon +killed them off. Only a few bisons remain, and these are now kept in +parks. + +12. There are not many Red men left in North America. Most of them have +died off. Many of those who now remain have given up their old way of +living. + + * * * * * + +27. THE ESKIMOS. + + +1. Here is another picture for you. Look at it carefully. It shows you +the people who live in the far north of Canada. They are called Eskimos. + +[Illustration: Amongst the Eskimos.] + +2. In the upper part of the picture you see a man on a sledge. He is +dressed in furs, and has fur gloves on his hands. His head and ears are +covered with a hood. In the far north of Canada the cold is so bitter in +winter that men's hands and ears would be frost-bitten if they were not +kept warm in this way. + +3. In winter the sea and the land are thickly frozen over. The whole +country is covered with ice and snow. The Eskimo has to travel over the +ice to get from place to place. He uses a sledge drawn by dogs. There is +a team of dogs in the upper part of the picture. + +4. Sometimes the sledge is overturned, and the men and dogs are thrown +into deep, wide cracks in the ice. Sometimes fierce storms arise, and +men and dogs perish together. Sometimes food runs short, and they die of +hunger. + +5. In the middle part of the picture you see a tent. The Eskimos can +only live in tents during the short summers; during the long dark +winters they live in huts. The walls are made of stones and sods. The +roof is of wood which has drifted to their shores. You must remember +that no trees will grow in these very cold lands. + +6. Some Eskimos make their winter houses of blocks of snow, with sheets +of ice for the windows. Perhaps you shiver at the thought of living in a +snow house, but you need not do so. + +[Illustration: {Snow house}] + +7. Really, a snow house is quite a snug home. The snow keeps in the heat +of the house, just as a blanket keeps in the heat of your body. Perhaps +you know that it is the blanket of snow spread over the ground in winter +which keeps the roots of the plants from being frozen. + +8. When summer comes, the snow and ice melt along the edge of the sea. +Then the Eskimo leaves his winter quarters for the seashore. + +9. The sea-shores of these very cold lands abound in bears, seals, +foxes, and other wild animals. The sea is full of fish, and millions of +gulls, geese, and other birds fly north for the summer. + +[Illustration: {Polar bear}] + +10. When a boy is ten years of age his father gives him a bow and arrows +and a canoe. Then he thinks himself a man indeed. In the lower part of +the picture you see a man in an Eskimo canoe. He is going to hunt seals +and small whales. + +11. Now I must bring this long letter to a close. I shall write you one +more before I start for home. I am eager to see you all again.--Your +loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +28. FATHER'S LAST LETTER. + + +1. MY DEAR CHILDREN,--This is the last letter which I shall write to you +from abroad. I hope to sail for home in a week's time. I shall send you +a telegram to tell you when I shall arrive. You must all come to the +station to meet me. + +2. Look at the globe and find North America. The northern half is called +Canada, and the southern half is called the United States. I am now in +New York, the largest city of the United States. + +3. The people of the United States speak English. The forefathers of +many of them came from our islands. But the United States do not belong +to Britain. Their flag is not the Union Jack, but the Stars and Stripes. + +4. This morning at breakfast a black man waited upon me. His skin was +very dark, his lips were thick, and his hair was short and curly. + +5. Are you not surprised to hear that there are black men in America? +There are thousands of them in New York. In the southern part of the +United States there are more black men than white men. + +6. Most of the black men live in the hot part of the United States, +where cotton and sugar are grown. White people cannot work in the cotton +or sugar fields, because the sun is too hot for them. + +7. The black people who live in the United States were born in America. +They have never known any other land. America, however, is not their +real home. They really belong to Africa. + +8. How is it that we now find them in America? When the white men of +America began to grow cotton and sugar, they needed black men to work in +the fields. Men called "slavers" went to Africa in ships. They landed +and pushed inland. When they came to villages they seized the people and +drove them off to the ships. + +9. The poor blacks, who were thus dragged from their home and kindred, +were thrust into the holds of ships and carried to America. Sometimes +they suffered much on the voyage. The weakest of them died, and were +thrown overboard. + +10. When they reached America they were sold to the cotton-growers and +sugar-growers, who carried them off to work in the fields. Sometimes +they were kindly treated; sometimes they were flogged to make them work. +But whether kindly or cruelly treated, they were no longer men and +women, but slaves. + +11. This went on for many years. At last some kind-hearted men in the +northern states said, "It is wicked to own slaves. All the slaves in +America shall be set free." + +12. The farmers of the south were very angry when they heard this, and +said that they would not free their slaves. Then a fierce war broke out. +The North beat the South, and when the war came to an end all the slaves +in America were set free. + +13. The blacks still work in the cotton and sugar and tobacco fields; +but they now work for wages, just as I do. They are free to come and go +as they please. + +[Illustration: {Five black children}] + +14. The darkies are very merry and full of fun. When their work is over +they love to sing and dance to the music of the banjo. Some of their +songs are very pretty. I will sing some of them to you when I come home. +Good-bye, dears. I shall soon be with you now.--Your loving FATHER. + + * * * * * + +29. HOME AGAIN. + + +1. The telegram came soon after breakfast. Father was coming home that +very day. We were so delighted that we sang and danced and clapped our +hands, just like the darkies. + +2. Mother was very busy. "You must all come and help me," she said. "The +house must be made beautiful for father's return." + +3. May and I worked with mother, but the day passed very slowly. +Father's train was to arrive at six o'clock. By half-past five we were +all at the station waiting for him. + +4. At last the train steamed in, and out jumped father. Oh, how we +hugged and kissed him! Father was well, and he looked very brown. + +5. I sat next to him in the cab. He told us that his ship had only +reached Liverpool that morning. He had taken the first train for home, +because he wished to see us so much. + +[Illustration: {Father in cab with one of his daughters}] + +6. After tea he opened one of his boxes. "I have brought each of you a +present," he said. "Sit down, and I will show you some pretty things." + +7. Mother's present was a dress from India. It had gold and beetles' +wings on it. They were a lovely shiny green, just like jewels. + +8. My present was a necklace of beautiful blue stones. May's was a +dolly, dressed just like an Indian lady. Tom's was a kite from Japan. It +was shaped just like a dragon. Of course, we were all delighted with our +gifts. + +9. Then father told us many things about his travels. "I have been right +round the world," he said. "I sailed to the East, and I went on and on +until I returned to the place from which I set out." + +[Illustration: {Father at home with his family}] + +"I know," cried Tom. "I have followed you all round the world on the +globe." + +10. May was sitting on father's knee. "Dad," she said, "I suppose you +are the very first man who has ever been right round the world." "Of +course he is," said Tom. + +11. Father laughed. "No, my dear," he replied; "thousands of men had +been round the world before I was born." + +12. "I'm so sorry," said May. "I did so want to tell the girls at school +that my father was the very first man who ever went round the world." + + + +EXERCISES. + +(_To be worked under the direction of the teacher_) + + * * * * * + +Lesson 1. + +1. The father travelled by train. In what other ways might he have +travelled? Which is the fastest way? Which is the slowest? + +2. What power drives the train? What other work does this power do? + +3. Look carefully at the first picture in this book. Describe it. + +4. Learn: _A globe is a small model of the earth._ Of what shape is +the earth? Of what shape are the sun, moon, and stars? + + +Lesson 2. + +1. The name of the town on the seashore (par. 2) is Dover. Turn to the +picture on page 11 {Illustration entitled "The White Cliffs of Dover"} +and describe the cliffs of Dover as seen from the sea. + +2. The distance between Dover and Calais is only twenty-one miles. +Learn: _A narrow passage of water joining two seas is called a strait._ +The word _strait_ means "narrow." This strait is called the Strait of +Dover. + +3. Model the Strait of Dover in clay or plasticine. Suppose the water +between England and France were to dry up, what would the strait be +then? Write out and learn: _A valley is a hollow between hills or +mountains._ + + +Lesson 3. + +1. The river which runs through Paris is called the Seine. The river +which runs through London is called the Thames. Learn: _A river is a +large stream of fresh water flowing across the land to join another +river, a lake, or the sea._ + +2. Look carefully at the picture on page 14 {Illustration entitled "In +the Gardens"} and describe it. + +3. Compare French boys with English boys. Compare French girls with +English girls. + + +Lesson 4. + +1. Look carefully at the picture on page 18 {Illustration entitled "The +Grape Harvest"} and describe it. + +[Illustration: {Silkworm on mulberry leaf}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of the silkworm and the mulberry leaf. + +3. Why do flowers bloom earlier in the south of France than in England? + +4. Describe the picture on page 20 {Illustration entitled "Games on +Board Father's Ship"}. + + +Lesson 5. + +1. The Nile carries much mud in its waters. If there is a stream near +your school, go to it and get a bottleful of water. Let this water stand +for a time and notice the mud which settles down. Where does this mud +come from? + +[Illustration: {Palm tree}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of a palm tree. The Arabs say that the palm +tree loves to have its foot in the water and its head in the fire. What +do you think this saying means? + +3. Look at the picture on page 23 {Illustration entitled "The Nile in +Flood"}. What animals do you see in the picture? Tell me something about +each of them. + + +Lesson 6. + +[Illustration: {Two pyramids}] + +1. Copy this little drawing of two of the oldest buildings in Egypt. +Such buildings are called _pyramids_. Write out this word six times. You +will see pyramids in the picture on page 23 {Illustration entitled "The +Nile in Flood"}. Of what shape is the ground on which a pyramid stands? +Make a _ground plan_ of a pyramid. + +2. How do we know what the men of Egypt were like in olden times? + +3. The picture on page 25 {Illustration entitled "The Chief City of +Egypt"} shows you a street in Cairo, the chief town of Egypt. Describe +the picture. + + +Lesson 7. + +1. Write out and learn: _A long deep ditch filled with water is called +a canal._ Model a canal in clay or plasticine. What is the difference +between a canal and a strait? + +[Illustration: {Lighthouse}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of a lighthouse. Write out and learn: _A +lighthouse is a tower near the sea. It shows a bright light at night to +warn sailors of rocks or shallow places._ + +3. Why does a big ship "go slow" through the Suez Canal? + + +Lesson 8. + +1. Write out and learn: _A desert is a rainless tract of country on +which little or nothing will grow._ How can a desert be turned into a +garden? + +[Illustration: {Arab tent}] + +2. Copy this little drawing of an Arab tent. Why do the Arabs who wander +from place to place live in tents? + +3. Write out and learn: _A green spot in a desert is called an +oasis._ Several of these green spots are called _oases_. + + +Lesson 9. + +1. The palm is said to have as many uses as there are days in the year. +Name some of these uses. + +2. Why is the camel called the "ship of the desert"? + +3. Go to a sand heap. Stand on it; you sink in. Put a piece of board on +the sand and stand on it; the board does not sink in much. Now turn to +the picture on page 105 {Illustration entitled "Boys of Canada in +Winter"}. You will see a pair of snow-shoes on the snow. A boy's foot +will sink into the snow. When he stands on the snow-shoes he does not +sink in. Find out why. Notice the camel's foot, and tell me why it does +not sink into the sand. + + +Lesson 10. + +1. In what ways do the people of Bombay differ from the people of your +town or village? + +2. Why are the people of hot lands dark in colour? + +3. Look at the picture on page 47 {Illustration entitled "The Village +Well"}. Describe it. + + +Lesson 11. + +1. What is the difference between our shops and the shops of Bombay? + +2. How do Indian boys play at marbles? + +[Illustration: {The Union Jack}] + +3. Copy this drawing of the Union Jack. Colour it with chalks. + + +Lesson 12. + +1. With a pair of scissors cut out a square of paper. Fold it into two; +then into four; then into eight, and lastly into sixteen. Open out the +paper. If the whole square stands for the size of India, one of the +small squares will stand for the size of our land. + +[Illustration: {Punkah}] + +2. Copy this drawing of a punkah. What is the use of a punkah? + +3. Suppose you forget to water your plants, what happens? Suppose you +water them too much, what happens? + + +Lesson 13. + +1. Write out and learn: _A mountain is land which rises high above the +level of the country round about it. A row of mountains joined together +by high ground is called a mountain range or chain._ + +2. Write out the following:--"Some mountains may be called water savings +banks. The rain freezes as it falls and becomes snow. On very high +mountains this snow never melts. It gets deeper and deeper, and the +lower part turns into ice. This ice creeps slowly down the mountain side +until it comes into air that is warm enough to melt it. The water which +flows away from the ice forms a river. Many large rivers begin in +melting ice-fields." + +3. Describe the picture on page 55 {Illustration of a town on the Ganges}. + + +Lesson 14. + +[Illustration: {Palanquin}] + +1. Make a copy of this little drawing. It shows you a palanquin--that +is, a box carried on poles. Rich ladies are carried from place to place +in India in palanquins of this kind. + +2. Compare the life of a rich Indian girl with that of our girls. + +3. "They sang 'God Save the King' for me." Who is their king? Have the +people of India ever seen him? + + +Lesson 15. + +1. Describe the picture on page 61 {Illustration entitled "An Indian +Rajah"}. + +2. Describe an elephant. Of what use is he? + +3. Tell me what you know of tigers. How are tigers hunted? + + +Lesson 16. + +1. In what way does a Burmese girl differ from an Indian girl? + +2. Copy the drawing of a Burmese girl on page 66 {Illustration of +Burmese woman with an umbrella}. + +3. Write out the following: "The Burmese alphabet is very hard to learn. +Dull boys often take a year to learn it. In the monks' schools the lazy +boys are sometimes punished by being made to carry the hard-working boys +on their backs up and down the schoolroom." + + +Lesson 17. + +1. What is the difference between Burmese football and British football? + +2. Describe the picture on page 68 {Illustration of boys playing Burmese +football}. + +3. Write out the following: "Rice is a grass on which many seeds grow. +These seeds are eaten. Rice will only grow in wet ground. The fields are +flooded with water, and then the rice-shoots are planted. The fields +must be kept flooded until the rice is ripe. In India, men sometimes +gather the rice in small boats." + + +Lesson 18. + +[Illustration: {Rickshaw}] + +1. Copy this little drawing of a rickshaw. + +2. Write out the following: "Tea is the name given to the dried leaves +and young shoots of the tea-plant. This plant is a large evergreen +shrub. It grows on the hillsides of Ceylon, and in many other places in +the East. When the leaves are picked, they are spread out in trays until +they wither; then they are rolled. Wet cloths are next placed over the +leaves, and they are put in a cool dark place, until they rot a little. +The leaves are then dried over a fire, and after cooling are packed in +air-tight chests. They are then sent to our country." + +3. Describe the picture on page 75 {Illustration entitled "Ceylon Girls +Playing the Tom-Tom"}. + + +Lesson 19. + +1. Old cities have walls round them. Why were these walls built? Why are +they of no use now? + +[Illustration: {Chinese wheelbarrow}] + +2. Copy this drawing of a Chinese wheelbarrow. + +3. Why do the Chinese paint an eye on the bows of their boats? + + +Lesson 20. + +1. Describe the picture on page 78 {Illustration entitled "A Chinese +Street"}. + +2. Say what you know about a Chinese school. + +3. How can you tell a Chinaman when you see him? + + +Lesson 21. + +1. Describe the picture on page 88 {Illustration entitled "A Rich +Chinaman's House"}. + +2. In what ways do Chinese girls differ from British girls? + +3. Write out the following: "The Great Wall of China is the longest wall +in the world. It was built about two thousand years ago, and was meant +to shut out the wild tribes which were then trying to conquer China. The +wall is more than twice as long as the island of Great Britain. It is +built of stone and earth, and is so broad that four horses can be driven +on it abreast. The wall is now in ruins." + + +Lesson 22. + +1. Write out and learn: _An island is land with water all round it. +People can only reach an island by sailing to it in a boat or by +crossing a bridge._ A small island is called an _islet_. + +2. Model an island in clay or plasticine. Suppose the water round an +island were to dry up, what would the island be then? + +[Illustration: {Snow-covered mountain}] + +3. Copy this little drawing. It shows you the sacred mountain of Japan. + +4. Write out and learn: _A volcano is a hole in the ground out of +which steam, ashes, mud, and melted rock are thrown. An earthquake is a +shaking or tearing apart of the ground._ + + +Lesson 23. + +1. Which should you prefer to be--a boy or a girl (1) in Japan, (2) in +India? + +2. Describe the picture on page 90 {Illustration entitled "The Toy Seller"}. + +3. Try to make a drawing of a kite just after its string has been cut by +the glass on the string of another kite. + + +Lesson 24. + +1. Write out and learn: _A plain is a wide tract of low-lying and +nearly level country. A high plain is called a plateau._ + +[Illustration: {Salmon}] + +2. Copy this drawing of a salmon. What do you know about salmon? + +3. Which should you like to do best--till the fields, cut down trees, or +catch salmon? Say why. + + +Lesson 25. + +1. Describe the picture on page 105 {Illustration entitled "Boys of +Canada in Winter"}. Why do the boys cover up their ears? + +2. What sports do these boys enjoy in winter? + +[Illustration: {Canoe}] + +3. Copy this drawing of a canoe. + + +Lesson 26. + +[Illustration: {Wigwam}] + +1. Copy this little drawing of a wigwam--that is, a Red man's tent. + +2. Describe the picture on page 102 {Illustration entitled "Red Men and +White Men"}. + +3. How did the Red men hunt the bison? What has become of the bison? + + +Lesson 27. + +1. Look carefully at the picture on page 111 {Illustration entitled +"Amongst the Eskimos"}. Compare it with the picture on page 35 +{Illustration entitled "Arabs of the Desert"}. + +2. Why are the Eskimos fishermen and hunters, and not farmers? + +3. How would you build a snow house? Would it be very cold to live in? +If not, why not? + + +Lesson 28. + +1. Describe the picture on page 102 {Illustration entitled "Red Men and +White Men"}. + +2. Write out the following: "The cotton plant loves sun and water, and +will only grow in the hot, moist parts of the world. It throws out +flower stalks, at the end of which pods appear. Inside the pods is a +soft, white down, which is called cotton. This is spun and woven into +cloth." + +3. What is the difference between cotton and wool? + + +Lesson 29. + +1. Look at a globe. Find a line running round the globe at the thickest +part. This is called the _Equator_, because it divides the earth +into two _equal_ parts. The hottest parts of the earth lie round +about the Equator. The distance round the earth at the Equator is 25,000 +miles. A railway train, running 50 miles an hour, and never stopping, +would require nearly three weeks for the journey. Find out whether +father's voyage was longer or shorter than this. + +2. Measure with a band of paper the distance on the globe from the +Equator on one side to the Equator on the other. Find half this distance +and mark it on the globe. Then mark the same distance on the other side +of the Equator. The points which you have marked are called the +_Poles_. One is the _North Pole_; the other is the _South +Pole_. + +3. Learn: _We divide the land of the earth into five great parts; +each of these parts is called a continent. There are five +continents_--_Europe, Asia, Africa, America, Australia. We divide +the water of the earth into five great parts. Each of these parts is +called an ocean. There are five oceans_--_Atlantic, Pacific, +Indian, Arctic, and Antarctic. The Arctic Ocean is round the North Pole; +the Antarctic Ocean is round the South Pole_. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Highroads of Geography, by Anonymous + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HIGHROADS OF GEOGRAPHY *** + +***** This file should be named 11218.txt or 11218.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/2/1/11218/ + +Produced by Julie Barkley, Susan Woodring and PG Distributed Proofreaders + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + diff --git a/old/11218.zip b/old/11218.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca81ba9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11218.zip |
